X' 






ii 

a 

i 




Class -j S (piri P 

Book . .1 K f^ 
Cop>TightN° 



COPyRIGHT DEPOSIT. 




The Legazpi-I'rdaneta Monument, Manila. 



A SHORT HISTORY OF 

THE PHILIPPINES 

FOR USE IN PHILIPPINE SCHOOLS 



BY 



PRESCOTT F. JERNEGAN, A.B. 

TEACHER OF PHILIPPINE HISTORY, PHILIPPINE 
NORMAL SCHOOL, MANILA 



WITH MAPS AND ILLUSTRATIONS 




NEW YORK 
D. APPLETON AND COMPANY 

1908 



.i 



LIBRARY of CONaR&SS 

APR .24 1908 



Copyright, 1905, 1908, by 
D. APPLETON AND COMPANY 



AFFECTIONATELY DEDICATED 

TO 

MY FORMER PUPILS 

IN VIGAN, BATAC, AND MANILA 



PREFACE. 



This work is intended to furnish the material for 
an elementary course in Philippine history for Fili- 
pino students. Although written for children, the 
work will be found to present most of the leading 
events and principles of the history of the Philip- 
pines. The writer is in sympathy with Prof. Chan- 
ning, of Harvard University, who says, *' The study 
of the history of one's own country is a serious mat- 
ter, and should be entered upon by the text-book 
writer ... in a serious spirit, even to a greater 
extent than the study of language or of arithmetic.'' 
This statement would seem to be doubly true for 
Filipino children, whose country is passing through 
political, social, and religious changes of the utmost 
historical significance. Most Filipino young people 
will read, probably, only one or two works on the 
history of the Philippines. It is therefore thought 
desirable that one of these be an attempt to set forth 
consecutively the main facts of that history, together 
with some explanation of their underlying forces. 



va 



viii PREFACE. 

The period to 1660 occupies nearly one-half of 
the book. For two centuries after that date there is 
little in Philippine history that was not present, in 
principle, in the foundations laid by the Spanish con- 
querors. The chapters relating to this epoch discuss 
the material topically rather than chronologically. 
It is believed that such themes as the galleon trade, 
Moro piracy, the '' encomienda '' system, and others, 
gain in clearness and interest by this method of 
treatment. The events related in the remaining 
chapters are given usually in the sequence of time. 

Necessarily, in so short a work, there are many 
omissions. The principle which has governed in 
the selection of events has been the growth of the 
Fihpinos toward civilization and self-government. 
For this reason the social condition of the Filipino 
peoples at the time of the Spanish conquest receives 
relatively full treatment, as furnishing data for the 
explanation of subsequent changes. An effort has 
been made to explain, in an elementary way, the 
origin and results of all the more important revolts 
against Spanish rule. Along with this is given 
some account of the agricultural and commercial de- 
velopment of the Islands. Thus the struggle to live 
and the strife for freedom are the two underlying 
themes of the book. 



PREFACE. 



IX 



The author is fully sensible of the difficulty of 
writing in a field in which so little critical work has 
been done, and in which access to contemporaneous 
accounts is often impossible. Further, many of the 
questions with which Philippine history is concerned 
are darkened by bitter controversies, religious and 
political, extending to the present day. It is quite 
possible, therefore, that errors of fact or of judg- 
ment have crept into these pages. In a land jarred 
by the shock of many conflicting nationalities, where 
a new political structure is rearing Itself from the 
aShes of the old, it can not be expected that the past 
will have the same message for all. For these rea- 
sons the writer will consider it a favor if those who 
read these pages will point out to him any statements 
which they may consider erroneous. 

It is not proposed to present here a complete list of 
the authorities upon which this book is based. In 
large measure it has been written from the original 
sources, including Pigafetta, Chirino, De Morga, 
Zuniga, and many others. The author desires to 
express his special obligation to the Historia General 
de FilipinaSy of Montero y Vidal, and to the docu- 
ments reproduced in Volumes I.-XX. of The Phil- 
ippine Islands, 1493-1898, Blair and Robertson. 
The former is the only history of the Philippines in 



X PREFACE. 

Spanish covering the field from the earHest to modern 
times. From the invaluable collection of Blair and 
Robertson most of the quotations relating to the 
period 1493-1600 have been taken; in a few cases 
with a modification of the phraseology of the trans- 
lation for the sake of simplicity of style. 

It is impossible to mention by name all of the many 
friends to whom the author is indebted for assist- 
ance. Thanks are especially due to Mr. Emerson 
Christie, of the Ethnological Survey for the Philip- 
pine Islands^ for useful suggestions, and to Mr. 
Jesse George, of the Prosecuting Attorney's Office 
of the City of Manila, for aid in investigating offi- 
cial and other records of recent years. The maps 
which accompany this volume were especially pre- 
pared for it by Mr. H. Lawrence Noble, M. A., of 
the Philippine Normal School. They embody the 
results of the latest surveys and the most recent 
legislation regarding the political divisions of the 
Islands. 

Prescott F. Jernegan. 

Manila, June /, 7905. 



CONTENTS. 



CHAPTER I. 

THE LAND OF THE FILIPINOS. 

PAGE 

Geography and History — The Philippine Archipelago — Where 
the Islands Came From — Neighbors of the Philippines 
— Luzon — Northern Luzon; the Sierra Madre — The 
Cagayan Valley — The Central Plateau — The Northwest 
Coast — Central Luzon — Zambales and Bataan — Southern 
Luzon — The Bicol Peninsula — The Visayan Islands — 
Samar — Bohol — Cebu — Negros — Panay — Mindoro and 
Paragua — Mindanao — The Sulu Archipelago — Summary. i 

CHAPTER II. 

THE FILIPINO RACES. 

Resources of the Philippines — The Study of History — The First 
Inhabitants — The Early Malayans — The Igorrotes — Head- 
hunting — The Place of Woman — The Cultured Malayans 
— The Moros — The Religion of Mahomet — Character of 
the Moros — Summary ....... 20 

CHAPTER III. 

LAWS AND CUSTOMS OF THE ANCIENT FILIPINOS. 

Village Government — Life in Ancient Times — War and Robbery 
— The Headmen — The Freemen — Slaves — Causes of En- 
slavement — Semislavery — The Slave Traffic — Crimes and 
Their Punishment — Discovery of a Thief — Dress and Or- 
naments — Tattooing — Weapons — Commerce — Writing — 
Education and Civilization — Amusements — Marriage Cus- 
toms — Conclusion 31 

xi 



xii CONTENTS. 

CHAPTER IV. 

THE RELIGION OF THE ANCIENT FILIPINOS. 

PAGE 

Religion; Chants — The Great God — The Worship of Anitos— 
Household Gods — Nature Spirits — Prayers — Good and Bad 
Anitos — Heaven — The Soul — Priests and Priestesses — Re- 
ligious Customs of the Cebuans — Conclusion ... 47 

CHAPTER V. 

THE DISCOVERY OF THE PHILIPPINES BY EUROPEANS. 

European Trade with the East — A Sea-route from Europe to 
India — Ferdinand Magellan — The Demarcation Lines — 
Magellan and Charles I. — Magellan Sails — Wreck and De- 
sertion — The Pacific — Discovery of the Philippines — First 
Mass in the Philippines — Magellan at Cebu — Baptism of 
the Cebuans — Death of Magellan — Massacre of Spaniards 
at Cebu — Elcano Sails Around the Globe — Arrival of the 
''Victoria" — Demarcation Line of 1529 — Expedition of 
Villalobos — The Portuguese in the Philippines ... 54 

CHAPTER VL 

THE CONQUEST OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

The King's Command — Andres de Urdaneta-Legazpi — Plan 
of the Supreme Court — The Voyage of Legazpi — Arrival in 
the Philippines— The Settlement of Cebu— The Holy Child 
of Cebu — Legazpi's Treatment of the Cebuans — Legazpi 
and the Portuguese — Legazpi, "Adelantado" — First Ex- 
pedition to Luzon — Juan de Salcedo — The Capture of 
Manila — Second Expedition to Luzon — Legazpi Founds 
Manila— The Building of the City— Death of Legazpi— 
Conquest of Luzon by Salcedo 68 

CHAPTER VII. 

THE ENCOMENDEROS AND THE FRIARS. 

Poverty of the Victors — The "Encomiendas" and "Encomen- 
deros"— The Tribute— The First Revolts— The Protest 



CONTENTS. xiii 

PAGE 

of Rada — Answer of Lavezaris — King Philip Forbids En- 
comiendas — Oppression of the Encomenderos — Progress of 
Religion — The Encomiendas in 1591 — The Pope Forbids 
Slavery — The Arrival of the Friars — Character of the Early 
Friars — What the Friars Taught — The First Spanish 
Schools — Reasons for the Rapid Conversion of the Filipinos 
— Summary 80 

CHAPTER VIII. 

DREAMS OF CONQUEST. 

Lavezaris Governor — Distress of the Spaniards — De Sande 
Governor — De Sande Rebuilds Manila — Ambitions of De 
Sande — Conquest of Brunei — Dreams of Conquest — Better 
Days — Ronquillo de Penalosa Governor — The ^'Residen- 
cia" — Union of Portugal with Spain — Expeditions to Bor- 
neo and Ternate — Japanese Pirates — The Filipinos' Part 
in Spanish Conquests ' . '94 

CHAPTER IX. 

SALAZAR AND DE VERA. 

The First Bishop of Manila — De Vera Acting-Governor — 
Scarcity of Food — Insurrection in Pampanga — Deeds of De 
Vera — Cost of the Conquest — Aims of Spain in the Con- 
quest — The Glory of Empire — The Triumph of the Cross 
— Reply of Philip II.— PhiHp III. and Moraga— The Me- 
morial to the King — Reform Decree of 1589 . . . 102 

CHAPTER X. 

A ROYAL GOVERNOR. 

Gomez Perez Das Marinas — Sala^ar's Opinion of the Governors 
— Neglect of Religious Instruction — Das Marinas's Opinion 
of the Friars — Restitution to the Filipinos by the Conquer- 
ors — Building of the Walls of Manila — Decay of the Cotton 
Industry — A Change for the Worse — Conquest of Zambalcs 
— The Great Fleet — Death of Das Marinas — Manila in Das 
Marinas's Time 11 1 



XIV CONTENTS. 

CHAPTER XL 

THE VOYAGES OF THE GALLEONS. 

PAGE 

The Chinese Trade — Commerce with Mexico — The Galleons — 
The Voyage Across the Pacific — Arrival of the Galleon — 
Loss of the Galleons — Capture of the ''Sancta Ana" — The 
Royal Subsidy 121 

CHAPTER XII. 

THE WARS WITH THE DUTCH. 

The Dutch Conquer the Moluccas — Antonio de Morga — The 
Defeat of Van Noort — The Dutch as Colonizers — Acuna's 
Expedition — The Battle of Mariveles — Silva's Great Fleet 
— The Battle of Playa Honda — Attack on Cavite — Mas- 
sacre of Abucay — Defeat of the Dutch — Filipino Loyalty. 128 

CHAPTER XIIL 

THE CHINESE IN PHILIPPINE HISTORY. 

Arrival of the Chinese — Limahong — The First Attack — The 
Chinese Soldiers — Repulse of the Chinese — The Second 
Attack — Revolt of the Filipinos — Limahong in Pangasinan 
— Salcedo Expels Limahong — The Alcayceria and the 
Parian — Chinese Christians — The Three Mandarins — 
Chinese Revolt of 1603 — Defeat of the Chinese — Revolt of 
1639 — The Chinese Question 137 

CHAPTER XIV. 

THE MORO PIRATES. 

Summary — The Moro Pirates — Spaniards Fail to Destroy Piracy 
— A Raid on the Visayans — Acuna and the Pirates — Bat- 
tle of *'Punta de Flechas" — Treaties with the Moros — 
Concentration of Villages — Arming the Filipinos — Brave 
Defenders — An Unequal Battle — The Coast Guard Towers 
— The Story of Ali-Mudin — Conversion of the Sultan — 
Treachery of Ali-Mudin — Lessons of this Story — The High 
Tide of Piracy — The Scourge of the Pirates . . .148 



CONTENTS. XV 



CHAPTER XV. 

FORCED LABOR AND INSURRECTION. 

PAGE 

The Dark Century — The Labor Tax — Alonso Fajardo — Insur- 
rection in Bohol and Leytc — Bancao — Death of Fajardo — 
Tabora Governor — Diego Fajardo — Earthquake of 1645 — 
Insurrection of 1660 — Revolt in Ilocos . . . .162 



CHAPTER XVI. 

THE STRIFE BETWEEN CHURCH AND STATE. 

Introductory — Two Kinds of Courts — The Case of Nava — The 
Law of Refuge — The Pope's Pardon — The Inquisition in 
the Philippines — Diego de Salcedo — De Vargas and Pardo 
— The Friars' Lands — Bustamente and the Friars — Bus- 
tamente Fortifies Zamboanga — Arrest of the Archbishop — 
Death of Bustamente — Archbishop Cuesta Governor . .170 

CHAPTER XVII. 

THE END OF THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY. 

Fausto Cruzat y Gongora Governor — ''Ordinances of Good 
Government" — Evil Days — Manila and the Provinces — 
The ''Laws of the Indies" — What the Filipinos did . . 183 



CHAPTER XVIIL 

THE BRITISH INVASION AND ITS RESULTS. 

The Mysterious Fleet — Landing of the British — The Bombard- 
ment — The "Philipino" — Death of an Officer — Desertion 
of the Filipinos — The Capture of Manila — The Surrender 
— The Sack of the City — Simon de Anda y Salazar — Cam- 
paign of Backhouse — Restoration of Spanish Rule — Effects 
of the Invasion — Revolt in Pangasinan — Diego Silan — 
Silan in Power — Alliance with the British — Death of Silan 
— A Fresh Outbreak — Why the Revolts Failed . .190 



xvi CONTENTS. 

CHAPTER XIX. 

THE BEGINNING OF MODERN TIMES. 

PAGE 

Governorship of Anda — Anda a Modern Man — The Teaching 
of Spanish — Death of Anda — Vargas and Agriculture — 
Why Java Prospered — The Tobacco Monopoly — Abuses of 
the Tobacco Monopoly — End of the Tobacco Monopoly — 
"Royal Company of the Philippines" — Sociedad Econo- 
mica de A migos del Pais — Vargas Resigns — Industry Better 
than Conquest — Rafael de Agiiilar Governor — Aguilar and 
Foreigners — Progress of the Filipinos . . . .202 

CHAPTER XX. 

THE FILIPINOS AND THE CORTES. 

Napoleon Conquers Spain — First Filipino Deputies — The Con- 
stitution of 181 2 — Publication of the Constitution — Restora- 
tion of Fernando VII.- — Revolt in Ilocos Norte — Oppression 
of the Poor — The Constitution Renewed — The School of 
Freedom — Recommendations of the Deputies — End of 
Representation in the Cortes 214 

CHAPTER XXL 

REBELLION AND REFORM. 

The Mutiny of Novales — Suppression of the Revolt — Mariano 
Ricafort Governor — The RebelHon of Dagohoy — An In- 
dependent People — The New Pueblos — Pascual Enrile 
Governor — Advantages of Good Roads — Kinds of Re- 
bellion — The Revolt of the Cofradia — Destruction of the 
Cojradia • . . 221 

CHAPTER XXII. 

CLAVERfA AND URBISTONDO. 

Changes of Governors — Character of the Spanish Officials — 
The Friars and the Governors — Effect of Travel and Com- 
merce — Narciso Claveria Governor — Reformation of the 
Calendar — Surnames of the Filipinos — First Steamers in 



CONTENTS. xvii 

PAGE 

the Philippines — The Governors — Gains of the Governors 
— Urbistondo; Conquest of Jolo — Treaty with the Sultan 
—The First Philippine Bank— The Next Ten Years- 
Return of the Jesuits — Reforms in Education— Educational 
Decree of 1863 — Earthquake of 1863 230 

CHAPTER XXIII. 

THE DAWN OF REPUBLICANISM. 

Revolution in Spain — Carlos de la Torre Governor — "Guias 
de Torre" — The Red Ribbon — Spread of Republicanism 
— The Meaning of Freedom — Rafael de Izquierdo Gover- 
nor — The Cavite Insurrection — Cause of the Insurrection 
— Burgos, Zamora, and Gomez — The Execution — The 
''Mailed Hand" — Peace — Commercial Growth — Munici- 
pal Councils — Progress in Education .... 244 

CHAPTER XXIV. 

THE LAST STRUGGLE AGAINST SPAIN. 

New Leaders — The Secret Societies — Jose Rizal — Calamba 
Lands Trouble — Banishment of Rizal — Death of Rizal — 
Discovery of the Plot — The Rise of Aguinaldo — The Re- 
bellion in the North — Campaign of Polavieja — Spread of 
the Insurrection — The Right to Revolt — Rivera's Cam- 
paign — Katipunan Proclamation of 1897 — Pact of Biac- 
na-hato — Departure of Aguinaldo — Broken Promises — 
Renewal of the Insurrection 258 

CHAPTER XXV. 

THE COMING OF THE AMERICANS. 

Cuba and the United States — The Cuban Rebellion — Destruc- 
tion of the Maine — The President and Congress — The 
Battle of Manila Bay — Effect in Manila of Dewey's Victory 
— Renewal of the Insurrection — Why Dewey Remained in 
the Philippines — Aguinaldo Dictator — The Revolutionary 
Government — The Taking of Manila — The Treaty of 
Paris — The Effect of Distance — Monarchy or Repubhc — 
PossibiUty of a Filipino Repubhc — Unity First Necessary. 270 
2 



xviii CONTENTS. 

CIL\PTER XX\X 

THE FILIPINO-AMERICAN WAIL 

PAGE 

WTiy Aguinaldo's .\rmy Did Not Enter Manila — The Malolos 
Government — The Instructions of McKinley — The Revo- 
lutionar}' Constitution — The First Shot — Periods of the 
War — The Battle of Febniar\' 5th — Fighting the Flames — 
The Advance North — The Battle of Zapote Bridge — The 
Flight of Aguinaldo — The Taking of TOa Pass — Agui- 
naldo's Escape — The Period of Guerilla Warf'are — The 
Occupation of the Visayas — The Republic of Negros — Re- 
sults of the War — Martial Law 283 

CHAPTER XX\TI. 

THE FIRST AMERICAN CTVTL GO\-ERNOR. 

William H. Taft Governor— The Policy of McKinley— " The 
Philippines for the Fihpinos" — The Educational S^-stem 
— Filipino Students in America — Agriculture — Commerce 
— Governor Wright and the Future . . . .301 



I 



LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. 



PAGE 



The Legazpi-Urdaneta Monument, Manila . Frontispiece 

Mayon \'olcano 3 

Salt Springs, Luzon ......... 5 

Ilongotes of Northern Tayabas ....... 7 

A Southern Home ......... 10 

The Harbor of Cebu 13 

Pearl-fishing Boats, J0I6 17 

A Negrito Hunter 22 

Igorrotes with Head-axes . ....... 24 

A Group of Moros 27 

A Typical Moro House . . . . . . . .28 

Negritos of Northern Tayabas ....... 33 

A More Warrior in Coat of Mail 3q 

Table of Filipino Alphabets 41 

An Igorrote Dance 43 

Taal \^olcano 4q 

Ferdinand Magellan . ........ ^^ 

Charles I. of Spain . . . . . . . . • S7 

Magellan Planting the Cross in the Philippines . . . .61 

The Magellan Monument, Manila 63 

Old Fort at Cebu 71 

A Church at Cebu 81 

Lake Taal 86 

St. Augustine Convent, Manila 8g 

Philip n. of Spain 99 

xix 



XX LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. 

PAGE 

Augustinian Church, Manila io6 

Fort Santiago . . . . 113 

The Oldest Part of the Wall of Manila 115 

The Cathedral, Manila . . 118 

Spanish Galleons 123 

Zambales Coast 132 

Dominican Church, Manila ..;.... 143 

The Coast of Romblon 149 

A Moro Pirate Boat 153 

A Moro Warrior 158 

The Bridge of Spain, Manila 165 

Church at Laoag, Ilocos Norte 171 

Old Fort at Zamboanga 177 

Plaza de Goiti .......... 187 

Lighthouse at Entrance to the Pasig River . . . .191 

Spanish Guns, Fort Santiago 194 

The Malecon Drive, Manila ....... 195 

The Anda Monument, Manila ....... 203 

Tobacco Growing ......... 206 

The Santa Lucia Gate, Manila 211 

Fernando VII. of Spain 215 

Bell Tower and Theater, Laoag 217 

Parian Redoubt 223 

The Sultan of J0I6 with Datos 235 

A Gateway at J0I6 237 

Isabella 11. of Spain 244 

The Governor's Palace (Malacanan), Manila .... 246 

The Ayuntamiento (City Hall), Manila 248 

Fort, Cavite 250 

The Luneta, Manila ........ 252 

The Manila-Dagupan Railroad 254 

Jose Rizal 259 



LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. xxi 

PAGE 

A Waterfall near Calamba . . . . . . .260 

Tondo Church, Manila 268 

The Spanish Warship ''Reina Cristina" after Five Years under 

Water 272 

Manila Bay from the Luneta 274 

A View of Manila 276 

The Philippine Commission . . . . . . •279 

William McKinley 287 

Emilio Aguinaldo 289 

San Juan Bridge . 291 

Tila Pass . . . 292 

An Insurgent Stockade . . . . . . . . 295 

The Insular Ice -Plant, Manila 298 

WilHam H. Taft 302 

The New City Hall, Manila .... o .. 303 

Chief Justice Arellano ........ 304 

The Philippine Normal School . . . . , . . 305 

A Group of Filipino Governors . . . » . . 307 

Making New Land, Manila 309 

The Great Dredge, Manila Port Works . . . . .310 

Luke E. Wright 311 

The Inauguration of Governor Wright . . . . '312 







. 





c 








%> 














^ 













■A 

< 


p 


A 


C I 


F 


I 


7, 

< 

^1 


1 












ffff^^ 


m 
a 

< 
a < 

^ ... !<^ 




2 ^^^^^ 


g 


U 


^^ 




Fa 


1 


1^ 


^ IN 








1 

UVU. 






m 


f 


Is 
/J 

m 




12 


wl 


r ,gJ 


y 


'1 


^^ ^- 

-^ r 


< 
3 


^^^ MAP OF 

Capital of the Moro Pr.ov 
Capitals of Districts of t 

-— Boundaries of 

Capitals of Provinces U 

, SCALE OP r. 






^~~fl 


o 


^ ^®! 












\ 


ol 

00 


o' 


1 1 1 



A SHORT HISTORY OF 
THE PHILIPPINES. 



CHAPTER I. 

THE LAND OF THE FILIPINOS. 

Geography and History. — We cannot fully under- 
stand the history of a country unless we know its 
geography. The forms of the mountains and rivers, 
the extent of the plains, the kind of soil, and the 
climate help decide where the cities shall be built. 
They explain why the people raise certain products. 
They tell how their commerce arose. They have a 
great effect upon the language and customs. They 
help show why some of the people became civilized 
and others remained wild. We shall therefore study 
the geography of the Philippines to see what it may 
teach us about their history. 

The Philippine Archipelago. — For a thousand 
miles from north to south the myriad islands of the 
Philippines dot the ocean. They are scattered over 
the sea in the form of a great triangle, lying at the 
northern end of the Malay Archipelago, about six 
hundred miles from the China coast. For this rea- 
son they were among the last islands settled by the 



2 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

Malayan races and the last of the Malay Archi- 
pelago to be discovered by Europeans. 

There are more than three thousand islands and 
islets in the Philippine group. We must not think 
that all of these are the homes of men. At present 
only about three hundred are inhabited. The rest 
are rocky islets or barren sand heaps. 

Where the Islands Came From. — Far away to the 
south lie thousands of other islands. One can 
almost see from shore to shore across the narrow 
straits that separate them. Wise men think that 
long ago all these islands were a part of the great 
continent of Eurasia. Then the land sank beneath 
the sea. Afterward parts of the sunken land rose 
again above the water. Between many of the 
islands the sea is shallow. Along its bottom we can 
trace the peaks and ridges that connect the moun- 
tains of one island with another. 

In many of the Philippines we find coral rocks 
and bones of fishes in the earth far above the sea. 
These things grew beneath the ocean. Now they 
are on the tops of high mountains. Along the 
coasts we find old sea-beaches high above the water. 
These facts make us believe that the Philippines 
were once under the ocean. Then the forces that 
make earthquakes and volcanoes lifted mountains 
above the sea. These mountain tops are the Philip- 
pine Islands. 

All this happened long before men lived here. 
The great plains and valleys have been formed 



THE LAND OF THE FILIPINOS. 3 

mainly by the action of rains and rivers from the 
mountain sides. It took thousands of years to make 
these wide, deep valleys and broad plains. We can 
see the same forces that made the islands still work- 
ing. In 1 87 1 a mountain rose from the surface of 




Mayon Volcano. 



the earth on the little island of Camiguin, north of 
Mindanao. The boiling lava formed a huge mound 
extending half a mile into the sea. In a few weeks 
the mountain reached the height of a thousand feet 
and has since risen much higher. At the present time 
the west coast of Luzon is slowly rising above the sea. 
Neighbors of the Philippines. — The Philippines 
are surrounded by lands of five great nations. The 
nearest on the north is the island of Formosa, belong- 
ing to Japan. East of Mindanao the nearest land is 



4 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

the Pelew Islands, a possession of Germany. To the 
south He the Dutch East Indies, to the southwest is 
British North Borneo, and on the west Cochin China, 
a colony of France. The Philippines lie in the track 
of commerce from America to Asia, from Japan to 
Australia and from Europe to the Far East. They 
are at the door of China, the great country for whose 
markets the nations of the world are struggling. ' 

Four centuries ago the Philippines were of little 
importance. The growth of the great nations 
makes the future of these Islands full of meaning. 
We shall try to form a picture of how the Islands 
looked four hundred years ago before the Spaniards 
came here. We shall ask ourselves how their geog- 
raphy has changed their history. 

Luzon. — Luzon is so named from the Tagalog 
word, *' lusong,'' which means the mortar in which 
rice is pounded from its hull. The island has not 
the shape of a mortar, but perhaps the form of one 
of its great bays gave it this name. Most of the 
history of the Philippines relates to this island. 
Half the population of the Philippines lives on 
Luzon. 

Northern Luzon; the Sierra Madre. — A line 
drawn from Dagupan to the Pacific through the 
Caraballo Sur Range will separate northern from 
central Luzon. Three great ranges with many 
smaller spurs run north and south through this part 
of the island. The Sierra ]\Iadre Range follows 
the Pacific coast. Its eastern slopes rise steeply 



THE LAND OF THE FILIPINOS. 5 

from the sea. The coastal plain is very narrow. 
There are few rivers. The mountains are wooded 
to the water's edge. Fierce storms beat upon a 
rock-bound shore with few harbors. In such a 
country no great towns are built. This part of 




Salt Springs, Luzon. 



Luzon has remained almost unchanged from ancient 
times. In the Sierra Madre live many Negritos, 
a people of whom we shall read later. In this 
wilderness Aguinaldo hid when he retreated before 
the American army. 

The Cagayan Valley. — Between the Sierra 
Madre and the Central Range lies the great valley 
of the Rio Grande de Cagayan. For two hundred 



6 A SHORT fflSTORY OF THE PHH^IPPIXES. 

miles the river runs north with many a turn and 
branch. Here is the largest and richest valley of 
Luzon. The floods make rich deposits of fertile 
mud upon the river banks each year. This valley is 
the home of the Cagayans, or Ibanags. Most of 
this people live in large towns along the banks of 
the Cagayan. This is because the Spaniards for 
a hundred )^ears compelled them to plant tobacco. 
This crop requires a fertile soil. It grows best on 
the low, rich river banks. Four hundred years ago 
there was no tobacco in the Philippines. It was 
brought here from Mexico. The valley of the 
Cagayan was then a wild country. Thotisands of 
carabaos roamed in the mountains. The rivers 
were the home of the crocodile. The people lived 
largely by htniting. Then, as now, many wild 
tribes lived in the mountains. The province of 
Isabela in the upper Cagayan valley has to-day more 
wild tribes than any other province of Luzon. This 
is partly because all crops but tobacco have been 
neglected. Vast fields and forests lie untouched in 
Cagayan and Isabela provinces. 

It is difficult to reach the Cagayan \'alley from 
Manila by land. By sea it was a long voyage for 
the ships of centuries ago. Therefore, civilization 
advanced slowly there. 

The Central Plateau. — The Central Range with 
its branches is a vast mountain-strewn plateau, 
broken by many narrow valleys. This part of the 
island looks nearly the same as when the Spaniards 



THE LAND OF THE FILIPINOS. 




Ilongotes of Northern Tayabas. 



arrived. The inhabitants have almost the same re- 
hgion and customs as they had long ago. This is 
because it was difficult for the Spaniards to travel 



8 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

and live in this rough country. There were no riches 
to tempt the conquerors to settle in these lonely 
mountains. So the few thousand people who lived 
here when Legazpi took Manila now number more 
than a quarter of a million uncivilized pagans. 

The climate of this plateau is much cooler than 
that of the lowlands of Luzon. It is never very hot. 
Often the people keep the fires burning all night 
for warmth. On cold winter nights there is some- 
times frost on the lofty mountains. The houses are 
often built of planks cut from the great pine-trees. 
Most of the rice-fields are narrow shelves on the 
mountain slopes. Massive stone walls as high as 
the fields are broad keep the rice-plots from falling 
into the valley below. Life in such a land with such 
a climate has made sturdy men of the Filipinos who 
live in these highlands. They have deep chests and 
are a strong, industrious people. 

The Northwest Coast. — A narrow^ fertile plain 
separates the West Coast Range from the China Sea. 
Sometimes the mountains reach the waves. Many 
short, swift rivers run down the western slopes of 
the Coast Range to the sea. Most of these rivers 
are cutting away their southern banks. The Abra 
River less than fifty years ago ran north of Vigan. 
A western gale closed the river mouth with sand. 
Then it cut a new channel south of Vigan. Now it 
is rapidly washing away the town of Santa on its 
south bank. 

This coastal plain is now all under cultivation. 



THE LAND OF THE FILIPINOS. 9 

There are many towns with great houses built from 
the forests that once grew here. A highway runs 
the entire length of the coast where once there were 
only foot-paths. This part of Luzon has changed 
much more than the Cagayan Valley since the 
Spanish conquest, because it is easily reached from 
the sea. Its people, the Ilocahos, were united and 
industrious, so they have made the wilderness a 
garden. 

Central Luzon. — A great plain and a great lake 
fill central Luzon from the Caraballo Sur Range on 
the east to the Zambales Range on the west. This 
is the most highly civilized and thickly populated 
part of the Philippines. Bay Lake, the Pasig, Pam- 
panga, and Agno rivers, and the great bay of Manila 
and Lingayen Gulf made commerce easy. No part 
of the Philippines is so much changed as this. The 
forests of Pampanga and Bulacan have furnished 
wood for the houses and ships of Manila for hun- 
dreds of years. The railroad through the great plain 
has made it a country of peaceful farms. Bay 
Lake is daily crossed by many steamers and boats. 
Industries and manufactures flourish because they 
are so near to great markets. 

The Tagalogs, Pampangans, and Pangasinans in- 
habit this part of Luzon. 

Zambales and Bataan. — Farthest west of Luzon, 
these rough and mountainous provinces are poorer 
and less civilized than those of the central plain. 
The lofty ranges have prevented the building of 



lo A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

roads. The Negritos who fled to the mountains long- 
ago have made hfe dangerous for the Christian Fih- 
pinos. Bandits and criminals from the great towns 
of the plains have taken refuge in the hills. There 
is little rich and level land. For these reasons this 
part of Luzon looks much as it did in ancient times. 
Southern Luzon. — The Tagaytay and Sungay 
ranges crossing the island south of Bay Lake sepa- 




A Southern Home. 



rate southern Luzon from the rest of the island. 
Batangas and the west coast of Tayabas have long 
been inhabited by Tagalogs because they are easily 
reached by sea from the Tagalog countr)^ In for- 
mer days many of its people were a mixture between 
Tagalogs and wild mountain tribes. Along the coast 



THE LAND OF THE FILIPINOS. il 

and Lake Taal the people were Moros four centuries 
ago, because the Mahometan missionaries could 
easily come in boats to teach their religion. The 
fertile land and good harbors of this region have 
made it prosperous in the past. 

The Bicol Peninsula. — On the east side of the 
Tayabas Range and in all the country south of the 
narrow isthmus of Tayabas live the Bicols. The 
habits and language of this people in ancient times 
were much like those of the Visayans. Can you 
tell why? 

The lofty mountains and broken ranges of this 
peninsula made a refuge for several Negrito and 
other wild tribes who still live there. This region 
has but one large river, the Bicol. On this river 
and on Albay Bay are the two greatest towns. Can 
you tell why? Vast hemp-fields now cover the 
once barren slopes of ancient volcanoes. Many 
boats are built in this part of Luzon. 

The Visayan Islands. — Between Luzon and Min- 
danao lie six great islands and many smaller ones. 
Here is the home of the Visayans. They are the 
most numerous of the Philippine races. In some 
parts of Luzon lofty mountain ranges have for ages 
separated in language and customs several peoples. 
But in the Visayas, though there are many islands, 
the people are more alike than in the one island of 
Luzon. This is because it is easier to cross the 
narrow straits that divide them than it is to pass 
the lofty ranges of Luzon. It is easy to see why 
3 



12 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

the Visayans have always been famous fishermen 
and sailors. 

Samar. — Though the largest of the Visayas, 
Samar is thinly populated. It is behind the others 
in civilization. Look at the map and see the net- 
work of mountains that covers it. These mountains 
are not, like many in Luzon, covered with open for- 
ests. Under the trees is thick matted vegetation. 
Vines and creepers, with many small streams and 
torrents, make it difficult to clear this wilderness 
and travel through it. Therefore the population 
has grown slowly. Criminals have gone from 
other islands to the forests of Samar. Most of this 
rich island looks just as it did before Magellan saw 
its shores. 

Bohol. — This is an island of barren mountains 
and coral reefs. Its scanty soil has compelled its 
people to become fishermen and traders. They 
became warlike because in the old days they 
fought the pirates from neighboring Mindanao. 
Their soil and their situation have made them 
one of the most industrious of the people of the 
Philippines.' 

Cebu. — The island of Cebii is thickly populated 
and advanced in civilization. There are several rea- 
sons for this. Its long coast line and low mountains 
made it easy for the Spaniards to settle there and 
subdue and convert the people. Cebu is the oldest 
Spanish town in the Philippines. It is in the central 
part of the Archipelago, with a fine harbor. The 



THE LAND OF THE FILIPINOS. 



13 



hemp-raising islands send much of their product to 
this fine central port. From here it is shipped to 
Manila, Europe, and America, In ancient days its 




The Harbor of Cebu. 



chief was one of the most powerful of the Visayan 
headmen. For all these reasons it is now among 
the most important cities of the Philippines. 

Negros. — This island owes its growth and 
wealth to its rich soil, perhaps the best in the 
Visayas. It has few ports and depends on agricul- 
ture more than on commerce. The mountains are 
loftier than those of the other Visayas, so they 
are the home of the former possessors of the soil, 
the Negritos. Negros received its name from the 
Negritos whom the Spaniards found there. It was 
formerly called Buglas. 



14 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

Panay. — The rich river valleys of Panay led 
Legazpi to move the starving Spaniards from Cebu 
to this island. The people of Panay have been more 
peaceable than those of Luzon and Cebii. There- 
fore they have prospered and multiplied. 

Iloilo, the second city of the Philippines in im- 
portance, owes its greatness to several reasons. It 
is the capital of the most populous province of the 
Philippines. The products of this rich province are 
brought to Iloilo over some of the best roads in the 
Islands. Its rivers are navigable to the mountains, 
and they empty at or near Iloilo. The harbor is large 
and safe. Typhoons rarely blow. Thus this region 
is very different from the days when wild tribes 
wandered over it. 

Mindoro and Paragua. — These islands have a 
different story from the Visayas. They have 
changed little since the old days. Mindoro is cov- 
ered with almost impassable mountains and forests. 
It has few harbors. The Moro pirates long made 
their haunts there. In later days Spain sent crimi- 
nals to live in ^lindoro. Although near Luzon, the 
people of Mindoro have never had a fair chance for 
growth. Most of them are wild mountain tribes. 
There are Tagalogs on the north coast and Visayans 
at the south. 

Paragua is less wild than Mindoro and has bet- 
ter harbors. This island was too far away from 
Manila and the routes of commerce to prosper. 
Several different warring tribes lived there. The 



THE LAND OF THE FILIPINOS. 15 

Moros often attacked the villages on its coasts. 
Therefore, though rich in lands and forests, it is 
little changed from the past. 

Mindanao. — The island of Mindanao is the sec- 
ond largest island in the Philippines. It produces all 
that the other islands raise, also the spices and gutta- 
percha. Mindanao has the largest rivers and forests 
and the greatest area of rich, uncultivated land of 
any of the Philippines. Why, then, has it less people 
than little Cebu and only one town of importance? 
Mindanao is large enough and rich enough to sup- 
port the entire present population of the Philip- 
pines. Probably this island was one of the first set- 
tled of the Philippines because it is near the great 
Malayan Islands from which the Filipinos came. 
Yet it is thinly peopled. 

One reason is because it has been the home of 
too many different tribes. Everything great in this 
world has been done by the united efforts of people 
who spoke the same language and believed the same 
things. In Mindanao there are more wild tribes and 
different religions than in any other island of the 
Philippines. We shall see why this is so. 

The many mountain ranges running in different 
directions and the trackless forests kept the people 
from mingling easily. One can get farther from the 
sea in Mindanao than in any other of the islands. 
There are many people in the interior who have 
never seen the ocean or met people of otiier islands. 
This has kept them ignorant and uncivilized. 



i6 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

Mindanao, because of its position at the south of 
the Archipelago, was one of the first islands to 
receive the Moros with their new religion. The 
Moros have always been at war w4th the mountain 
tribes. This has prevented the increase of popula- 
tion and commerce. The Moros have enslaved 
many of the people. No country can become great 
or civilized through slavery. 

The Spaniards were a long time in the Islands be- 
fore they settled in Mindanao. It was so far from 
Manila that it was expensive and difficult to con- 
quer and convert the people. When the Spaniards 
at different times were threatened by the Chinese 
and the Dutch they took away their soldiers from 
Mindanao. Then the people fell back into their 
old ways. Therefore Mindanao has made slow 
progress. 

The Sulu Archipelago. — When we look at the sea- 
girt islands that stretch from Mindanao to Borneo 
we can easily guess how the people have always lived. 
These little islands are mountain peaks of coral rock. 
They are too small for agriculture. The people for 
centuries were the traders and pirates of the Philip- 
pines. They caught fish and dived for pearls and 
pearl shells. Their boats visited distant lands cap- 
turing and bartering slaves. 

When the followers of the religion of Mahomet 
came from the south they made an easy conquest of 
these islands. There were no mountains or vast 
forests to which the people might flee. They must 



THE LAND OF THE FILIPINOS. 



17 



accept the new religion or die. Thus it is that 
nearly all the dwellers of this archipelago are Moros. 




PEARL-l'lblllJN(j BuAlS, SULU. 



The nature and position of their islands have 
made the Sulus sailors and warriors. They build 
the best native boats and make the finest weapons of 
any Filipinos. They are different in religion, cus- 
toms, dress, and language from the Filipinos of the 
northern and the central islands, but they are of the 
same blood. We see what wide differences the land 
that a people inhabit may make in them. 

Summary. — The Philippine Islands are many and 
varied. They are nearly all mountainous, with 
steep slopes and narrow beaches. The mountains 



1 8 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

are forest-covered, the home of wild tribes speak- 
ing many tongues and worshiping the ancient Fili- 
pino gods. The coasts and larger valleys are fertile 
and cultivated. Most of the Filipinos live on these 
lands and are civilized. The islands with the best 
harbors and nearest the routes of commerce are most 
populous and prosperous. 

Four hundred years ago there were no great 
cities, no railroads, not even wagon roads. Great 
forests grew where the richest farms now are. 
Pirate traders sailed the seas where great steamers 
now ply. Thousands of wild buffaloes, deer, and 
other animals roamed the woods and mountains. 
No one in Europe had then heard of the Philippines. 
All the people in the Islands were fewer than those 
that now live in the one island of Cebii. We shall 
now see what the races were that lived in these fertile 
and beautiful Islands. 

QUESTIONS AND TOPICS. 

1. What decides the location of cities? 

2. Can you tell why your town has its present location ? 

3. How may a high mountain range affect language? 

4. Why were the Philippines the last settled of the 

Malay Archipelago ? 

5. How do we know that the Philippines were once 

under the ocean? 

6. What great trade routes pass through the Philippines ? 

7. Why is the northeast coast of Luzon thinly populated ? 

8. Why must they import much rice into the Cagayan 

Valley? 



THE LAND OF THE FILIPINOS. 19 

9. Describe the appearance of the Cagayan Valley 
before the arrival of the Spaniards. 

10. Why do the people of the mountains of northern 

Luzon live just as in ancient times ? 

11. What change has the climate of the mountains made 

in the Filipinos who live there? 

12. Name, three changes in the northwest coast of Luzon 

since the coming of the Spaniards. 

13. Why is the plain of central Luzon so thickly popu- 

lated? 

14. Why did the people of central Luzon not become 

Moros ? 

15. Why are many boats built in the Bicol Peninsula? 

16. Which separates two peoples more — lofty mountains 

or the sea? 

17. Why is Samar so uncivilized? 

18. Tell two things that made Cebu easy to conquer? 

19. Why did Legazpi move to Panay? 

20. Find five reasons for the greatness of Iloilo. 

21. Name four reasons for the slow progress of Mindoro. 

22. Give five causes for the small population of Mindanao. 

23. What were the occupations of the Sulus in the past? 

24. Explain why all the people of the Sulu Archipelago 

are Moros. 

25. In what do the Moros excel? 



CHAPTER 11. 



THE FILIPINO RACES. 



Resources of the Philippines. — Nature has made 
it easy to live in the Phihppine Islands. There is 
plenty of rich land for all who are willing to culti- 
vate it. There is no month when some fruit does 
not ripen. There is no season when one may not 
sow or reap some crop. Thousands of horses and 
cattle could feed on rich pastures that now lie unused. 
The seas and rivers of the Philippines are full of 
fish. There are few lands where food is more easily 
obtained. 

Yet after all the centuries that have passed since 
men first lived in these Islands, their people are few 
and poor. Most of their rich soil the plow has 
never turned. The wealth of their forests and mines 
waits for a hand to gather it. In other lands, whose 
soil is stiflf with frost half the year, the barns are 
filled with the harvest. In countries where men 
must hew their houses from the rocks and dig their 
fuel from the earth, men have built fair cities. In 
the Philippines the towns are groups of frail huts, 
the prey of fire and storm. 

The Study of History. — The study of history ex- 
plains why the lands of the Filipinos lie uncultivated. 

20 



THE FILIPINO RACES. 21 

It tells why the people struggle with poverty. It 
points out the mistakes of the past and shows the 
path to follow in the future. Since 1898 there have 
been many changes in the Philippines. Govern- 
ment, church, education, commerce, and many other 
things are different from the days of our fathers. 
History helps us to understand why these changes 
were made. We can compare the past with the 
present and see which is the better. The history of 
the Philippines begins with the study of the first 
men who made this land their home. 

The First Inhabitants. — The first people who 
lived in these Islands were the Negritos. These are 
the little black savages who now dwell in the moun- 
tains. Most of them are less than five feet tall. 
They have woolly hair, thick lips, and broad noses. 
Clad in little or no clothing, they wander from place 
to place. A mat of grass thrown over a few poles 
makes them a house. They hunt deer and wild 
pigs, catch birds and fish, and raise mountain rice. 

Most of the Negritos live in the mountains of 
Luzon, Negros, Panay, and Mindanao. They do 
not love towns, churches, or any of the ways of 
Christian Filipinos. Once an archbishop of Manila 
reared a Negrito boy, and taught him to read. He 
was nearly ready to become a priest. One day he 
could not be found. He had fled to the rocks and 
woods of his babyhood to live with the birds and 
the beasts. 

No one knows when or how the Negritos came 



22 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHHJPPINES. 



here. The traditions of the Fihpinos say that when 
the lowland tribes arrived the Negritos were the only 
dwellers in the Islands. At that time they lived on 




A Negrito Hunter. 

the plains. Because these Negritos refused to be- 
come friends of the new arrivals, they were driven 
to the mountains. When the wilderness is cleared 
away and the game gone from the forests, the Ne- 
gritos will become civilized or perish. Every race 
which lives beside a wiser and stronger race must 
learn to live wisely and well, or else it dies. 



THE FILIPINO RACES. 23 

The Early Malayans. — While the little Negritos 
were still living in the valleys and plains a strange 
people landed on their shores. They came saihng 
up from the south. 

At first the Negritos fought the strangers. Then 
more of the boats and the brown men came till the 
timid blacks climbed into the mountains to hide and 
hunt. 

The men from the south were Malayans. They 
probably came from Sumatra or the Malay Penin- 
sula. These early comers were not much more 
civihzed than the Negritos. Sometimes they mar- 
ried with these, and lived in peace. There are wild 
tribes in Mindoro and Paragua which are thought 
to be a mixture of Malayans and Negritos. 

There are many of these half-savage peoples 
in the Philippines. They speak different dialects. 
They do not dress the same. Their customs are not 
all alike. Yet the wild Malayan tribes are more 
like each other than they are like the Christian 
tribes. So we think that they came here at about 
the same time, and we call them the Early Malayans. 

The Early Malayans did not all arrive at the same 
time. They were like the waves of the sea, alike, 
but coming one after the other. Among the strong- 
est and most numerous of these tribes were the 
Igorrotes. 

The Igorrotes. — Nearly all of these live to-day in 
the mountains of northern Luzon. Most of them 
dwell in houses built of boards cut from the great 



24 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 



pine-trees. They cultivate their fields carefully, 
bringing the water in long canals and pipes from 
the mountains. The men are strong and well 
shaped. They carry heavy loads on their backs all 
day over the mountains. They have many savage 
customs. 

Head-hunting. — An old custom of the Igorrotes 
is to cut ofif the heads of their enemies. They do 




Igorrotes with Head-axes. 



this not only in war but also at other times. When 
one of their number falls ill, or dies, they sometimes 
slay the first wayfarer from a strange town. They 



THE FILIPINO RACES. 25 

believe that the strength of the murdered person 
passes into the body of the sick. They think, also, 
that the death of the stranger pleases the spirit of 
their dead companion. This practise of the Igor- 
rotes is dying out under the strong rule of America. 
In the old days it was very common among all 
the wild tribes. The people of the coast feared 
the savage mountaineers. They paid them rice 
every year, as a tribute, that they might not be 
attacked. 

The Place of Woman. — Woman has a very low 
place among these wild tribes. She does most of 
the hard work in the fields. Her lot is sad and 
humble compared with that of woman among the 
Christian Filipinos. She is often sold in marriage 
for a few pesos. She lives like the cattle, and serves 
her husband like a slave. In this and other ways 
the tribes of the Early Malayans have changed little 
in the last few centuries. 

The Cultured Malayans. — After the Early Malay- 
ans had driven the Negritos from their homes, other 
Malayan tribes came sailing up from the south, and 
drove the first conquerors from the homes they 
had made. These last tribes were more civilized 
than the ones who came before. They had better 
weapons and clothes. Some of them had a new and 
better religion. We therefore call these tribes the 
Cultured Malayans. To-day they are composed of 
eight Christian tribes and the Moros. The Chris- 
tians are the Visayans, Tagalogs, Ilocanos, Bicols, 



26 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

Pampangans, Pangasinans, Cagayans, and Zam- 
balans. 

The Christian tribes have always been the enemies 
of the wild tribes. They are the peoples to whom 
most of the history of the Philippines relates. We 
shall learn from the pens of those who saw them 
four hundred years ago what they were like when 
the Spaniards first reached these Islands. 

The Moros. — In Mindanao, Paragua, and the 
Sulu Archipelago live many tribes of Filipinos whom 
the Spaniards called Moros. The religion of these 
natives is Mahometanism. The Mahometans whom 
the Spaniards knew in Europe were called by this 
name. So when Magellan found that some Fili- 
pinos had this same religion he called them Moros. 

The Religion of Mahomet. — Mahomet lived in 
Arabia in the sixth century after the birth of Christ. 
He said there was but one God, and that he was the 
prophet of that God. Mecca was and is the holy 
city of Mahometanism. Some of the Moros go 
there to worship. Such a journey is called a pil- 
grimage. Mahomet wrote a book called the Koran. 
This is the Bible of the Moros. 

About six hundred years ago the priests of 
Mahomet came to the Malay Peninsula. Next they 
taught their religion in 'the islands of Malaysia. 
About the fifteenth century they reached the Philip- 
pines. Many Filipinos accepted the new religion. 
When the Spaniards arrived the Moros were teach- 
ing this religion in Mindanao, Paragua, the Jolo 




27 



^t 



28 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

Archipelago, Mindoro, and Luzon. Manila was 
ruled by Mahometan chiefs who had come from 
Borneo a few years before. 

Character of the Moros. — The Moros were sea 
traders and pirates. They went from one island 




A Typical Moro House. 



to another of the Philippines trading goods and 
slaves. They were the most warlike of the Fili- 
pinos. In their swift boats they visited the shores 
of the Visayan Islands and Luzon. They burned 
the towns, robbed and killed the inhabitants, and 
carried many into slavery. The Spaniards never 
could make Christians of them, or entirely conquer 
them. 



THE FILIPINO RACES. 29 

Summary. — Such were the races that settled the 
Phihppines. Four hundred years ago they num- 
bered only about half a million persons. Their 
languages, religions, and customs were learned in 
hundreds of different islands and coasts of the 
southern seas and the Continent of Asia. They 
were like flocks of wild birds of different colors and 
plumage, driven by the storm upon a strange shore. 
From Luzon to the north it is a long sail to new 
lands, but to the south one can see from island to 
island for hundreds of miles. Driven from home 
by war, by desire for adventure, by hope of gain, 
or by a chance wind, these races drifted for cen- 
turies to the Philippines. It is easy to see that they 
were not a nation, but the wandering fragments of 
many different tribes. 

QUESTIONS AND TOPICS. 

1. Why is it easy to live in the Philippines? 

2. Why are there sometimes famines in the Philip- 

pines ? 

3. Why is it hard to live in some countries? 

4. What five things does Philippine history teach? 

5. Who are the Negritos? 

6. Describe the habits of the Negritos. 

7. What must happen to the Negritos in the future? 

8. Who drove the Negritos from their home? 

9. What is the largest tril:)e of the Eariy Malayans? 

10. Where and how do the Igorrotes live ? 

11. Why did the wild tribes hunt heads? 



so A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

12. Place of Woman among the wild tribes. 

13. Name the tribes of Cultured Malayans. 

14. Two differences between the Early Malayans and the 

Cultured Malayans. 

15. Why are some Filipinos called Moros? 

16. Name the holy city and holy book of the Mahom- 

etans. 

17. What is the chief teaching of Mahomet? 

18. How did the Moros live? 

19. Two things the Spaniards could not do with the 

Moros. 

20. Why were the ancient FiHpinos not a nation ? 



CHAPTER III. 

LAWS AND CUSTOMS OF THE ANCIENT FILIPINOS. 

Village Government. — Among the ancient Fili- 
pinos the village was the unit of government. There 
was no king over all the people. There was not 
even a chief for each tribe. Each little town was a 
kingdom in itself. The population was divided into 
many hostile groups. Each village chose its own 
ruler. We shall see why this kept the Filipinos 
from becoming numerous and rich. 

Life in Ancient Times. — The people of these little 
villages did not respect or obey any other chief 
than their own headman. Men were born, lived, 
and died in the same village without ever visiting 
the people who lived on the other side of the hill. 
Som_etimes they could not understand the language 
of members of their own tribe a few miles distant. 
This is so to-day among some mountain tribes. 
There were no roads and traveling was dangerous. 
When men went to the fields to plant or reap 
they carried the bow and spear with them. Thus 
they grew up in ignorance of the great world. 
They cared nothing for the sorrows or joys of any 
but their own townspeople. They married their 

31 



3^ A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

near relatives, and so became weak in body and 
mind. 

War and Robbery. — The Filipinos of those times 
were constantly at war. Robbery and murder were 
common. If a person was killed by some one from 
another village, his friends and townspeople attacked 
that village. For these reasons the population was 
kept from increasing fast. In time of famine or 
pestilence one town would not assist another. Com- 
merce was difficult when each man feared his neigh- 
bor. In such a state of society no people could be- 
come great or happy. 

The Headmen. — There were three classes of so- 
ciety : the headmen, the freemen, and the slaves. 

The headman obtained his position because he 
was the best fighter, or the richest man, or because 
his father was headman. Every one must obey 
the headman. He was paid a tribute of rice from 
all except his relatives and the most powerful of 
the freemen. It was his duty to act as judge in 
disputes between the members of his village. A 
council of old men advised him. They decided 
what punishment must be given to evildoers. The 
headman also led his people to war. 

In later days these headmen were called cahezas 
de bar an gay. " Barangay " formerly meant a boat. 
Now it means the group of people that live in a 
small village. Perhaps the people that came in the 
same boat settled in one village with their captain 
as headman. 



LAWS AND CUSTOMS OF ANCIENT FILIPINOS. 2>?> 

The headmen of some of the larger villages com- 
pelled smaller villages to submit to them. This 
was usually the case where the Moros ruled. The 
chief of Cebu when Magellan arrived received 




Negritos of Northern Tayabas. 



tribute from several villages. Sometimes the chiefs 
of these subject towns met in a council with the 
greater chief. Chirino, who came to the Philip- 
pines in 1590, said : 

" It is customary for these villages to be divided into dis- 
tricts which they call barangayes. Each one of these is under 
the command of a chief, who governs it and appoints those 
who are to do all that is necessary. The latter are called 
datos. At this time Taytay (in Laguna) had four hundred 



34 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

families and was divided into four harangayes ; therefore 
there were four datos. Each of the datos had charge of 
one bar an gay. 

The Freemen. — The freemen, called among the 
Tagalogs timauas or maharlicay were subject to the 
headman, but were not slaves. Usually they did 
not pay tribute, but the headman could ask their 
help in time of need, such as house-building, or har- 
vest. They could have their own land and houses, 
and possess slaves. 

Slaves. — Slaves were of two classes. The first, 
called by the Tagalogs aliping namamahay, were 
only partly slaves. They usually planted land which 
their master rented to them, and did not live 
in his house. These people owed debts of ser- 
vice to their masters. They had to work with- 
out pay at seed-time, harvest, house- or boat-build- 
ing, in fact whenever their owners called for 
them. If they had children, these children became 
slaves. 

The second class of slaves, called sagigilid, lived 
in their master's house and served him without pay. 
These persons were absolute slaves. Their master 
could kill them for any ofifense. 

Yet slaves were not treated so harshly among the 
Filipinos as in some countries. Sometimes they 
did so little work that their masters found it hard 
to get food for them. Favorite slaves were treated 
like members of the family. . 



LAWS AND CUSTOMS OF ANCIENT FILIPINOS. 35 

Causes of Enslavement. — Slaves were made such 
by birth, captivity, adoption, on account of debt, as 
a punishment, and for other reasons. 

Captivity was the chief of these causes. When 
a hostile village was captured, those who were not 
killed in battle were offered in sacrifice to the gods, 
held for ransom, or enslaved. Children and the 
aged were usually sacrificed or held for ransom. 
The young and strong were kept as slaves. Mem- 
bers of the same tribe enslaved each other in these 
village wars. 

Many fell into slavery through debt. So small 
a debt as five pesos caused enslavement for life. 
Children sold themselves into slavery to pay the 
debts of their parents. Evil as the practise was, it 
shows us how faithful the Filipinos were in guard- 
ing the honor of their parents. 

A very small offense against a headman or free- 
man was punished by enslavement. For passing 
under the house of a headman, crossing his fields, 
breaking a tool or dish, letting dust fall on him when 
he passed under a house, people were made slaves 
for life. When a man committed a great crime, his 
relatives were also enslaved. All these practises 
made the hearts of the people very hard and cruel. 

Semislavery. — An only child, one of whose par- 
ents was free, the other a slave, became a half 
slave. Such a slave must work for his master every 
other month. When there was more than one child, 
the first was free if his father was free, the second 



36 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

became a slave, and so on. If the number of chil- 
dren was uneven, the last became a half slave. A 
child who was born free of such parents, sometimes 
had his own parent as a slave. 

The Slave Traffic. — Slaves were the measure of a 
man's wealth. A rich man was a man who had 
many slaves. Some chiefs had hundreds of slaves. 
They were an article of merchandise. Men hunted 
them as they did wild beasts, then sold them as they 
would cattle. 

The principal slave-market was at Butuan, Min- 
danao. Slaves were brought there from Borneo and 
the Spice Islands, to be sold for gold-dust, wax, and 
honey. In 1573 a slave was sold for as little as 
fifty reals at ]\Ianila. The trading boats from 
Luzon came to Butuan and bought slaves. The 
Moros sold their captured slaves at this place. 

Sometimes boat-loads of slaves were brought to 
Manila to be sold. They came from the Malay 
Peninsula and Islands, and even from China and 
Japan. Many times the Filipino slaveholders mar- 
ried their slaves. For this reason the blood of many 
races flows in the veins of the Filipinos. 

Crimes and Their Punishment. — Killing newly 
born babes was very common, especially among the 
\^isayans. It was not punished by law, because it 
was thought the parent had the right to kill his 
child. People did not then clearly understand that 
the State has rights in the child as well as its 
parents. 



LAWS AND CUSTOMS OF ANCIENT FILIPINOS. 37 

Slander was considered a great crime, especially 
against the rich, old people, and women. Lying, 
gluttony, and drunkenness were not thought to be 
bad faults. 

Crimes were punished by fines, enslavement, or 
death. There were no prisons, as now, where men 
were shut up and made to work. If the punishtnent 
was the loss of liberty, the criminal became the 
slave of the person he had wronged or of the head- 
man. Theft and robbery were usually punished by 
enslavement; in serious cases by death. 

Discovery of a Thief. — When it was desired to 
find out who had stolen something, the suspected 
thieves were given a piece of cloth or a large leaf. 
If one of them returned the stolen object wrapped 
in this covering, he was pardoned. If the object 
was not returned, the suspected persons were put 
under water, and the one who came to the surface 
first was considered guilty. There were other tests 
like these. The different tribes had different cus- 
toms. 

Dress and Ornaments. — Legazpi said, in 1565, of 
the people of Cibabao, one of the Visayas : 

" These people wear clothes but they go barefooted. Their 
dress is made of cotton, or of a kind of grass like raw silk. 
. . . The people wear gold earrings, bracelets, and necklets. 
Wherever we went we found a great show of these things." 

The natives of Luzon wore a blue or black spot- 
ted jacket. The head, legs, and feet were bare. A 



38 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

narrow strip of cloth was bound about the head. 
The chiefs wore a red jacket. Necklaces of gold, 
heavy gold bracelets set with precious stones, and 
anklets made of strings of agates were worn by 
the rich. 

Tattooing. — The Visayans and the inhabitants 
of Albay and Camarines practised tattooing, that 
is, they marked pictures in their skin with blue 
ink. Frequently they blackened their teeth. Often 
they made holes in them and filled these holes 
with gold. Slaves were not allowed to tattoo them- 
selves. 

Tattoo marks were signs that the owner had done 
brave deeds. Alany of the wild tribes still follow 
this practise. 

Weapons. — Legazpi said : 

''The weapons generally used in the Philippines are 
swords and daggers; lances with iron points, one and one- 
half palms in length; and a few bows and arrow^s. When- 
ever the natives leave their houses, even if it is only to go to 
the house of a neighbor, they carry these w^eapons ; for they 
are ahvays watchful and distrustful of one another.'^ 

Besides the weapons mentioned by Legazpi, the 
blow-gun and throwing-sticks were used. Among 
the Tagalogs and Moros a few firearms and small 
cannon were in use at the arrival of the Spaniards. 
Legazpi says the natives obtained these from the 
Chinese. 

For defensive weapons the Filipinos used thick 



LAWS AND CUSTOMS OF ANCIENT FILIPINOS. 39 

coverings of cotton, reaching to the feet, corselets 
of wood or buffalo-hide, long wooden shields, and 
leather helmets. 




A MoRO Warrior in Coat of Mail. 



Commerce. — The Filipinos of the sixteenth cen- 
tury traded mainly with Borneo, Japan, and China. 
From Nagasaki, in Japan, came silks, cotton, and 
iron utensils. No money was in use, but gold-dust 



40 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

was often used in exchange for goods. The natives 
carried little balances to weigh this gold. 
Legazpi, in a letter to Philip II, said : 

" Farther north than our settlement are some large islands 
called Luzon and Vindoro where the Chinese and Japanese 
come every year to trade. They bring silks, woolens, bells, 
porcelains, perfumes, iron, tin, colored cotton cloths, and 
other small wares. In return they take away gold and wax. 
The people of these two islands are Moros, and having 
bought what the Chinese and Japanese bring, they trade 
these same goods throughout this archipelago of islands." 

Writing. — The principal Filipino tribes had writ- 
ten alphabets, but no books. They wrote from the 
bottom of the page to the top in columns, and from 
the left to the right side of the page. There were 
fourteen to seventeen letters in their alphabets. It 
is said that many of the people knew how to write. 
Their records were very simple. They kept ac- 
counts of the number of their animals and of other 
business matters, and wrote letters. 

The natives used a sharp point of iron or wood 
with which they wrote on banana-leaves or bamboo 
joints. With such frail paper, and houses which 
burned so easily, it is not strange that no old Filipino 
books have been preserved. The Moros have old 
family records that tell the names of their ancestors 
for a few generations past. 

Education and Civilization. — From a study of the 
languages of the Filipinos some suppose that they 



> 
O 

CO 



CD 



tr 









M 5 



< 



5 i ^5 I S=.S 






41 



42 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHLLH^PIXES. 

came from a people that long ago lived in Central 
Asia. This ancient people had a better civilization 
than their Malaj-an descendants who came to these 
Islands. The simple natives whom the Spaniards 
f oimd here knew nothing of their past but a few tra- 
ditions which were passed from parent to child by 
speech. In their wanderings from island to island 
they had forgotten the past. They had not been here 
long enough to build up a good civilization. The}' 
were pioneers, fighting battles with many enemies. 
Without books, roads, temples, or fine houses, thej^ 
were not what we now call a civilized people. But 
if the early Filipinos were far behind China, Japan, 
India, and Europe, they have since shown themselves 
willing to leam. The ancestors of all the great na- 
tions of to-day were once ignorant saA^ages. It is 
no more disgrace for a people to be young than it is 
for a child to be young. The Filipinos need not be 
ashamed that their ancestors four hundred years ago 
were not highly civilized. The real glon- of any 
people is not in its past, but in the use it makes of 
the present 

Amusements. — The amusements of the ancient 
Filipinos were few and simple. They were fond of 
music, singing, and dancing. Their musical instru- 
ments were ver}' simple, and their dances such as 
those of the wild tribes to-day. They were fond of 
feasting and of wine. Cock-fighting was seen in 
Paragua by Magellan's men. Some of their amuse- 
ments were such as we would n« 't think right to-day. 



LAWS AND CUSTOMS OF ANCIENT FILIPINOS. 43 

Marriage Customs. — Marriages were arranged as 
the parents wished. The children were promised in 
marriage at an early age; sometimes before they 




An Igorrote Dance. 



were born. This custom still exists among the wild 
tribes. 

Marriage was not a matter of love, but of pur- 
chase. The bridegroom paid the parents of the 
bride a price in slaves, jewelry, furniture, land, or 
whatever else he had. The mother of the bride re- 
ceived a part of this, called by the Tagalogs big- 
ay susti. The other part was to pay the expenses of 
the wedding celebration, and to provide for the rear- 
ing of a family. This was called the bigaycaya. 



44 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHH^IPPINES. 

The bridegroom was also required to work for the 
parents of the bride during several years after mar- 
riage. He must assist them at seed-time and har- 
vest, and on other occasions. Alany laws were made 
by the Spaniards to stop this practise, but it lasted 
long after they came. The Filipinos of that day 
wanted their children to be girls because of the goods 
and labor for which they could sell them. 

The ceremony of marriage was begun by killing 
a pig. This was done by a priestess. She then 
blessed the bridal couple. Old women fed them 
from the same plate. After this followed a great 
feast. At this feast they ate and drank for many 
hours. 

In return for the payment he made and the labor 
he gave for his wife, the man made the woman work 
like a slave. 

Among the poor, and in the wilder tribes, mar- 
riage was very simple. Sometimes there was no 
ceremony. In some islands polygamy was prac- 
tised. 

Conclusions. — The ancient Filipino knew how to 
govern a village, but not a tribe or a nation. The 
ancestors of the Christian Filipinos of to-day were 
not savages four hundred years ago. Many of their 
laws were just and wise. They had learned the 
first lesson of government, but only the first. No 
people can become great who depend upon the labor 
of slaves. The great nations of the world have be- 
come great because their citizens built their fortunes 



LAWS AND CUSTOMS OF ANCIENT FILIPINOS. 45 

by their own industry and intelligence. They did 
not despise labor. In Mindanao and Jolo the Moros 
lived by piracy and slavery throughout the period 
of Spanish rule. But their country has not become 
fruitful and rich like Luzon and the Visayas, where 
slavery was stopped. The ancient Filipino was not 
in the path of progress four hundred years ago. 
The Igorrote, left almost alone in his mountains by 
the Spaniard, is very little different from what he 
was centuries ago. The ancient civilization of the 
Tagalog and the Visayan was not much different 
from that of the wild tribes now. Had no people 
come from Europe or Asia with new light for the 
Philippines, the Islands would be far less prosperous 
and happy than they now are. 



QUESTIONS AND TOPICS. 

1. What kind of rulers did the Filipinos have? 

2. What was a barangay ? 

3. Why was there little traveling? 

4. Why did not the population increase fast ? 

5. Name the three classes of Society. 

6. In what parts of the Philippines may these three 

classes still be found ? 

7. Why was village government bad for commerce? 

8. Name three ways in which a man could become chief. 

9. What were the duties of the headman? 

10. How were slaves obtained? 

11. From what countries were slaves brought? 

12. Where was the principal slave-market? 



46 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

13. What was done with the people of a captured village? 

14. In what way did Filipino children protect the honor 

of their parents ? 

15. What effect did slavery have on the Filipinos? 

16. Describe a common crime among the ancient Visa- 

yans. 

17. Why was slander considered a great crime against the 

aged? 

18. What may we learn from the ornaments used? 

19. Is tattooing practised in the PhiHppines now? 

20. How were Chinese goods distributed through the 

PhiHppines ? 

21. Why did the ancient Filipinos not have a better ci\ili- 

zation ? 

22. What is the foundation of the progress of the great 

nations ? 



CHAPTER IV. 

THE RELIGION OF THE ANCIENT FILIPINOS. 

Religion; Chants. — To understand the FiHpino 
forefathers we must not only know about their wars 
and laws, their dress and commerce. The most 
important fact about any people is its religion. The 
rehgion of a people tells us what they value most, 
and how well they can think. So we shall next 
study the ancient religion of the Filipinos. 

The Filipinos of the sixteenth century had no 
sacred book like the Bible or the Koran. The 
parents told the story of the gods to their children. 
Many of their songs were religious chants. These 
songs told of the birth, relationships, and great deeds 
of their gods. They sang these chants while row- 
ing boats, at feasts, funerals, and while working in 
the fields. 

There were no regular forms of prayer used by 
all alike. They had no regular day and hour for 
worship. There was not in all the Islands a church 
or temple. Sometimes they built huts, where some 
one of their many gods was worshiped. Usually 
they prayed under the open sky. 

47 



48 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

The Great God. — The FiHpinos beheved that there 
was one great God over many lesser gods. This 
great God was cahed Bathala, Creator, by the Taga- 
logs, Lad)i, Antiquity, by the Visayans, and Kahnn- 
ian, the Sun, by the Ilocanos and the Igorrotes. Some 
writers say that the rainbow was thought to be the 
home of this God. It was considered a sin to point 
at the rainbow. ^lost of the FiHpinos did not know 
who or where this great God was. Some thought 
that those who were killed by lightning or the sword 
traveled to BafJidla by the path of the rainbow. 

The Worship of Anitos. — Most of the prayers of 
the Filipinos were offered to the lesser gods. They 
believed that when any one died, his soul entered 
into some object, such as a tree, rock, or river. Cer- 
tain birds and other animals, especially the crocodile, 
were thought to be the home of the departed spirit. 
These spirits of their dead ancestors were called 
anitos, or nonos, by the Tagalogs, diuafa by the \''is- 
ayans, and by other names. 

Household Gods. — The anitos of a family were 
often represented by little idols made of wood or 
metal to show the dead parent in his new form. 
Thus they would set the tooth of a crocodile in gold, 
and crown it with a head of gold. This showed 
that the anito was living in the body of a crocodile. 
These family anitos were their household gods. 
The ancient Filipinos were not true idolaters, like 
the Negroes of Africa who worship sticks and 
stones. The Filipino religion was the dying mem- 



THE RELIGION OF THE ANCIENT FILIPINOS. 49 

ory of a better faith that the Malayans had before 
they reached these Islands. 

Nature Spirits.— The anitos of the trees, the rocks, 
and the fields were not represented by idols. Many 
of these were not the spirits of dead ancestors, but 




Taal Volcano. 

nature spirits. There was nothing which might not 
be worshiped as an anito. Useful objects, such as 
salt, rice, gold, silver, anything in fact that interested 
the ancient Filipino, might seem to him the home 
or sign of a god. 

Wherever the Filipino turned, the gods were 
with him. Nine hundred gods and superstitious be- 
liefs of the early Filipinos have been counted. 

Prayers. — Though the Filipinos had no true 
religion they were full of fears and hopes about the 



so A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

unseen gods. They asked the help of the anitos in 
various undertakings. From the anito they sought 
freedom from famine, sickness, and other evils. Be- 
fore doing the following acts they asked permission 
of the anitos, clasping their hands and bowing 
while they prayed : picking a fruit or a flower, pass- 
ing by or cutting down a big tree, crossing a valley, 
river, or plowed field. 

Good and Bad Anitos. — Some anitos were believed 
to be good and friendly, others evil. Most of the 
Filipinos did not think that the anitos protected them 
because they were good men and women, but be- 
cause they gave the anitos offerings of food and 
human sacrifices. The tribes on the coast thought 
that the evil anitos were the spirits of their Negrito 
enemies, and the good anitos the spirits of their 
Malayan ancestors who drove the Negritos to the 
mountains. 

Heaven. — The ancient Filipinos believed in a life 
after death. Some thought that at death the soul 
crossed a river or lake in a boat rowed by an aged 
ferryman. Then the soul dwelt in flowery fields, 
eating, drinking, and idling till it returned to earth. 
It was believed that the brave, the just, and the good 
entered heaven, and the bad a place of punishment. 

In most of the Islands it was thought that no 
woman could enter heaven who had not had a hus- 
band or lover. When women died, their hands were 
painted black to make sure of their passage across 
the river of death. 



THE RELIGION OF THE ANCIENT FILIPINOS. 51 

The Soul. — They fancied that the soul was easily 
separated from the body and lost during sleep, or 
while one was walking in the woods. If a man 
became insane, it was believed that his soul had 
strayed. Friends took the insane person to the place 
where his reason had left him. There cries were 
made to the soul, calling it back to the body. 

Priests and Priestesses. — More women acted as 
ministers of religion than men. They were usually 
old, and said that they were led by the anitos. These 
old women directed the ceremonies at marriages 
and funerals. They tried to cure the sick. At the 
religious feasts they offered the prayers over the 
sacrifices. Some of them gained wealth, but they 
were not beloved by the people. There were about 
twelve kinds of priests and priestesses among the 
Tagalogs. The most important was called the 
sonat. Only people of importance could be sonat. 
They claimed the power to forgive sins, or to con- 
demn people. They could also appoint other priests. 
The poor usually could not get their services. 

Religious Customs of the Cebuans. — A writer 
who was with Legazpi said of the Cebuans : 

"They worship their ancestors as gods. When they are 
ill, or have any other necessity, they go to their graves with 
great weeping and prayer to beg their ancestors for health, 
protection, and aid. They make certain alms and prayers 
there. And in the same manner they call upon the Devil, 
and they say that they cause him to appear in a hollow reed, 
and that there he talks with their priestesses. Their priests 



52 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

are, as a general rule, women who make this prayer and talk 
with the Devil, and then give his answer to the people, tell- 
ing them what offerings of birds and other things they must 
make. When any chief dies, they kill some of his slaves; 
a greater or less number according to his rank and wealth. 
They are all buried in coffins made out of two boards, and 
they bury with them their finest clothes, porcelain ware, and 
gold jewels. Some are buried in the ground, and others of 
the chief men are placed in lofty houses." 

Conclusions. — Thus there were many priests 
speaking for many gods. They were not like the 
priests of the Christian religion, v^ho believe and 
teach nearly alike. The ancient Filipino priests 
v^ere like the headmen, divided against themselves. 
Any one w^ho could persuade the ignorant that he 
had the favor of some strong anito could become a 
priest. Just as there v^as no one government for all 
islands, so there v^as no united body of priests. The 
priests w^ere like an army without leaders. This is 
one reason why Mahometanism and Christianity 
made such easy and rapid progress in the Philip- 
pines. 

QUESTIONS AND TOPICS. 

1. How were the religious ideas of the ancient Filipinos 

preserved ? 

2. Why do you think they had no churches? 

3. In what objects did they think their ancestors lived? 

4. Difference between an ancestral spirit and a nature 

spirit. 

5. Why did they offer food to the anitos? 



THE RELIGION OF THE ANCIENT FILIPINOS. 53 

6. What does their idea of heaven show about their idea 

of happiness? 

7. How were priests appointed? 

8. Was the ancient religion a source of joy and peace ? 

9. Why did they give up the old religions so quickly? 

10. Do many Filipinos still believe in anitos ? 

11. Have you ever seen a religious feast of a wild tribe? 



CHAPTER V. 

THE DISCOVERY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
BY EUROPEANS. 

European Trade with the East. — Before the year 
1500 the people of Europe brought goods from the 
East across Asia by caravans. The silks, spices, 
gems, and other luxuries of India and China were 
carried on the backs of camels to the Black and the 
Mediterranean seas. There they were put in ships 
and sent to Venice and Genoa. This was a long, 
dangerous, and expensive route. In 1453 the Turks 
captured Constantinople. They were the enemies of 
the Christians of Europe, and they would no longer 
allow this traffic between the east and the west. So 
it was now necessary to find another route to the 
east. The search for this route led to the discov- 
ery of the Philippines. 

A Sea-route from Europe to India. — The Portu- 
guese were the best sailors in those days. Under the 
protection of the brave and wise '' Prince Henry the 
Navigator," they made voyage after voyage down 
the w^est coast of Africa. At that time people 
thought that the ocean toward the south grew hotter 
and hotter till the water boiled. It was a great sur- 

54 



DISCOVERY OF PHILIPPINES BY EUROPEANS. 55 

prise to them to find that south of the equator the 
water began to grow cooler. Finahy Vasco da Gama 
reached India by sea in 1498. Albuquerque con- 
quered Malacca in 151 1. He saw there two large 
boats from Luzon, but he did not know where that 
island was. The next year the Portuguese discov- 
ered the Moluccas, or Spice Islands. From these 
islands came the pepper, cinnamon, cloves, and other 
spices so much liked in Europe. 




Ferdinand Magellan. 



Ferdinand Magellan. — Magellan was a Portu- 
guese nobleman and naval officer. He was a brave, 



56 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

ambitious sailor. Serrano, one of the captains who 
discovered the Spice Islands, wrote to his friend, 
Magellan, an account of them. 

Magellan believed that he could find a western 
sea-route to these islands. The lands which Colum- 
bus had discovered a few years before were thought 
to be a part of Asia. Magellan thought that the 
newly discovered Spice Islands lay in the sea a short 
distance west of Mexico. He told his plan to the 
King of Portugal, but the king would not give him 
ships for his voyage. 

The Demarcation Lines. — After the discoveries of 
Columbus, the Spanish and the Portuguese quar- 
reled about the possession of the new lands. So in 
1493 Pop^ Alexander VI. drew a line through the 
Atlantic Ocean from north to south, one hundred 
leagues west of the Azores Islands. New lands west 
of this line were to belong to Spain ; those to the east 
of it to Portugal. The next year the kings of Spain 
and Portugal moved this line to a point three hun- 
dred and seventy leagues west of the Cape Verde 
Islands. The Spice Islands had been discovered by 
sailing east, but Magellan thought that they were 
nearer by a western route. If so, they would be on 
the western side of the demarcation line, and belong 
to Spain. 

Magellan and Charles I. — Refused aid by his 
own king, Magellan went to Spain. He told King 
Charles I. that the rich islands which the Portu- 
guese had discovered, lay within the part of the 



DISCOVERY OF PHILIPPINES BY EUROPEANS. 5? 

world set aside for Spanish discovery. He offered 
to find a western route to these islands, and to con- 
quer and settle them for Spain. 

King Charles gave Magellan a fleet of five small 
ships for his voyage of discovery and conquest. 




Charles I. of Spain. 

The largest of them was only one hundred and 
thirty-two tons in size. That is about half as large 
as one of the little coast-guard steamers. Several 
fleets like Magellan's could be put in one of the big 
steamships that come to Manila from America. The 



ii 



58 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

king gave Magellan the sole right to make discover- 
ies for Spain in the South Sea for ten years. No 
one else might do this. Magellan was to have a 
share of the profits from trading with the natives. 
He was to become governor of the new lands. It 
took much patience and skill to make this contract 
with the king; for Magellan had many enemies. 

Magellan Sails. — The fleet sailed from Spain, 
August ID, 1 5 19. There were two hundred and 
thirty-five men. The ships were filled with every- 
thing necessary for a long voyage over unknown 
seas. The names of these famous ships were : Vic- 
toria, La Trinidad, Concepcidn, San Antonio, and 
Santiago, 

Stopping a few days at the Canary Islands, they 
reached Brazil in December. The sailors became 
discouraged as* they sailed for months toward the 
south in search of a passage. At the mouth of the 
broad Rio de la Plata they thought they had found 
the desired opening to the west. Again disap- 
pointed, a mutiny broke out. Magellan was obliged 
to punish several men with death. One of his cap- 
tains and a priest he abandoned on the desert coast 
of Patagonia. 

Wreck and Desertion. — In April, 1520, the fleet 
stopped for the southern winter at Port St. Julian, 
south of the Rio de la Plata. The Santiago, which 
had gone aheatl, was now wrecked. This misfor- 
tune greatly disheartened all. Still Magellan sailed 
on. November i, 1520, he entered the strait which 



DISCOVERY OF PHILIPPINES BY EUROPEANS. 59 

now bears his name. He himself called it ''Strait 
of all Saints." The San Antonio sailed ahead of 
the other ships to explore the strait. When she was 
out of sight of Magellan, her captain turned his 
ship toward Spain, and deserted his comrades. 

The Pacific. — After a month's anxious battling 
with the currents and winds, Magellan entered the 
greatest of oceans. He called it the "Pacific" be- 
cause of its quiet waters. No one then knew how 
broad it was. Had they known, they might not have 
dared to cross it. Their voyage across the Pacific, 
of three months and twenty days, was one of terrible 
suffering. Nineteen men died. They boiled their 
food in the salt sea-water. They ate rats and 
gnawed leather. In this long journey they passed 
two desolate, rocky islands, which in their grief 
they called '' The Unfortunates." 

Discovery of the Philippines. — March 6, 1521, 
they sighted some small islands. Many boats sailed 
to meet them from the shore. So they called these 
islands the " Isles of Sails." The natives were such 
thieves that they also called the islands the Ladrones, 
or '' thieves." 

Refreshed by the fruits and vegetables which they 

obtained here, they sailed westward till March i6th. 

On this day they saw a lofty island called Zamal 

(Samar). This was probably near Cape Guiuan. 

The next day they landed on the island of Homon- 

hon, or Malhon, then called Hnmunii. PTere they 

built two huts for the sick, whom Magellan tended 
6 



6o A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

with his own hands. A canoe with nine natives 
visited them here. These were the first FiHpinos 
the Spaniards saw. 

After a few days the Spaniards sailed to the island 
of Limasaua, just south of Leyte, where they 
traded and feasted with two Moro chiefs from Min- 
danao. They helped the natives harvest their rice, 
exchanged presents with them, and treated them as 
friends. 

First Mass in the Philippines. — On the last day of 
March, 1521, they celebrated on the island of Lima- 
saua the first mass said in the Philippines. Here 
Magellan erected a cross and took possession of the 
Islands. He plucked grass and broke off branches 
of trees. By this ceremony he claimed the land 
for the King of Spain. He named the islands the 
Archipielago de San Ldzaro. For many years, how- 
ever, they were called the '' Western Islands." 

Magellan at Cebu. — From Limasaua Magellan 
sailed to Cebu, taking with him one of the chiefs 
and several other natives. The chief of Cebu was 
Raja Humabon. With him Magellan made a blood 
compact after the custom of those times. Each 
drank blood taken from the veins of the other and 
mixed with his own blood. Several days were used 
in making a treaty of peace. At first the chief 
of Cebii wished to make Magellan pay tribute. 
Magellan refused to do this. He told Humabon 
that he would destroy his towns if he did not submit 
to the Spaniards. The chief had heard of the 




Magellan Planting the Cross in the PiiiLiiiiiNE^. 

6i 



nJ4 



62 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

Portuguese, who had taken the Spice Islands, and 
knew how terrible the w^eapons of the Spaniards 
were. So he yielded. 

Magellan landed many goods for trade w^ith the 
natives. He told his men not to let the Cebuans 
know how much the Spaniards valued gold, for the 
natives were willing to give a great price for the 
trifles, like mirrors and bells, which the Spaniards 
sold. 

Baptism of the Cebuans. — The Spaniards at once 
taught Humabon the Catholic faith. The chief and 
800 of his subjects were baptized in one day. An 
early writer says that within eight days all the peo- 
ple of Cebu and the near-by islands were baptized. 
All of the towns on Cebii now submitted to Magel- 
lan, who promised to help them fight their enemies. 

Death of Magellan. — The chief of the island of 
Mactan, just east of Cebu, was the sworn enemy of 
Humabon. He refused to accept the rule of the 
white conquerors. Magellan wath sixty soldiers 
in armor sailed over to Mactan in the night. At 
daylight he was attacked by hundreds of natives. 
Twenty boat-loads of Cebuans went with Magellan, 
but he w^ould not let them assist him, for he wished 
to show them how well the Spaniards could fight. 
His pride cost him his life. He was soon wounded 
in the leg with an arrow, and then in the face and 
arm w^ith a lance. Then his left leg was cut with 
a bolo and he fell. Eight other Spaniards were 
killed. Only fifteen of the natives fell. 



DISCOVERY OF PHILIPPINES BY EUROPEANS. 63 

So perished the bravest sailor of his day. A 
monument marks the spot in Mactan where he was 
killed. If he had been a man of the tact and pru- 




The Magellan Monument, Manila. 



dence of Legazpi, Spanish rule in the Philippines 
would have begun forty years sooner than it did. 

Massacre of Spaniards at Cebu. — The fame of 
the Spaniards was destroyed by this defeat. The 
Cebuans no longer thought it impossible to resist 
them. A former slave of Magellan told Humabon 
that if he did not kill the Spaniards, they would 
make slaves of him and his people. The chief 
therefore planned to kill them. He invited the 



64 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

Spaniards to a banquet. He forgot the blood com- 
pact, his baptism, and the fact that Magellan died 
fighting the enemies of Cebu. While the Spaniards 
were enjoying the feast, twenty-three of them were 
suddenly massacred. Juan Serrano escaped to the 
beach. He called to his companions in the ships and 
begged them to rescue him. They refused to offer 
a ransom for him, and sailed away. We can not 
admire the treachery of the natives or the heartless- 
ness of the Spaniards. 

Elcano Sails Around the Globe. — Carbalho, the 
new commander of the fleet, burned the Concepcion, 
which was unfit for the sea, and used the nails to re- 
pair the remaining ships. Then he sailed for the 
Spice Islands, touching at Paragua, Mindanao, Bor- 
neo, and Tidor, the last being one of the Spice 
Islands. Here a trading post was established. The 
Trinidad tried to return to Mexico, but was obliged 
to come back. At Ternate she fell into the hands of 
the Portuguese. 

The Victoria, in command of Juan Sebastian de 
Elcano, sailed on around the world to Spain, by w^ay 
of the Cape of Good Hope. She was the first ship 
to encircle the globe. Her voyage was the most 
daring and interesting ever made. The vast Pacific 
had been crossed, a strait found connecting it with 
the Atlantic, and a new archipelago discovered. All 
Europe now knew that the world was round. This 
was the greatest discovery, perhaps, that man ever 
made. 



DISCOVERY OF PHILIPPINES BY EUROPEANS. 65 

Arrival of the ** Victoria." — It was the 6th of 
September, 1522, when the Victoria arrived at San 
Lucar, Spain. She brought a cargo of sandalwood, 
spices, and gold-dust. Bareheaded and ragged, the 
eighteen men who still remained walked to the 
church and gave thanks for their safe return. It 
was more than forty years after this before the 
Spaniards settled in the Philippines. 

Demarcation Line of 1529. — Loaisa and Saavedra 
followed Magellan to the Philippines within a few 
years. Both of their expeditions were failures. 
The value of the Philippines was not yet under- 
stood. They produced few spices. The Moluccas 
were considered much more valuable. Portuguese 
and Spanish both claimed these islands. To end the 
quarrel, Charles I., in 1529, gave up his claim to 
the Moluccas to the King of Portugal for 350,000 
ducats. Really, Spain had no right to the Philip- 
pines, because they were on the eastern half of the 
globe, in Portuguese territory. A new line was now 
established 297 leagues east of the Moluccas. This 
left the Philippines on the Portuguese side of the 
line. Still Spain continued her attempts to conquer 
them. Thus she sold what she did not own, and 
took by force what she had already sold. 

Expedition of Villalobos. — This leader left Mex- 
ico in 1542. King Charles sent him '' For the dis- 
covery, conquest, and colonization of the islands 
and provinces of the southern sea toward the west.'' 
Villalobos partly explored Mindanao. After strug- 



66 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPEN'ES. 

gling w ith hunger and hostile natives for two years, 
he gave up the attempt to make a settlement in the 
PhiHppines, dying at Amboina, in the Spice Islands. 

It was \ illalobos who gave the name "' Felipinas " 
to Le}i:e and some smaller islands in 1543. This 
was in honor of Prince Felipe, son of Charles L. 
who later, as Philip II., sent Legazpi to the Philip- 
pines. 

The Portuguese in the Philippines. — The Portu- 
guese had sent a missionarj^ to ^Mindanao in 1538. 
He baptized several chiefs with their subjects. The 
Portuguese did not tr\- to make permanent settle- 
ments in the Philippines. They sailed among the 
Islands, trading and making slaves. In Bohol at 
one time they killed 500 persons, and made slaves 
of 600. They used to tell the Filipinos that they 
were Spaniards so that the natives, remembering 
their cruelt)', might learn to hate the Spaniards. 



QUESTIONS AND TOPICS. 

1. Describe the old trade routes from Europe to the 

East. 

2. ^^^lo were the greatest sailors of the fifteenth cennuy ? 

3. How did Magellan learn of the Spice Islands? 

4. What were the purpose and plan of Magellan's ex- 

pedition? 

5. Find the position of the different demarcation lines on 

the map, and on the globe. 

6. WTio gave the kings of Portugal and Spain the right 

to di\ide the world between them ? 



DISCOVERY OF PHILIPPINES BY EUROPEANS. 67 

7. What was Magellan to gain from the discoveries? 

8. Why was Magellan's the greatest of voyages ? 

9. Date and place of the first mass in the Phihppines. 

10. What do you think of the character of Magellan? 

1 1 . Why were the Philippines not valued at first ? 

12. Is a massacre just in warfare? 

13. Why did Villalobos fail to settle in the Phihppines? 

14. What was the greatest result of Magellan's voyage ? 

15. Write a short sketch of the hfe of Magellan. 



CHAPTER VL 

THE CONQUEST OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

The King's Command.— Philip II., in whose honor 
the PhiHppines had been named, came to his throne 
in 1556. He desired to conquer the Islands which 
bore his name. Nearly forty years had passed since 
the discovery by Magellan. Still, there was no 
Spanish settlement in the Philippines. So in 1559 
Philip wrote to the Viceroy of Mexico and com- 
manded him to send ships 

"for the discovery of the western islands toward the Malu- 
cos such as the Phelipinas and others which lie within our 
demarcation and are said likewise to contain spice.'' 

The viceroy replied : 

"It is impossible to go to the Filipinas Islands without 
breaking the treaty, because the latter are no less within the 
treaty than the Malucos." 

He meant that Philip would break the promise 
his father, Charles I., made to the King of Portugal 
in 1529, if he should send ships to the Philippines. 
Philip now sought the opinion of the famous friar, 
Urdaneta. 

68 



THE CONQUEST OF THE PHILIPPINES. 69 

Andres de Urdaneta. — This Augustinian friar 
was chosen by PhiHp as the spiritual leader and chief 
navigator of the expedition of Legazpi. Urdaneta 
was born in 1498. He was formerly an army cap- 
tain. He was with Loaisa's expedition, and had 
spent ten years in and near the Spice Islands. In 
1552 he became an Augustinian friar in the city 
of Mexico. He was a brave soldier, the greatest 
geographer of his time, and a worthy priest. Ur- 
daneta was a friend and relative of Legazpi. 

In reply to the king's request that he go with the 
new expedition, Urdaneta said that the Philippines 
were not on Spain's side of the demarcation line of 
1529. He wrote: 

" Therefore it would not be right for your majesty to order 
the said vessels to the Filipina Island without showing some 
lawful or pious reason therefor. '^ 

In spite of the opinions of the viceroy and 
Urdaneta, Philip determined to send the expe- 
dition. 

Legazpi. — Miguel Lopez de Legazpi was chosen 
commander of the fleet. He was born in 1502 in 
Spain. He came to Mexico when a young man, and 
became secretary of the council of the city of Mex- 
ico. He was at this time a wealthy landowner. He 
spent much of his own money in the preparation of 
this expedition. Legazpi was a wnse, just, and gen- 
erous man. He deserves the fame he has gained in 
history. 



70 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

Plan of the Supreme Court. — It was the wish of 
Urdaneta that the expedition sail to the great island 
of New Guinea. He thought they should visit the 
PhiHppines only to rescue the abandoned Spaniards. 
The Viceroy of Mexico was of the same opinion. 
Before the ships sailed, the viceroy died. Then the 
Supreme Court of Mexico changed this plan. They 
claimed not to believe that the PhiHppines were 
in Portuguese territory. They '' determined to or- 
der the general to sail straightway in search of the 
Filipinas Islands." 

The Voyage of Legazpi. — Legazpi's fleet sailed 
from Navidad, ]\Iexico, November 21, 1564. 
There were five ships and 380 men. Four Augus- 
tinian friars accompanied Urdaneta. At first the 
fleet sailed toward New Guinea, as Urdaneta 
wished. When five days from port the course of 
the ships was changed to the direction of the Philip- 
pines. Legazpi did this because sealed letters which 
he carried from the Supreme Court ordered this 
change. He said : 

*^The religious in the fleet were very sorry at this, saying 
that they had been deceived ; and had they known while yet 
ashore that such a route was to be sailed, they would not 
have gone with the expedition, for the reasons that Fray 
Andres de Urdaneta had given in Mexico." 

Arrival in the Philippines. — Legazpi reached Cebii 
February 13, 1565. He did not land at this time, as 
the natives were unfriendly, and brought him little 
food. For two months he sent boats from island to 



THE CONQUEST OF THE PHILIPPINES. 71 

island to get provisions and find the best place to 
settle. Negros, Panay, Leyte, and Mindanao were 
visited. The Spaniards had several sea-fights with 
Moros. In Butuan they traded with Luzon boats 
for gold and wax. Finally it was decided, against 
Urdaneta's wish, to settle in Cebii. This brave and 
just friar was so sure it was wrong to do this that he 
would not even talk about the plan. 




Old Fort at Cebu. 

The Settlement of Cebu. — April 27th the fieet 
appeared before Cebu. The natives were hostile, so 
Legazpi landed soldiers to capture the town. The 
Cebuans fled. One hundred houses were burned 
either by a shot from the vessels, or because the 
Cebuans set fire to them. 



72 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

May 8th the fort was begun, and Legazpi took 
formal possession of the town in the name of Spain. 
He called it " San Miguel/' A palisade of stakes 
was built, enclosing a triangular village. A church 
was erected. Tupas, the chief of Cebii, was much 
alarmed when reminded of the massacre of Magel- 
lan's men. He was promised forgiveness if he re- 
mained peaceable. 

The Holy Child of Cebu— Pigafetta, of Magel- 
lan's expedition, had given an image of the child 
Jesus to a native of Cebii forty-four years before 
this time. This image was found by Legazpi's men. 
A writer who was with Legazpi says : 

"There was found a marvelous thing, namely, a child 
Jesus like those of Flanders, in its little pine cradle and its 
little loose shirt, such as come from those parts, and a little 
velvet hat, like those of Flanders, and all so well preserved 
that only the little cross, which is generally on the globe that 
he holds in his hands was missing. 

Legazpi ordered this image to be placed in the 
first church that was built, and called the church 
Nombre de Jesus, This image was the Santo Nino 
de Cebu. It may still be seen in Cebu. 

Legazpi's Treatment of the Cebuans. — Legazpi 
treated the natives kindly and justly. He was not so 
rash a man as Magellan, and he expected to live all 
his life in the Philippines; so he was very patient. 
The natives were not allowed to bring weapons into 
San Miguel. They were required to sell their goods 



THE CONQUEST OF THE PHILIPPINES. 73 

at a fair price. Legazpi made his men pay for every- 
thing they took from the natives. Gradually he won 
the friendship of many villages. Martin de Goiti, 
his maestre de campo, or field marshal, spent most 
of his time sailing about looking for food. Some- 
times the soldiers had to eat rats. 

Legazpi's men drank too much wine. He had to 
hang several to suppress a mutiny. He also forbade 
them to open the graves of the natives and steal the 
gold jewels and ornaments which they buried with 
their dead. In all things he tried to deal justly. 

Legazpi and the Portuguese. — During the last 
three months of 1568 a Portuguese fleet blockaded 
Cebu. The admiral demanded that the Spaniards 
leave the Islands, which he said belonged to Portu- 
gal. Legazpi refused to do this. The Portuguese 
then fired on the Spanish forts, but killed no one. 
They burned seven native villages outside of the city 
of Cebu. They told the Cebuans that the Spaniards 
were " thieves on a plundering expedition.'' The 
Spaniards suffered much from lack of food, so, 
when the Portuguese left, Legazpi moved his capi- 
tal to Panay, where food was more abundant. 

Legazpi, "Adelantado." — In June, 1569, Juan de 
la Isla arrived at Cebu from Cadiz with three ships. 
He brought a letter from King Philip for Legazpi, 
ordering him to take possession of the Philippines 
for Spain. Legazpi was made governor of all the 
Philippines with the title of Adclantado. He im- 
mediately went to Cebu and organized a city govern- 



74 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

ment. He appointed Guido de Lavezaris governor 
of the city, and gave lands to the Spaniards who 
settled there. He named the town the '' City of the 
Holy Name of God." 

First Expedition to Luzon. — The Spaniards now 
had few guns and little ammunition. One-third of 
their men were without arms. They sent cannon to 
Mexico as ballast for ships, because there was no 
powder for them. The natives of Panay often re- 
fused to plant their fields, hoping thus to starve 
out the Spaniards. Four years of tribute-paying 
and the new religion had not taught them to love 
their masters. Boats had often come with stories 
of the richer island of Luzon to the north. So 
Legazpi now determined to send an expedition to 
explore it. 

On the 8th of May, 1570, one hundred and 
twenty Spaniards and fifteen paraos manned by 
Visayans left the River of Panay for Luzon. Mar- 
tin de Goiti commanded. 

Juan de Salcedo. — With De Goiti went Juan de 
Salcedo. Salcedo was a grandson of Legazpi. He 
was born in Mexico in 1549. He reached Cebu in 
1567, at eighteen years'of age. He was a brave and 
noble young man. Already he had fought success- 
fully the pirates of Mindoro, who had been killing 
and burning along the coasts of Panay. 

On the way to Manila, Salcedo went up the Pan- 
sipit River to Bombon Lake. Here he was wounded 
in the leg by a poisoned arrow in a fight with the 



THE CONQUEST OF THE PHILIPPINES. 75 

Moros. He went back to De Goiti and they sailed 
into Manila Bay. They were delighted at the rich, 
well-cultivated fields along its shores. Anchoring 
at Cavite, they sent a messenger to Raja Soliman, 
the chief of Manila. 

The Capture of Manila. — After three days, during 
which there was great fear in Manila, Soliman sent 
an ambassador who said that the King of Manila 
'' wished to be the friend of the Spaniards, and that 
he would be pleased to have them settle in his 
country as they had done in Cebu and Panay.'' He 
did not really want the Spaniards to come to Manila, 
but he did not dare to refuse them. 

At ten in the morning, May 19th, they entered the 
Pasig River. The town was defended by a palisade 
of stakes, and small cannon were at the gates. Hun- 
dreds of warriors waited at the water's edge. De 
Goiti landed, and first met Lacondola, the chief of 
Tondo, uncle of Soliman. De Goiti and the two 
chiefs pledged their faith to each other in a blood 
compact. A few days later the natives fired upon the 
Spanish boats without warning. It is said that Soli- 
man fired the first cannon-shot with his own hand. 
The Spaniards landed at once and captured the fort. 
They burned the town, killing one hundred natives 
and capturing eighty. They found the clay and wax 
mold for a cannon over five meters long. The in- 
habitants fled up the Pasig in boats, and left Manila 
deserted. De Goiti, fearing that the winds would 
become contrary, returned at once to Panay. The 



76 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

battle of Manila and the formal taking possession of 
Luzon occurred June 6, 1570. 

Second Expedition to Luzon. — When De Goiti 
and Salcedo returned to Panay, they found the Span- 
iards suffering from hunger. There was little rice. 
For several years there had been swarms of locusts. 
Diego de Herrera, the first Philippine provincial of 
the Augustinians, now^ preached daily, urging Leg- 
azpi to leave Panay, and move his seat of government 
to Luzon. So all the Spanish soldiers were gathered 
from the different islands where they had settled, 
and the winter was spent in busy preparations for 
the conquest of Luzon. 

The day after Easter, 1571, Legazpi with twenty- 
seven boats and 280 men sailed for Luzon. When 
the people of Manila saw another Spanish fleet com- 
ing, they burned the town, which had been rebuilt 
since its destruction the year before. Then they 
crossed the river to Tondo, and sent back the chief 
Alcandora to make terms with Legazpi. The AdeU 
antado promised forgiveness and friendship. The 
next day Soliman and Lacondola met Legazpi and 
promised to be subjects of the King of Spain. 

Legazpi Founds Manila. — June 3, 1571, Legazpi 
gave the title '' Distinguished and ever loyal city '' to 
Manila. June 24th he appointed the officials of the 
new city. The Filipinos called the town '' Maynila.'' 
This means in Tagalog, *' There is nilad.'' The nilad 
is a small tree bearing white flowers, that grew 
abundantly about Manila. 



THE CONQUEST OF THE PHILIPPINES. 77 

The Building of the City. — On the site of the old 
native village, which now lay in dust and ashes, 
Legazpi at once laid out the streets in Manila nearly 
as we find them to-day. He placed these streets so 
that one side should always be in the shade. The old 
wooden fort at the mouth of the river was rebuilt. 
Next he built a palace for himself, a church and a 
convent for the Augustinians, and one hundred and 
fifty houses for the Spanish citizens of Manila. All 
these were made of wood. The natives seeing the 
strong, handsome houses of the Spaniards, replaced 
their burned homes with better ones. 

Death of Legazpi. — Worn out by the hardships 
and anxieties of his life, the great Adelantado passed 
away, August 20, 1572. He died in debt because he 
had spent all his money in the king's service and in 
helping needy soldiers. His fame is without stain. 
Of all the monuments in the Philippines, none is 
more deserved than that to Legazpi and his friend, 
the wise and good Urdaneta. 

Conquest of Luzon by Salcedo. — Soon after Leg- 
azpi founded Manila, he sent Salcedo to subdue 
Cainta and Taytay in La Laguna. They had re- 
fused to pay tribute. After a fierce battle, Salcedo 
captured these towns. Then he continued around 
the south shore of the lake, going as far south as 
the gold-mines of Paracali, in Camarines. 

Returning to Manila, his love of adventure led him 
to make another expedition at his own expense. 
With forty-five men he sailed up the west coast of 



78 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

Luzon, around the north end of the island, and then 
down the east coast to the island of Polillo. From 
here he returned to ]\Ianila by land across La La- 
giuia. This journey took a year. He arrived at 
Manila a few weeks after the death of Legazpi. 

On this trip of conquest Salcedo landed at every 
important town. He told the natives that they must 
accept Philip II. for their king and pay tribute. If 
they resisted him, he fought. Generally he persuaded 
them by kindness. In several places he left a few of 
his soldiers to govern the towns. He went up the 
Cagayan River with thirteen men, but was obliged to 
return quickly. The people of \^igan received him 
kindly. Later he was given charge of this district. 

The following year (1573) he took a larger expe- 
dition by sea to Camarines and the island of Catan- 
duanes. He was very successful in making friends 
with the people. 

Salcedo died of fever, near Mgan, in 1576. He 
left most of his property to the natives whom he 
ruled. He did more than any other man to subject 
Luzon to the Spaniards. Yet there were many who 
were unwilling to submit to Spanish rule. The 
mountain tribes were never fully conquered. 

QUESTIONS AND TOPICS. 

1. WTiy did Philip II. send Legazpi to the Philippines? 

2. WTiy did Urdaneta not want to go to the Philip- 

pines ? 

3. Describe the character of Legazpi. 



THE CONQUEST OF THE PHILIPPINES. 79 

4. What change did the Supreme Court make in the 

plan of Legazpi's voyage ? 

5. Show on the map Legazpi's route. 

6. What different names has the city of Cebu had ? 

7. Tell the story of the Holy Child of Cebu. 

8. How did Legazpi win the friendship of the Cebuans? 

9. Why did the Cebuans bury clothes and jewels with 

their dead? 

10. Draw a map showing Salcedo's journeys. 

11. What does ^^Maynila'' mean? 

12. Why did the Spaniards not come to Luzon sooner? 

13. Why was the conquest of Luzon so easy? 

14. Write a short sketch of the life of Salcedo. 



CHAPTER VII. 

THE ENCOMENDEROS AND THE FRIARS. 

Poverty of the Victors. — When the Spaniards 
decided to settle permanently in the Philippines, 
they had to find some way for so many officials and 
soldiers to live. At times the soldiers were without 
pay for years. King Philip had hoped that his men 
would find much gold and spices in the Philippines. 
One-fifth of this was for himself. But Legazpi 
had been able to send the king only a few tons of cin- 
namon, some wax, and a few gold ornaments. The 
soldiers had become so desperate that they some- 
times robbed the natives. 

The Encomiendas and Encomenderos. — There- 
fore when Legazpi founded the city of Cebii in 1570 
he divided the Cebuans among the Spanish citizens. 
Each of these groups of natives must support a 
Spaniard. He thought this better than to let the 
soldiers steal from the natives. Each of these 
groups was called an encomienda, or repartimiento. 
There were usually from 300 to 1,000 natives in an 
encomienda. 

The Spaniard who ruled them was called an en- 
comendero. It was his duty to care for the natives 
80 



THE ENCOMENDEROS AND THE FRIARS. 8l 

under his control. He must keep order, see that the 
laws were obeyed, and protect the people from their 
enemies. It was also his duty to support a priest for 
the religious instruction of the natives, and to build 
churches. His support came entirely from the 
natives, who were taxed for his benefit. 

The Tribute. — Every male Filipino between the 
ages of sixteen and sixty was compelled to pay an 




A Church at Cebtj. 



annual tax, or tribute, to the encomendero. When 
Legazpi settled in Manila he fixed the amount of 
this tribute at a cavan of rice and a piece of col- 
ored cloth two varas long and one wide. Instead 



82 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

of this, the native could pay his tax with six sil- 
ver reals. In other parts of the Islands the tribute 
was four varas of cloth, seventy gantas of rice, 
and one hen. In Ilocos the tribute was often col- 
lected in gold-dust. The natives washed this out 
of the sands of the rivers, or got it by trading 
w^ith the Igorrotes. The Cebuans later were freed 
from the tribute because of their loyalty to the 
Spaniards. 

In the early days of the encomiendas all this tax 
belonged to the encomendero. If his encomienda 
was small, or the tax hard to collect, he sometimes 
found it difficult to live. In other encomiendas the 
encomenderos became rich. The tribute was in- 
creased to ten reals in 1590. In addition the tribute- 
payer gave one real for the support of the church 
and one real for the support of the government of 
his town. A single man paid one-half the tax that a 
married man paid. 

This tax seems small, but it was difficult for the 
Filipinos of that day to pay it. They were not used 
to laying up goods for the future. Their custom 
was to get just enough food to live upon from day 
to day. They could not see why they should work 
for the white strangers. So their hearts were bitter 
toward the encomenderos. 

Injustices of the Encomenderos. — Many of the 
encomenderos tried to get rich as quickly as possible. 
Few of them cared for the good of the natives. 
Once a year they went through their encomiendas 



-W- 



123^ 



' ]VIAI» OF 

litJZOX ^"^ 

Showing the 

DIVISION INTO PROVINCES 
IN THE YEAR 1585 

SCALE OF MILES 




SCALE OF KILOMETERS 



121 Longitude East 122 froin Orccnwioh 123^ 



^i^ 



THE ENCOMENDEROS AND THE FRIARS. 83 

with soldiers, collecting the tribute. The rest of the 
time they usually left the natives to themselves. 
There were a few just and kindly men, like Juan de 
Salcedo, who were loved by the natives they ruled. 
Many of the encomenderos, however, made the Fili- 
pinos pay a tax not only for themselves, but also for 
each of their children, and even for their slaves. 
Some natives did not marry on account of the bur- 
den of the tribute. Others killed their children to 
avoid the tax on them. Some burned their houses 
and fled to the mountains when the tax-collector 
came. 

Often the tax-collectors deceived the natives. The 
collector of Dagami, in Leyte, used a steel yard that 
required double the proper weight to weigh the 
tribute of wax. At times, instead of collecting the 
tax when rice or wax was plentiful and cheap, the 
encomendero waited till these articles were dear so 
he could sell them at a high price. 

Early Revolts. — The first insurrections against 
Spanish rule were caused by the hardships of the 
tribute which the encomenderos forced from the 
natives. In 1589 there were revolts in the Cagayan 
Valley and in Ilocos Norte, in which tax-collectors 
were killed. 

The Protest of Rada. — Father Rada, the provin- 
cial of the Augustinians, wrote to Governor Lavez- 
aris, in 1574, to say that he and other friars thought 
it wrong to ask so much tribute of the natives, He 
said; 



84 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

*'Most of the owners of encomiendas have stocks in which 
they keep as prisoners the chiefs or freemen who do not sup- 
ply the amount of tribute from their slaves when they them- 
selves can not obtain it from the latter." 

He said that the reason the friars consented to the 
encomienda system w^as, " To avoid greater injuries 
and robberies w^hich are done without any remedy 
when there are no encomiendas." 

Answer of Lavezaris. — The governor answered 
this protest by saying that the natives who did not 
pay the tax were too lazy to work, or that they spent 
their time in drunkenness and feasting. He also 
said that the increase of trade which the Spaniards 
brought had made the encomiendas a benefit to the 
natives. Above all, he said the encomiendas were 
necessary, because without them the soldiers would 
rob the natives. This shows us why one Filipino 
said he did not wish to become a Christian because 
there were Spanish soldiers in heaven. 

King Philip Forbids Encomiendas. — In 1574 
Philip wrote to Governor Lavezaris : 

^^ As for what you ask concerning encomiendas of Indians 
— namely, that you have them because you were discoverers 
of these Islands — such a thing has appeared to me unsuitable." 

Governor De Sande in 1576 ordered the encom- 
enderos to 

''hold those encomiendas as the royal property, make collec- 
tions, and have the natives instructed in the teachings of our 
holy CathoHc faith." 



THE ENCOMENDEROS AND THE FRIARS. 85 

In spite of this decree the encomenderos continued 
their rule for fifty years longer. Only a portion of 
the encomiendas were transferred to the king. 

Oppression of the Encomenderos. — The Council 
of Manila wrote to King Philip II. in 1586 about the 
encomenderos. They said: 

''When gold is plentiful and reals are scarce they ask for 
reals ; when the latter are plentiful and there is a scarcity of 
gold they ask for gold. When crops are plentiful they ask 
for money, but when not they ask for produce, such as rice 
— even all that the Indians have. Thus where the tribute 
is eight reals, some collect fifteen and others twenty, twenty- 
five, thirty, and more. Through this the Indians endure so 
great oppression and distress that on this account several 
provinces have revolted, and others will not pay except by 
force and with much disturbance." 

It was the duty of the encomenderos to see that 
their natives had religious instruction. Yet some of 
them let the people of their encomiendas live for 
twenty years without priests. 

Progress of Religion. — By 1586 over two hun- 
dred and fifty thousand Filipinos had become 
Christians, about one-half the total population of the 
Islands then. The friars had established monas- 
teries in forty different places. Yet there were in 
this same year one hundred encomiendas. So it can 
be seen that there were many who did not have 
religious teachers. The Council wrote to King 
Philip : 



86 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

"Many who are already baptized are yet without instruc- 
tion or ministers. !Many others pacified, and yet to be bap- 
tized, are daily asking for baptism. There are an infinite 
number of others to be pacified who have no knowledge 
of God." 

The Encomiendas in 1591. — By 1591 there were 
267 encomiendas of Filipinos. Thirty-one of these 
were for the king. The others were to support 



1 




^ ' -^ 




1 


■ 









Lake T.\al. 



officers and favorites of the king or the governor. 
The entire Cagayan Valley was divided among the 
soldiers who had conquered it. 



THE ENCOMENDEROS AND THE FRIARS. 87 

The encomenderos made the cabezas de harangay 
collect the tribute for them when possible. In re- 
turn for this service the cabezas and their families 
were free from the tribute. 

The Pope Forbids Slavery. — Many of the en- 
comenderos had slaves. Early in the conquest when 
the Spaniards were in Cebii they used as slaves 
Negritos who had been captured in battle. Shortly 
after Legazpi took Manila, Martin de Goiti captured 
several hundred natives in Butas, near Manila. 
These captives were made slaves of the Spanish 
soldiers. The Spaniards bought slaves whom the 
Portuguese brought from India. They also allowed 
the Filipinos to keep their old slaves, but not to take 
new ones. 

When the Pope heard of these things, he forbade 
the Spaniards in the Philippines to have Filipinos as 
slaves. They were still allowed to have Negro and 
Kaffir slaves. The Kaffirs came from India. It was 
Pope Gregory XIV. who forbade slavery in 1591. 
He said : 

"We order all persons dwelling in those Islands to set 
wholly free, without any craft or deceit, whatever Indian 
slaves or serfs they may have ; nor for the future shall they, 
in any manner contrary to the edict of the said King Philip, 
take or keep captives or slaves.'' 

This order was very poorly obeyed. 
The Arrival of the Friars. — The Augustinians, in 
1565, were the first friars who settled in the Philip- 



88 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

pines. They had charge of the mission in Cebii, 
Manila, and in the districts now known as Pam- 
panga, Pangasinan, Bulacan, and Ilocos. 

The Franciscans came next, in 1577. They 
labored in La Laguna and southern Luzon. The 
Jesuits arrived in 1581, and were given charge of the 
central and southern islands ; also a few towns in La 
Laguna. Then came the Dominicans, 1587, to whom 
a part of Pangasinan and all of Cagayan were given. 
The Recollects were the last of the great orders to 
arrive, in 1606. They worked in Zambales, Min- 
danao, and the smaller Visayas. A few friars of 
other orders came in later times, but these five are 
the chief religious orders that have worked in the 
Philippines. 

Character of the Early Friars. — The friars who 
came to the Philippines with the conquerors were 
not rich and powerful. They did not have great 
haciendas and fine houses. Some of them begged 
their food from the Filipinos. The Franciscans did 
not, like the others, receive money from the taxes 
the government raised. They lived with the natives, 
who supported them by gifts. 

These first missionaries were brave, self-sacrific- 
ing men. They labored patiently and lovingly with 
the poor, ignorant, warring natives. They studied 
the native dialects diligently so that they could un- 
derstand the people and preach to them. Often after 
three to six months' study of Tagalog or Visayan 
they were able to write and speak these tongues. 



THE ENCOMENDEROS AND THE FRIARS. 89 

One young Jesuit learned to read, write, and talk 
Tagalog in seventy-four days. 




St. Augustine Convent, Manila. 

What the Friars Taught. — Besides the Catholic 
religion, the friars of those days tauglit tlie Fih'pinos 
many things that are necessary to civihzation. They 



90 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

showed them how to make brick, to burn hme from 
shells and coral rock, to build houses of stone, to 
make roads, and to do many other things. 

At times the convents were turned into work- 
shops to teach various handicrafts, like carpentry. 
The friars took great interest in agriculture. They 
preached sermons on the best ways of planting. 
They brought new garden-seeds from Mexico and 
Spain. The anona, ate, chico, and papaya, also corn, 
cacao, tobacco, and maguey were all brought from 
Mexico. 

One of the hardest and most useful of their tasks 
was to get the people to move into towns from their 
little villages in the woods and mountains. In these 
larger villages they were safer. They could hear the 
gospel. They could see how other people lived. 
Their children could learn more, and have a better 
chance in life. 

The First Spanish Schools. — The friars did what 
they could to teach the natives to read and write. 
They changed the old Filipino alphabets for the 
Roman alphabet that the nations of the West nearly 
all use. They wrote books for the Filipinos in the 
native dialects. These books were almost all about 
religion, but they opened a new world to people who 
had never seen a book. Juan de Placencia estab- 
lished many primary schools in La Laguna before 
1590. These schools were not like the schools of 
to-day. Very little besides religion was taught in 
them, but they were a good beginning. 



THE ENCOMENDEROS AND THE FRIARS. 9 1 

That the friars were good and earnest men, hked 
by the natives, is shown also by the rapid acceptance 
of Christianity by the Fihpinos. 

Reasons for the Rapid Conversion of the Fili- 
pinos. — By 1586 half of the inhabitants of the Phil- 
ippines had been baptized. Among the reasons for 
this rapid change of faith were these : 

( 1 ) The ancient religion of the Filipinos was one 
of fear. They did not love their gods. Their relig- 
ion was not one of thought, but of foolish dreams. 
They thought the God of the Christians must be bet- 
ter than their own because they saw the Christians 
were wiser and stronger than they. People are very 
slow to give up a religion which they love. We can 
see from the readiness of the Filipinos to accept a 
new religion that they had little love for their old 
religion. 

(2) The Filipinos had no books of religion, or 
churches to abandon. They liked the wonderful 
buildings and beautiful clothing of the friars, the 
decorations of the altar, and the images of the saints. 

(3) They did not have a society of priests who 
worked together to keep out the new religion. 
There was no union among their priests. Most of 
them were old women who gained their living by 
deceiving the natives. Their medicines did not heal 
diseases so well as the medicines the new teachers 
brought. 

(4) It did not cost so mucli to become a Christian 

as to worsliip the old gods. Tlie friar would make 
8 



9^ A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

long journeys over the mountains to visit the sick 
and the dying, yet, in those days, not ask for money. 
He was not afraid of the demons that the natives 
thought were in the trees and rocks. They no longer 
had to pay to have these spirits driven away from 
their houses. 

Summary. — The encomenderos and the friars were 
the two classes from whom the Filipinos got their 
first ideas of the Spaniards. They endured the rule 
of the former, and cheerfully accepted the religion 
of the latter. They still had their headmen, only 
these had become tax-collectors for the encomen- 
deros. There was less war among themselves and 
less slavery. The tribute was disliked, but taxes are 
necessary for any people who wish to rise above 
barbarism. Their commerce was increasing, and 
they were learning better ways of cultivating the 
soil. Yet they were far from satisfied. 

QUESTIONS AND TOPICS. 

1. What did Legazpi send the king? 

2. In what condition were his soldiers? 

3. When and where were encomiendas first established 

in the Philippines? 

4. Name four duties of the encomendero. 

5. What were some benefits of the encomienda system? 

6. In what three ways w^as the tribute spent? 

7. Name three abuses of the tribute. 

8. What was the cause of the first revolts? 

9. Why did the friars consent to the encomienda system? 



THE ENCOMENDEROS AND THE FRIARS. 93 

10. What change did the king make in encomiendas ? 

11. Name two cases where Spaniards enslaved Filipinos. 

12. When and by whom was slavery forbidden? 

13. Describe the division of encomiendas in 1591. 

14. Name the five religious orders, and the dates of their 

arrival. 

15. Difference between the Franciscans and other orders. 

16. Four things besides religion which the friars taught. 

17. Name three advantages of living in towns. 

18. What sort of schools did the friars establish? 

19. Explain the rapid spread of Christianity. 

20. Why were the Filipinos not satisfied with their rulers ? 



1 



CHAPTER VIIL 

DREAMS OF CONQUEST. 

Lavezaris, Governor — 1572-1575. — Guido de 
Lavezaris had been the treasurer of Legazpi's expe- 
dition, and later the Governor of Cebu. He followed 
Legazpi as Governor of the Philippines. His time 
was mainly spent in settling quarrels about encom- 
iendas. He gave encomiendas in places that had 
never been conquered, or even seen, by the Span- 
iards. Lavezaris was not a strong governor. He 
was easily flattered and influenced by those about 
him. 

Distress of the Spaniards. — The Spanish colony 
was now in great distress. Many were sick. Food 
was scarce. The Filipinos w^ere suspicious and hos- 
tile. They paid the tribute very reluctantly. Mean- 
time Lavezaris took large encomiendas for himself. 

During his rule Manila was nearly lost to the 
Spaniards by the attack of Limahong. A strong 
governor was now sent to the Islands. 

De Sande, Governor — 1575-1580. — De Sande was 

a judge of the Supreme Court of Mexico. From the 

time of Legazpi the Philippines were ruled from 

Mexico as a colony, till that country separated from 

94 



DREAMS OF CONQUEST. 95 

Spain in 1819. From Mexico came most of the 
governors, soldiers, and officials of the Philippines. 
There many of the laws for these Islands were made, 
and by its Supreme Court most important matters 
were settled. 

De Sande made every one obey the law, but the 
country was so poor that he could not keep criminals 
in prison long, because their labor was needed to 
obtain food. In his time the first horses were sent 
to the Philippines, from China. They were thirteen 
in number, brought as presents and to sell. It was 
difficult for De Sande to get servants, because they 
were afraid of the horses. De Sande had many 
slaves, and lived in greater luxury than Legazpi and 
Lavezaris. 

De Sande Rebuilds Manila. — De Sande was a 
very ambitious man. He wished to excel the gov- 
ernors who had ruled before him. He wrote to 
King Philip : ^* When your Majesty was pleased 
to order me to come here, the path was not discov- 
ered by which they brought me over the sea, and the 
land was neither subdued nor peopled.'' He found 
Manila nearly burned to the ground, and without a 
church. He at once rebuilt the church, began to 
build ships, and surrounded the city with a palisade 
and rampart of wood and earth. 

Ambitions of De Sande. — De Sande was very 
anxious to conquer the great kingdom of China. He 
begged King Philip to allow him to do this, Init the 
king refused. He told De Sande to be friendly with 



96 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

the Chinese, and to give all his strength to ruling the 
Philippines well. 

Disappointed in this plan, De Sande thought of 
another field of glory. He learned that the King of 
Borneo had robbed and kept as slaves Filipino mer- 
chants who had come to this country. He also 
heard that the Borneans were sending Mahometan 
missionaries to Cebu, Mindoro, and elsewhere in 
the Philippines. The year before they had pre- 
pared a large fleet to attack the Philippines. De 
Sande therefore wrote a letter to the King of 
Borneo, demanding that he release all Filipino cap- 
tives, and restore all the things he had taken 
from them. He said the king must not send any 
more Mahometan missionaries to the Philippines, 
but must allow Catholic missionaries to come to 
Borneo. 

Conquest of Brunei. — In 1578 De Sande went 
with a fleet of forty ships, several hundred Span- 
iards, and about fifteen hundred Filipino soldiers and 
sailors to the city of Brunei, capital of Borneo. 
After a short battle, De Sande captured the city. He 
did this at the request of the sultan, Sirela, whose 
brother had driven him from the throne He took 
twenty-seven ships and one hundred and seventy 
cannon. Then his men fell ill and he was obliged to 
return to Manila. 

During this expedition he sent some of his ships 
to J0I6 and the Rio Grande de Mindanao. They col- 
lected some tribute, but most of the natives fled to 



DREAMS OF CONQUEST. 97 

the mountains. The next year the collector found 
them so poor that he returned the tribute. 

Dreams of Conquest. — De Sande was very proud 
of his conquest in Borneo. He had really done very 
little for the Philippines. It was a great task for the 
Filipinos to build him a fleet, and go so far away to 
fight people they had never seen. Then, after all the 
expense of conquest, Borneo was not kept. Most 
of the early governors thought of little but fleets 
and armies with which they hoped to conquer new 
countries. They thought the business of the gov- 
ernment was to raise money by taxes for the king 
and themselves. They did not understand that they 
could do this best by teaching the people agriculture 
and other useful things. The victories of peace are 
greater than those of war, but war seemed to them 
more glorious. 

Better Days. — With all its faults the Government 
of Spain in those days was much better than the con- 
dition of things before the conquest. Then every 
man was afraid of his neighbor; a man's own 
brother was his slave. Men feared the evil anitos of 
the earth, the sea, and the air. Life was hard and 
very uncertain. After the Spaniards came, life was 
still hard, but it was much safer. Trade was better ; 
people were growing richer in spite of the taxes ; the 
population was increasing faster, and the Filipinos 
were becoming more united. 

Ronquillo de Pefialosa, Governor — 1580- 1583. — 
Ronquillo brought six hundred soldiers to the Phil- 



98 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

ippines at his own expense. In return for this he 
was to receive the governorship of the Islands for 
Hfe. The king gave Ronquillo this honor because 
Spain had received very httle return for the treasure 
spent in conquering the Islands. 

One of Ronquillo's first acts was to examine what 
Governor De Sande had done. He took away all 
royal office from De Sande by what was called the 
*' residencia." 

The ** Residencia."— The Governor of the Philip- 
pines in the old days was very powerful. It was so 
far to Mexico and Spain that he was allowed to do 
what he thought best, like a king. No one might 
disobey him while he held office. At the close of his 
rule, however, he must stay in the Islands till the 
governor who followed him had examined all he had 
done. This examination was called the ** residen- 
cia." At this time all the governor's accounts were 
searched to see if he had spent the public money hon- 
estly. Any one who thought the old governor had 
treated him unjustly might come before the new gov- 
ernor and make a complaint. If it was found that 
the old governor had not ruled justly, he was pun- 
ished. Sometimes they took away all the property 
of a governor and put him in prison. 

Union of Portugal with Spain. — In 1580 Philip 
II. conquered Portugal. With this conquest all the 
Portuguese colonies in the East Indies came under 
the rule of the Governor of the Philippines. This 
union of the two kingdoms lasted till 1640. During 



DREAMS OF CONQUEST. 99 

this period the Government of the PhiHppines 
stretched from India to Japan. It was a great task 
for the Fihpinos to find the ships and men to rule so 
many different and widely separated lands. From 




Philip II. of Spain. 

this time the governors began to try to make the 
name of Spain respected in the islands south of the 
Philippines. 

Expeditions to Borneo and Ternate. — In 1582 
Philip 11. ordered the conquest of the Moluccas. 
They had been given to him with Portugal, but actu- 
ally were in the power of the native Malayan tribes. 



lOO A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

Ronquillo sent an expedition to Borneo in 1581, 
when he replaced the sultan Sirela on his throne. 

A second expedition under his son, Sebastian 
Ronquillo, besieged Ternate, but could not capture 
it because disease broke out. This Httle island 
was taken in later years by the Dutch. Its people 
remained faithful to Spain. A few emigrated to 
Cavite, and made their home in Ternate. Their 
descendants still live in this town. 

Japanese Pirates. — The northern coast of Luzon 
was often attacked by Chinese and Japanese pirates. 
They would land, burn and rob a town, and then 
sail away. During Ronquillo's rule a strong force 
of Japanese pirates captured and held the village at 
the mouth of the Cagayan River. They were under 
a leader called Tayfusa, who severely oppressed the 
natives. Ronquillo sent a force which, after heroic 
fighting, drove them away. He deposed the native 
rulers who were holding the people in slavery. 

Near the mouth of the Cagayan he founded the 
city of Nueva Segovia, now called Lal-loc. In 
Ronquillo's time, Iloilo, now the second city in the 
Philippines in importance, was founded. 

Sorrow and sickness ended Ronquillo's life in 
1583. Neither he nor De Sande had won the glory 
they sought. 

The Filipinos' Part in Spanish Conquests. — In all 
those expeditions the Filipinos toiled to add glory to 
the flag of Spain. They built the ships, rowed or 
sailed them, did all the hard work, and often shared 



DREAMS OF CONQUEST. loi 

in the fighting. Thousands of them perished from 
disease and the sword in the various expeditions of 
the Spanish. They did not Hke this. They were not 
accustomed to the labor of ship-building. They ob- 
jected to the long, weary hours spent at the oars, 
and felt little interest in conquering the people of 
far-ofif islands. Most of the king's tribute was spent 
on war. Many of these wars were for glory and 
plunder. The expeditions, however, usually cost 
more than the result was worth. 

QUESTIONS AND TOPICS. 

1. From what country were the Philippines ruled till 

the nineteenth century? 

2. When and from what country were horses introduced 

into the Philippines? 

3. What was the chief ambition of De Sande? 

4. What four demands did De Sande make of the King 

of Borneo? 

5. Describe De Sande's expedition to Brunei. 

6. What mistake did the early governors make? 

7. Name five particulars in which the condition of the 

Filipinos was improved. 

8. On what condition did Ronquillo come to the Philip- 

pines ? 

9. What was the purpose of the ^^residencia"? 

10. When did Portugal and Spain unite? 

11. What effect did the union of Spain and Portugal have 

on the Philippines? 

12. Who were the actual rulers of the Moluccas in 1582 ? 

13. Who settled in the pueblo of Ternate in Cavite? 

14. In whose governorship was Iloilo founded ? 



CHAPTER IX. 



SALAZAR AND DE VERA. 



The First Bishop of Manila. — Domingo de Sala- 
zar, the first bishop of Manila, arrived in March, 
1 58 1. He was a good and earnest man, but not 
greatly beloved, because he was very stern. In his 
time the quarrels between Church and State began 
to be serious. There was an encomendero in Min- 
danao who treated the natives with great harshness. 
The friar there reproved him and excommunicated 
him, but the encomendero laughed at him. When 
Salazar heard of this quarrel, he persuaded Ronquillo 
to call the encomendero to Manila. Here he felt the 
disgrace of excommunication. This event made the 
other encomenderos very angry, for they feared 
their own evil lives would be punished in the same 
way. So they complained to the governor. This 
was the beginning of a strife between bishop and 
governor that lasted till the end of Spanish rule in 
the Philippines. Under American rule such quar- 
rels are impossible, because the duties of the gover- 
nor and the bishop are separate. Neither can inter- 
fere with the other. 

De Vera, Acting Governor — 1584-1590. — Ron- 
quillo and Salazar had asked the king to establish a 
102 



SALAZAR AND DE VERA. 103 

Supreme Court in the Philippines. It was hoped 
that the disputes between Church and State could 
be settled by such a court. In 1584 three judges 
arrived and began the Supreme Court of the Philip- 
pines.. De Vera, the chief justice, became acting 
governor, because Ronquillo had died the year be- 
fore. It was long the custom in the Philippines for 
the chief justice of the Supreme Court to fill a 
vacancy in the governorship. 

Scarcity of Food. — Ronquillo had brought so 
many soldiers to the Philippines that it was difficult 
to feed them. The population of Manila was only a 
few thousand in those days. Many had died in the 
expeditions of conquest; others were employed in 
the ship-yards and upon other public works. 
* Meantime, in 1584, twenty-five Chinese ships ar- 
rived at Manila bringing four thousand Chinese. 
These new settlers were merchants and mechanics. 
They ate a great deal and of the best kinds of food. 
The prices of all provisions rose. In 1577 one could 
buy in Manila three hens for one real. A buffalo 
could be bought for four reals, and a hog for six. 
By 1584 one hen cost two or three reals, and a hog 
six or seven pesos. Both Spaniards and Filipinos 
suffered hardships. 

Insurrection in Pampanga. — In 1585, while the 
soldiers were sick and hungry and many of them 
without weapons, a revolt broke out in Pampanga. 
Certain men conspired with some Moros from Bor- 
neo who were trading in Manila, to burn the city and 



I04 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

kill all the Spaniards. The plot was betrayed by a 
woman, and the disaster avoided. 

Deeds of De Vera. — De Vera was a wiser and 
stronger man than most of the governors who came 
before him. He did some useful things for the 
Islands. In his rule the first stone houses were 
built in Manila. He found that stone could easily 
be cut from the ledges near the banks of the Pasig 
and brought to Manila in boats. So he had twenty 
stone houses built that there might be less danger 
from fire. He also built the first stone fort, near 
where Fort Santiago now stands. It was called 
'' Nuestra Sefiora de Guia." The artillery for this 
fort was cast by a Pampangan native called Panda- 
pira. De Vera also began to dig the moat which 
surrounded the city. He built a stone breastwork 
along the river-front. The great wall was not 
begun till later. 

Cost of the Conquest. — All these military works 
cost a great deal for those days. The fort and moat 
were paid for by a tax of one real on each married 
man and half a real on each single man. The total 
cost of conquering and holding the Philippines from 
the time of Legazpi till 1586 had been 3,000,000 
pesos. This was equal in value to at least 15,000,- 
000 pesos to-day, because money would buy much 
more then than now. Only a small part of this 
sum was paid by the tribute from the natives. The 
Islands were a heavy tax upon the treasury of 
Spain. 



SALAZAR AND DE VERA. I05 

Aims of Spain in the Conquest. — The old Spanish 
kings who conquered and held these Islands had 
three aims in so doing. First, they desired to make 
money by trade and taxes. The rare and costly 
goods brought from the East filled their minds with 
visions of wealth. Charles I. expected that Magel- 
lan's ships would return laden with riches. The 
letters between the kings and the leaders of the 
expeditions say a great deal about trade, spices, 
and gold-mines. The conquerors hurried from 
island to island, hoping for new treasures from 
each newly discovered land. They were bitterly 
disappointed to get so small a reward. Yet when 
they had once taken the new lands, it was hard to 
give them up. 

The Glory of Empire. — A second aim in the con- 
quest was the glory of empire. Spain was one of 
the richest and proudest of the kingdoms of Europe 
in those days. The sailors and soldiers who raised 
the banner of Spain in new lands were richly re- 
warded. The king gave them pensions and titles 
of nobility. Both monarch and subjects delighted 
to boast of the wide dominion of the crown of 
Spain. There is a feeling which every great people 
has that where its flag is once raised, it should 
never be lowered. So while gain was one of the 
first thoughts of the Spanish conquerors, it was not 
the only one. 

The Triumph of the Cross. — The Spanish mon- 
archs were Catholic kings. They thouglit that the 



io6 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 



cross must always go with the flag. Side by side 
with the soldier went the missionary. The king felt 
that he was conquering for God as well as for him- 
self. This was why he did not ask the inhabitants 




AuGusTiNiAN Church, Manila. 

of new lands if they wished to serve him. He be- 
lieved he had the only true religion. He was given 
by the Pope the right to teach pagan nations and 
induce them to be baptized. So even if it cost vastly 
more to conquer these lands than they returned to 



SALAZAR AND DE VERA. 107 

his treasury, he could not give them up. He beHeved 
this would mean the loss of many souls. 

Reply of Philip II. — When urged by some of the 
conquerors of the Philippines to give them up be- 
cause " the cost of keeping them would be greater 
than the gain/' Philip 11. said : 

"For the conversion of only a single soul I would give all 
the treasures of the Indies; and should that not be enough, 
I would give all that I have most precious in Spain. On no 
account would I cease to send preachers and ministers to 
give the light of the holy gospel to all newly discovered lands, 
however poor, uncultivated, and barren they might be, be- 
cause to me and my heirs the holy Apostolic See has given the 
task which the apostles had of publishing and preaching the 
gospel. This must be done there and in infinite other king- 
doms, rescuing them from the rule of demons, and giving 
them knowledge of the true God without any hope of gaining 
riches." 

The reason given by Philip III. for holding the 
Philippines told of pride in his empire. 

Philip III. and Moraga. — About the year 1619 
some of the counsellors of the king were advising 
him to give up the Philippines. Some thought they 
were too expensive; others said it was not right to 
compel a people to accept a new religion by the 
power of the sword. The Franciscan, Moraga, now 
arrived at the court of Philip III. When he heard 
that the Philippines might be abandoned by Spain 
he was full of grief ; for he thought all the work of 
the Catholic missionaries there would be lost. He 



io8 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

threw himself at the feet of the king, and begged 
him not to give up the Islands. Philip III. replied : 
*' Depart with God, Father Moraga, certain that it 
shall not be said of me that I abandoned what my 
father conquered and left to me." 

The Memorial to the King. — In 1586 the General 
Council of Manila, composed of all the leading men, 
sent a long letter to the king asking for many re- 
forms. The governor, the bishop, and all civil and 
military officials united in the choice of the Jesuit, 
Alonso Sanchez, to take this memorial to the king. 
Sanchez* went to Spain. After much talking, the 
king finally decided to change many things in the 
Philippines. The decree ordering these changes is 
called the reform decree of 1589. 

Reform Decree of 1589. — The principal things in 
this decree were the following : 

( 1 ) Twelve thousand ducats were to be spent in 
repairing and ornamenting the cathedral and con- 
vents. The cathedral at that time was built of 
'' wood and straw, poor and weather-beaten and de- 
prived of necessities.'' 

(2) Many friars were to be sent to the Islands. 
They must stay for life unless excused by the bishop. 
This was ordered because the friars had been going 
to Japan and China instead of staying in the Philip- 
pines. Like the governors, they wanted to make 
new conquests before the first ones were completed. 

(3) Native girls who should marry poor Span- 
iards were to receive dowries. 



^ 



SALAZAR AND DE VERA. 109 

(4) The governor was forbidden to give an en- 
comienda to any one who had not worked in it for 
three years. It was desired to give the natives an 
example of industry. Nor could the governor give 
encomiendas to his friends, relatives, or servants, 
unless they were worthy. Some worthless people 
from Mexico were getting encomiendas, while men 
who had lived and fought for years in the Philip- 
pines had none. 

(5) No new slaves were to be made. Those 
born of slave parents were to be free. 

(6) The Supreme Court was to be taken away. 
It had not succeeded in settling the difficulties be- 
tween Church and State. The king now sent a 
governor of his own choice, in whom he had full 
confidence. 



QUESTIONS AND TOPICS. 

1. Tell the incident of the encomendero of Mindanao. 

2. What does this show about Church and State? 

3. Are such quarrels possible to-day? 

4. Why was a Supreme Court established in the Philip- 

pines ? 

5. What position did the chief justice often fill? 

6. Why did food become dear in Manila in 1584? 

7. What public works did De Vera construct? 

8. What did the first thirty years of Spanish conquest in 

the Philippines cost? 

9. What were the three aims of the kings of Spain in the 

conquest ? 



no A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

10. When colonies were costly, why did they not give 

them up ? 

11. What was the answer of Philip III. to Moraga? 

12. What did this answer show was his principal aim? 

13. Who was the messenger of Manila to the king in 1586 ? 

14. To what did the six principal commands of the decree 

of 1589 relate? 



CHAPTER X. 

A ROYAL GOVERNOR. 

Gomez Perez Das Marinas — 1590-1593. — This 
man was the wisest and strongest of the early gov- 
ernors. PhiHp II. trusted Das Marinas fully. The 
king desired to treat the Filipinos justly and kindly. 
But he was a long distance from the Philippines. 
The ofificials of Mexico did not always tell him the 
truth about these Islands. The governors and the 
bishop had written him different stories about the 
treatment of the Filipinos by the Spaniards. So 
he sent Das Marinas from Spain to tell him the 
truth. The governors before Das' Marinas had 
been chosen by the Viceroy or the Supreme Court 
of Mexico. Das Marifias was a royal governor. 
The king gave him more power than any gover- 
nor before him. 

Das Marifias worked very hard for the good of 
the Philippines, but he received little help from 
Mexico, because the rulers there were jealous of him. 
Nor did he and Bishop Salazar agree. The new 
governor did not think the friars had treated the 
natives of the Philippines justly. On the other hand. 
Bishop Salazar did not think the governors and 



112 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHH^IPPINES. 

soldiers had done right. Each tried to prove to the 
king that he was the best friend of the natives. 

Salazar's Opinion of the Governors. — Salazar 
wrote to the king : '' The natives are so harassed 
with pubhc and private undertakings that they are 
not able to take breath." He said also : " The 
Spaniards came to this country in name as conquer- 
ors but in fact as destroyers.'' 

Neglect of Religious Instruction. — It was the duty 
of the encomenderos to give one-fourth of the tribute 
for the support of churches and friars in their dis- 
tricts. Salazar said : 

"Of ten divisions of this bishopric, eight have no instruc- 
tion." 

The bishop said the fault for this was the neglect 
of the governor to make the encomenderos do their 
duty. He wrote to Das Alarifias : 

^^Who doubts that the preaching of the gospel is the most 
important thing for which we have come here? But yet I 
see that we care least for this. If you do not think so look at 
the progress of the natives. I know very well that there is 
plenty of care about temporal things. As long as these are 
present, religious instruction must stop, or the Indians must 
support it even if they never understand it. So we all say 
that the gospel is the principal thing, but our works show 
what it is that we care most about." 

Das Marinas' Opinion of the Friars. — Everything 
in history has two sides. So we must hear what 



A ROYAL GOVERNOR. 



"3 



Das Marinas wrote the king about the friars. 
Each was trying to tell the best story possible. 
Probably neither the bishop nor the governor was 




Fort Santiago. 



SO much at fault as each painted the other to 
the king. 

Das Marinas said that the friars and Bishop Sala- 
zar interfered with the governor, and took away 
the respect of the Filipinos for the king. Of the 
natives he said : '' They recognize no other king or 
superior than the father of the doctrina and are more 



114 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

attentive to his demands than to those of the gover- 
nor." 

Restitution to the Filipinos by the Conquerors. — 
It v^as the opinion of Salazar and of nearly all the 
friars that the early conquerors of the Philippines 
did wrong. They thought that it was unjust to 
conquer people without teaching them the Christian 
religion. They said that the natives ought to re- 
ceive Christian instruction in return for the taxes • 
they paid. King Philip II., when he heard that some 
of the natives had been paying taxes for many years 
without reHgious teaching, was deeply grieved. He 
ordered in the decree of 1589 that the early con- 
querors pay back to the FiHpinos the taxes which 
they had collected from them at the time when they 
had no priests of Christianity. 

Salazar refused to confess and absolve the Span- 
ish encomenderos who did not do this. Some 
money had been collected to restore to the Filipinos. 
The bishop expended this money for the benefit of 
the church and the people. 

Das Marinas wrote to the king that it would need 
150,000 pesos to make proper restitution to the Fili- 
pinos for taxing them without teaching them relig- 
ion. Very little of this money was ever paid to 
the Filipinos. The Philippines were so far away 
that the rulers did not always obey the king's de- 
crees. So the restitution was never made. There 
were, however, juster laws made about taxes. Das 
Marinas ordered that in encomiendas where there 



A ROYAL GOVERNOR. 



115 



were judges but no priests only three-fourths of the 
tribute should be collected. If there was neither 
judge nor priest in an encomienda no tax was to be 
collected. 

Building of the Walls of Manila. — Das Marinas 
found the Philippines threatened by the Moros, the 




The Oldest Part of the Wall of Manila. 



Chinese and the Japanese. He determined to build 
a fort and a wall at Manila as a protection against 
these enemies. It was difficult to get money for 
these works. He taxed playing cards for this pur- 
pose; also the goods of all merchants. The bishop 
and friars opposed this because they were trading. 
They said that the natives did not ask for the wall. 
But Das Marinas was determined to build it. He 



Ii6 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

wrote to the king: " I have begun the walls at the 
point where the fort was being built. It is nine 
feet above the ground and the foundation is of the 
same depth. It is from sixteen to twelve and eight 
feet wide on top, according to the plan.'' It took 
many years to make the walls as we see them now. 
Many dififerent governors added to them, so that 
they grew wide and thick. Das Marinas also built 
Fort Santiago. 

Decay of the Cotton Industry. — Before the Span- 
iards came, the Filipinos grew their own cotton and 
made their own cloth. When they began to earn 
money from the Spaniards, they bought their cloth 
of the Chinese. They still raised cotton, but they 
sold it to the Chinese. This cotton was taken to 
China, woven into cloth, then brought back to 
Manila and sold to the Filipinos. By and by the 
Filipinos did not even raise the cotton. Then the 
price of cloth was put higher and higher by the 
Chinese. Thus an industry was lost which was of 
great benefit to the Philippines. Cotton grows very 
well in these Islands. It is best for a country to 
make all that it needs for itself. At this time the 
Filipinos were spending on Chinese goods, chiefly 
cottons and silks, about 200,000 pesos a year. 

A Change for the Worse. — In the time of Das 
Marinas an inquiry was made about the former hab- 
its of the Filipinos. Several Filipinos said, under 
oath, that before the Spaniards came, the natives 
lived in villages and worked upon their crops. The 



A ROYAL GOVERNOR. 117 

chiefs were obeyed and respected, and there was 
plenty to eat. But after they found they could get 
money by working for Spaniards, they left their 
villages and gave themselves up to vice and wander- 
ing. They found it easy to buy what they needed 
after working awhile. Then they spent their spare 
time in evil ways. Before the conquest they had 
to work all the time. But now, since so many had 
left the fields, food had become scarce and dear. 
Civilization always brings some evils with it. Those 
who are not strong can not stand the freedom and 
the changes that it brings. Whatever losses the 
Filipinos suffered, there was much that they gained. 

Conquest of Zambales. — The Negritos of the 
Zambales mountains had for centuries robbed and 
killed the Pampangans, their neighbors. So Das 
Marinas resolved to make war on them. The way 
he did it shows how the Spaniards used the Filipinos 
to help them. 

In 1 59 1 he sent six Spanish captains against the 
Negritos. Each captain led twenty Spanish sol- 
diers and five or six hundred Pampangans. They 
entered the Zambales mountains by six different 
roads. Then they burned the houses and crops 
of the Negritos. They captured 2,500 men and 
women. Of most of these they made slaves. Four 
hundred of them were put as rowers into four new 
boats which Das Marinas had built. These boats 
were propelled by fifty or sixty long oars each. It 
was very hard work to pull these oars all day. The 



ii8 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

Filipinos never liked this work. Yet they did a 
great deal of it for the Spaniards. A slave who was 
used in rowing by the Spaniards was given freedom 
after three years of this work. 

The Great Fleet. — Like the governors before him 
Das Marinas wanted to conquer the Moluccas. The 




The Cathedral, Manila. 



king had given a special order that this be done. So 
Das Marinas made many natives cut trees in the 
forests of Bulacan. This timber was carried to 
Cavite and made into ships. By 1593 Das Marinas 
had two hundred ships, large and small. To build 
and equip these ships was a great task for the Fili- 



A ROYAL GOVERNOR. 119 

pinos. It would have been much better for them to 
cultivate the fields, and learn to make the things 
they were buying of the Chinese. 

Das Marinas sent the fleet ahead to Iloilo. It 
carried one thousand Spaniards, four hundred Tag- 
alog and Pampangan arquebusiers, one thousand 
Visayans, armed with lances and bows, and five hun- 
dred Chinese rowers. 

Death of Das Marinas. — Das Marinas with forty 
companions, among them several captains and 
friars, sailed a few days later in a boat propelled 
by one hundred and fifty Chinese rowers. At the 
island of Maricaban, near the coast of Batangas, the 
Chinese killed twenty-one of the Spaniards, includ- 
ing the governor. So perished one of the best gov- 
ernors the Philippines ever had. 

Manila in Das Marinas' Time. — Das Marinas left 
Manila a different city from what he had found it. 
He had surrounded it with a wall. He had built 
barracks, storehouses, hospitals, public markets, and 
the college of Santa Potenciana. The cathedral was 
completed by him. His rule was a time of great 
activity. Manila became a city of stone instead of 
bamboo. The foundations of Spanish rule were for 
the first time firmly laid. 

QUESTIONS AND TOPICS. 

1. Who chose Das Marinas for governor? 

2. Why was it difficult for the king to know the truth 

about the Philippines? 



120 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

3. What dispute arose between Das Marinas and Sala- 

zar? 

4. What proportion of the Islands had religious instruc- 

tion in 1590? 

5. What opinion had the friars of the Spanish conquer- 

ors? 

6. How did Salazar try to enforce restitution? 

7. What change did Das Marinas make in the taxes? 

8. How was money raised to build the wall of Manila? 

9. Describe the first wall of Manila. 

10. What effect did the coming of the Spaniards have on 

the cotton industry ? 

1 1 . Can you think of some evils civilization brings to bar- 

barian peoples? 

12. What changes did Das Marinas make in the city of 

Manila ? 



CHAPTER XI. 

THE VOYAGES OF THE GALLEONS. 

The Chinese Trade. — It is impossible to under- 
stand the history of the PhiHppines unless we know 
something of the early trade with China. In the 
time of Das Marifias twenty or thirty Chinese junks 
came to Manila every year. They brought porce- 
lain, silks, cottons, cloths ornamented with gold and 
silver, jewels, copper and iron vases, curious orna- 
ments of ivory and wood, besides many kinds of 
food, and buffaloes, horses, and cows. 

Commerce with Mexico. — Most of the goods that 
the Chinese brought were bought by merchants who 
sent them to Mexico. Here they were sold at a very 
high price. The profits of this trade were so tempt- 
ing that everybody engaged in it. The governor, 
the judges, the army officers, in fact all classes tried 
to get rich from the commerce with Mexico. 

There were only one to four ships a year to Mex- 
ico from Manila. There was not room in the ships 
for the cargoes of all who wished to engage in this 
trade. So only the rich and powerful could send 
their goods. Therefore the Filipinos did not get 
much advantage from it. They helped load and 

T2I 



122 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

unload the ships, received some of the money the 
Spaniards spent, but very few became rich mer- 
chants. The proper business of the Islands was 
neglected. Alanila became the place where the 
goods of one foreign country were bought and sent 
to another foreign country. 

Yet the galleon trade was the foundation of the 
wealth of Alanila. The money was made by work- 
ing for three months. Then the merchants lived in 
ease and luxury the rest of the year. The people 
who made money from this trade often spent it fool- 
ishly, or else went away to Mexico or Spain. No 
attention was given to agriculture and the native 
industries. Manila grew rich and powerful, while 
the rest of the Philippines was neglected. 

The Galleons. — This trade was so profitable that 
the king allowed no ships but his to carry goods to 
Mexico. Private merchants could not send ships 
of their own. The ships, built for the trade between 
Manila and Mexico, were called naos de Acapiilco, 
or galleons. They were owned and sailed by the 
government. In fact, they were royal trading and 
treasure ships. They carried also the goods of a 
few private merchants. These ships sailed first 
from Navidad, but after 1602 f rom Acapulco. The 
last galleon left Manila in 1811. The last to come 
from ^lexico was in 181 5. 

The galleons were short, broad ships with very 
high bow and stern. For those days they were 
large ships. Now they would seem small. They 




Spanish Galleons. 



10 



123 



124 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

were about the size of the steamers which run from 
Manila to Iloilo and Vigan. Usually they were 
built in Cavite. Although small, they had four 
decks, and carried sometimes forty cannon to pro- 
tect them from enemies. 

The Voyage Across the Pacific. — The galleon 
sailed from Manila in July. The voyage across the 
Pacific to Acapulco was long and dangerous. It 
took from four to six months. In the early days 
one-fourth of the passengers, often, died from the 
hardships of the voyage. Nearly every one who 
traveled from Spain to the Philippines came on the 
galleons. Sometimes four or five hundred persons 
were crowded into the ship. They were soldiers, 
friars, government officials, merchants, and travel- 
ers. It cost from five hundred to one thousand 
pesos each way for a private person to cross the ocean 
in a galleon. Often the food became scarce. The 
water, kept so many months in wooden casks, be- 
came hot and foul. Many galleons were wrecked. 
Others were captured by English or Dutch corsairs. 
It was so difficult and dangerous a voyage that many 
persons spent their lives in the Philippines because 
they could not get the money or had not the courage 
to return to Spain. 

Arrival of the Galleon. — The voyage from Mex- 
ico to Manila was much easier. It was made in from 
forty to sixty days. The galleon stopped at Guam 
for water. It entered by the Strait of San Bernar- 
dino. A watchman on Mt. Bulusan, when he saw 



THE VOYAGES OF THE GALLEONS. 125 

the ship on the horizon, sent the news to Manila as 
quickly as possible. Then the bells rang for joy, 
and all was excitement. The merchants were ex- 
pecting the money for the cargo they had sent the 
year before to Mexico. The church looked for new 
priests to take the places of those who had died. 
The army awaited fresh soldiers. The governor 
looked for replies from the king to his requests, or 
perhaps for the arrival of his successor. Friends 
watched for those who were coming for the first 
time to the Philippines. 

In short, there was no one in Manila who did not 
feel an interest in the arrival of the galleon. In 
years when the galleon did not arrive, many articles 
became scarce and high in price. The wrecking or 
capture of the galleon meant a hard year for many 
poor people. 

Loss of the Galleons. — The officers of the gal- 
leons received very high salaries. The commander 
was called " General." His salary was 40,000 pesos 
a year. The pilot received 20,000 pesos. These 
positions were filled by the governor. Too often 
he appointed favorites. These men were not always 
good sailors. About ten galleons were wrecked at 
different times in the Strait of San Bernardino, upon 
its dangerous rocks and shoals. Several sailed from 
Manila and were never seen again. Hundreds of 
lives and millions of pesos were thus lost to the 
Philippines. It would have been better to have 
had smaller vessels and more of them. Then in 



126 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

case of loss the Islands could have borne it more 
easily. 

Capture of the " Sancta Ana." — In 1587 the young 
English captain, Cavendish, came through the Strait 
of Magellan. He sailed up the coast of South 
America, capturing sixteen Spanish ships. Near 
the coast of California, he waited for the galleon 
from the Philippines. That year it was the Sancta 
Ana, richly laden. She had many cannon, but they 
were carried as ballast. Cavendish captured nearly 
a million pesos' worth of booty. He is said to have 
entered London with sails made of silk and damask. 
After burning the Sancta Ana, he sailed to the 
Moluccas, then around the Cape of Good Hope to 
London. Watchmen were kept on several of the 
promontories of the Philippines to report the coming 
of such corsairs. 

The Royal Subsidy. — The Philippines for many 
years received annually a sum of money from the 
royal treasury in Mexico to help pay the expenses 
of the government here. This was called the real 
situado, or royal subsidy. The taxes collected from 
the Filipinos were used to buy Chinese goods. These 
were shipped to Mexico in the galleons. There they 
were sold, and the money sent back to the Philip- 
pines. Enough money or goods w^as added to pay 
the expenses of the government here. In 1665 the 
subsidy was fixed at 250,000 pesos. Sometimes it 
was more; sometimes less. On the whole these 
Islands cost the treasury of Spain much more than 



THE VOYAGES OF THE GALLEONS. 127 

she ever received from them. There were merchants 
and officials w^ho made large fortunes in the Philip- 
pines. Often they did this by dishonesty to the 
government and injustice to the Filipinos. But the 
Islands never paid a lasting profit to the king. 

QUESTIONS AND TOPICS. 

1. What kind of goods were brought from China to the 

Philippines ? 

2. What classes of people engaged in the trade with 

Mexico ? 

3. Why could not all engage in the galleon trade? 

4. Mention the evils of the galleon trade. 

5. Trace the course of the galleons on the map. 

6. What classes of people traveled on the galleons? 

7. At what point did the galleons enter the Philippines? 

8. Why were so many galleons lost? 

9. What was the royal subsidy? 

10. Was the galleon trade in any way like the encomienda 
system ? 



CHAPTER XIL 

THE WARS WITH THE DUTCH. 

The Dutch Conquer the Moluccas. — When Philip 
II. annexed Portugal in 1580 he forbade the Dutch 
to buy Eastern goods there. There was no country 
in Europe except Portugal where such goods could 
be bought. Therefore the Dutch began to conquer 
the Moluccas. In 1598 they defeated the combined 
fleets of Portugal and Spain, and established trading 
posts in Java and Johore. Then they grew bold and 
sent a strong fleet under Admiral Van Noort to at- 
tack Manila. With four large ships the Dutch ad- 
miral appeared in Manila Bay in December, 1600. 
His was the first fleet to attack Manila since the days 
of Limahong. Antonio de Morga led the defense. 

Antonio de Morga. — Morga had come to the 
Philippines a few years before. He served as judge 
and lieutenant-governor from 1595 to 1596. He is 
best known by his book, Sucesos de las Filipinas 
(Events in the PhiHppines). This book was pub- 
lished in Mexico in 1609. It was the first full his- 
tory of the early days of the Spanish rule in the 
Philippines. Jose Rizal, the Filipino patriot, re- 
printed Morgans work in Paris, 1890. He added 
128 



THE WARS WITH THE DUTCH. 1 29 

notes of his own. In these notes Rizal explains the 
customs of the FiHpinos of the sixteenth century. 
He shows that they could make cannon, build large 
boats well, carry on foreign commerce and do other 
things that place them above the condition of sav- 
ages. We must not think that all the Filipinos of 
those days were entirely without culture. Some of 
the things which make civilization had been brought 
to the Philippines from China and India even at that 
time, but in the first few years of Spanish rule more 
progress was made toward civilization than in cen- 
turies before. 

The Defeat of Van Noort. — Morga was made 
commander of the force that was chosen to defend 
Manila against the Dutch. There were two old 
ships at Cavite, the San Diego and the San Bar- 
tolome. They were hastily prepared for battle. The 
cannon were too heavy for the ships, and there were 
few sailors. Several hundred Spaniards and Fili- 
pinos sailed from Cavite in these ships to meet the 
enemy. 

Morga with his flag-ship, the San Diego, fought 
the Dutch flag-ship near Fortiin Island. He sailed 
up to the Dutch ship and both were fastened to- 
gether with chains. The Dutch were driven to one 
end of their ship. Then for several hours both 
forces waited, not daring to 'attack each other. 
Morga hid behind a breastwork of mattresses and 
refused to allow his men to finish the ])attle. Then 
the Dutch ship escaped. Morgans flag-ship was 



130 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

destroyed. Over one hundred Spaniards and one 
hundred and fifty Fihpinos lost their fives. ]\Iorga 
and many others after several hours in the water 
landed on the island of Fortun. 

Meantime two Dutch ships escaped and one was 
captured, with thirteen men and some boys. The 
friars persuaded all* but one of the men to give up 
their Protestantism and become Catholics. Then 
they were executed as pirates. Their captain, an 
Englishman, was " hanged and thrown into the sea." 
The boys were released. 

The Dutch as Colonizers. — The object of the 
Dutch in their conquest of the Indies was com- 
merce. They did not try to Christianize or edu- 
cate the natives, as the Spaniards did. They 
taught the natives of Java and other islands they 
ruled to cultivate the ground properly. They 
preserA'cd order among them, and guarded them 
from foreign enemies. But they gave them little 
liberty. 

The Dutch now rule with an iron hand forty mil- 
lions of Malayans in the islands south of the Philip- 
pines. These islands under Dutch rule have been 
more prosperous and peaceful than the Philippines. 
But the people are not treated with the same respect 
and kindness as in the Philippines. If a native of 
good position in the Dutch colonies meets a Dutch- 
man of humble rank, he must dismount from his 
horse and take ofif his hat to the Dutchman. The 
native princes have been allowed much power and 



THE WARS WITH THE DUTCH. 131 

liberty by the Dutch, but the common people have 
always been treated by them as children. Perhaps 
it was fortunate for the Philippines that the Span- 
iards drove away the Dutch from these Islands. 

Acuna's Expedition. — The Dutch had remained" 
away from the Philippines for several years. The 
Spaniards now resolved to attack them. In 1606 
Governor Bravo de Acufia set out to take the Moluc- 
cas from the Dutch. He fitted out a fleet of five 
large ships and thirty smaller ones. Fourteen hun- 
dred Spaniards and sixteen hundred Filipinos went 
with him. One year before, eight hundred sol- 
diers had come from Mexico. With them were sent 
200,000 xlucats, as well as cannon and war supplies 
for a campaign in the Moluccas. Acuiia made the 
first successful expedition of the Spaniards for the 
conquest of the Moluccas. He seized Tidor, and 
stormed the fort at Ternate. 

The Battle of Mariveles. — The next great battle 
with the Dutch was fought near Mariveles. The 
Dutch admiral, Wittert, held the entrance to Manila 
Bay for five months in the year 1609-10. He did 
not dare to attack Manila, on account of the strength 
of the fort and walls. But he captured many Chinese 
and Japanese trading-ships on their way to Manila. 

At this time Juan de Silva was governor. Manila 
was almost without ships of war. Six small ships 
were hastily built at Cavite, while Wittert was plun- 
dering the ships that tried to enter the Bay. The 
church bells of Manila were melted into cannon. 



132 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

The iron gratings were torn from the windows of the 
houses to make nails and cannon-balls. Finally the 
fleet was ready. Silva sailed to Mariveles and at- 
tacked Wittert. The battle lasted six hours. The 




Zambales Coast. 

Dutch were completely defeated. Two hundred 
and fifty men were captured, besides half a mil- 
lion pesos in money and goods. There was great 
rejoicing in Manila when the victorious fleet re- 
turned. The friars persuaded the captured Dutch 
to give up their Protestantism and spared their 
lives. 

Silva's Great Fleet. — Silva now determined to 
build a fleet which should drive the Dutch from the 



THE WARS WITH THE DUTCH. 133 

seas. For years the natives of Pampanga and Bula- 
can toiled in the forests cutting trees for ship-build- 
ing. In the Cavite shipyard Filipino mechanics 
shaped the boats and cast the cannon that were to 
bring victory to Spain. In 16 16 Silva sailed in 
search of the Dutch fleet. He had fourteen large 
ships and many small ones, carrying three hundred 
cannon. Two thousand Spaniards and three thou- 
sand Filipinos manned this fleet. The flag-ship Sal- 
vadora was two thousand tons in size, perhaps the 
largest ship ever built in the Philippines. 

The Dutch had heard of the great preparations to 
break their power. They were careful to keep out 
of reach of this mighty squadron. Silva hunted the 
Dutch for two months in vain. Then he died in 
Malacca of fever. His ships returned to Manila, to 
the joy of its anxious inhabitants. 

The Battle of Playa Honda. — The Dutch, hearing 
of the death of their dreaded enemy, again invaded 
the seas of the Philippines. They appeared at Playa 
Honda, a beach on the coast of Zambales. 

Juan Ronquillo attacked the Dutch fleet with nine 
ships April 14, 161 7. He destroyed three ships, 
while the remaining three fled. The captain of the 
San Marcos sailed with his ship to the coast of Ilo- 
cos. Meeting two of the Dutch ships here, he de- 
feated one. Then a fresh Dutch ship appeared. 
After a short fight he ran his ship on the shore and 
burned it. A Dutcli sailor, seeing this, cried to him 
in Spanish : '' Vile traitor, would it not be more to 



134 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

your credit to lose that great ship in battle than to 
destroy it with such cowardice?" The Spanish 
captain, Vega, returned safely to Manila by land. 
Being the son of a man of influence, he was not 
punished. Such cowardice was rare. There were 
many battles with the Dutch besides these, and the 
Spaniards showed themselves better and braver 
fighters than their foes. 

Attack on Cavite — 1647. — The last great sea-bat- 
tle with the Dutch w^as fought in 1647. That year 
twelve large ships sailed into Manila Bay. The 
flag-ship went ahead to Cavite and fired at Fort San 
Felipe. The fort was wholly unprepared for an 
attack. Had the Dutch admiral fought that day, 
Cavite w^ould have fallen. General Corcuera was a 
prisoner in the fort. When he saw the Dutch ship 
sail back to Mariveles, he cried out, '' Wretched 
soldier, to-day you have lost the victory." Three 
days later when the Dutch fleet attacked the fort, all 
was ready. Their fleet fired more than two thou- 
sand cannon-balls at the fort, but was driven away. 
Their flag-ship was wrecked, and the admiral killed. 

Massacre of Abucay. — The Dutch now retreated 
to Mariveles and tried their fortune on land. They 
attacked the pueblo of Abucay, in Bataan. The 
governor had six hundred Filipino soldiers. He 
shut himself up with them in the convent. The 
Dutch surrounded the building, and demanded the 
surrender of the force. On the advice of some 
friends, the governor yielded without fighting. The 



THE WARS WITH THE DUTCH. 135 

Dutch had promised to spare the hves of the soldiers. 
But when they entered the convent they massacred 
over four hundred of them. War was very cruel in 
those days, and often carried on without honor. 
The Dutch acted little better than pirates. 

Defeat of the Dutch. — After this massacre the 
Dutch grew very bold and robbed the country near 
their camp. Captain Chaves with three companies 
of troops, mostly Pampangans, attacked them in the 
pueblo of Abiicay. He slew the Dutch without 
mercy at the same place where they had shown no 
mercy to the Filipinos. Then an epidemic fell upon 
the Dutch and they sailed away. After this defeat 
they gave up the attempt to conquer the Philippines. 
Fifty years of war with these cruel and greedy con- 
querors had cost the Filipinos many lives and ships. 
Spaniards and Filipinos had fought bravely to- 
gether against the common enemy. 

Filipino Loyalty. — In those days there were many 
Filipinos who were very loyal to Spain and proud 
of the Spanish flag. They had never seen Spain de- 
feated. They believed she was the greatest nation 
on the face of the earth. Pirates of many nations 
sailed the seas then, and the Filipinos were glad of 
the protection of a strong hand. The people were 
simple and ignorant. They knew nothing of such 
words as '' republic,'' '' equality,'' '' reform." When 
they rebelled, as they sometimes did, it was because 
of some particular hardship in one locality. They 
had no thought of uniting all the islands under a 



136 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

free, equal, and just government by all the people. 
Those who took refuge from the Spaniards in the 
mountains had no hesitation in robbing and killing 
their fellow countrymen as in the days before the 
conquest. 

QUESTIONS AND TOPICS. 

1. Why did the Dutch try to conquer the Moluccas? 

2. For what is Antonio de Morga most famous? 

3. What was Rizal's opinion of the state of the Filipinos 

at the time of the conquest? 

4. What was done to the Dutch captured in 1600? 

5. What was the difference between the aims of the 

Dutch and the Spanish? 

6. How do the Dutch treat their Malayan subjects? 

7. What were the results of Acuna's expedition? 

8. Why did the Spanish spare the lives of the captives 

from Wittert's fleet? 

9. What was the object of Silva's great expedition? 

10. Why did it fail? 

11. What part did the Filipinos take in Silva's expedi- 

tion? 

12. Why did the Spaniards defeat the Dutch so often? 

13. Why is a massacre dishonorable? 

14. Why were the Filipinos of the days of Silva loyal to 

Spain ? 

15. WTiat was the motive of the early revolts? 



CHAPTER XIII. 

THE CHINESE IN PHILIPPINE HISTORY. 

Arrival of the Chinese. — Long before the Span- 
iards came to the PhiHppines, the people of China 
traded with the Fihpinos. Only a few Chinese 
made their homes in the Philippines in those early 
days. The country was not safe for strangers. 
When Legazpi came to Manila, there were about one 
hundred and fifty Chinese living in the town. The 
Spaniards in those days encouraged the Chinese to 
come to Manila and settle. They wanted them to 
build houses, row in the boats, and make and sell the 
things which the Filipinos did not use. Morga 
said : '' It is true the town can not exist without the 
Chinese, as they are workers in all trades and occu- 
pations, very industrious, and work for small pay.'' 

In the time of Lavezaris a danger threatened 
Manila that alarmed the Spaniards. A Chinese boat 
from Manila fell into the power of a noted Chinese 
corsair. This was Limahong. He decided to at- 
tack Manila when he learned of its wealth and de- 
fenselessness. 

Limahong. — Limahong had defeated the fleets of 
the Chinese emperor, and burned cities on the coast 

137 



138 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

of China. Thousands of soldiers and many ships 
were his. At length he was driven away by the 
rulers of China. With a fleet of sixty ships and 
three thousand soldiers and sailors, besides work- 
men and women, he sailed to the Philippines to 
found a kingdom. 

Near the coast of Ilocos he captured a boat, and 
killed its crew of Spaniards and Filipinos. An offi- 
cer of Salcedo's saw the fight from the shore. He 
hastened to A^igan and told Salcedo. The young 
captain sent three natives in a boat to tell the people 
of ]\Ianila of the coming of the pirate. This party 
was nearly captured by Limahong. It reached Ma- 
nila too late to warn the Spaniards. Salcedo with 
fifty men set out for Manila in boats as soon as 
Limahong sailed south. 

The First Attack. — The pirate ships reached 
Mariveles November 29, 1574. The same night 
Limahong sent his Japanese captain, Sioco, with 
about seven hundred men to take Alanila. They 
landed near Paranaque, and marched toward the city 
about ten o'clock the next morning. No one ex- 
pected them, or knew who they were. The field 
marshal, De Goiti, was ill in bed. Some natives ran 
to his house and told him that the King of Borneo 
was coming to attack ]\Ianila. De Goiti did not be- 
lieve this. His wife looked from the window and 
saw the Chinese coming along the beach. She was 
a brave woman and called out to them in Spanish 
that they were dogs and would all be killed. This 



THE CHINESE IN PHILIPPINE HISTORY. 139 

saved Manila, because the Chinese now stopped to 
attack De Goiti's house. The old marshal fought 
till he was wounded, and most of his followers were 
killed. Then he leaped from the window because 
his house was in flames. The Chinese killed him, 
and robbed and wounded his wife. This delay gave 
the unprepared Spanish soldiers time to get ready 
for the attack on the fort. 

The Chinese Soldiers. — De Sande describes the 
appearance of the Chinese soldiers thus : 

" There were seven hundred men, among whom were a 
few arquebusiers and many pikemen, besides men armed 
with battle-axes. They were clad in corselets, which are 
coats lined with exceedingly thick cotton. They had dur- 
able bamboo hats, which served as helmets. They carried 
cutlasses and several daggers in their belts; and all were 
barefoot. One out of every ten men carried a banner 
fastened to his shoulders and reaching two palms above 
his head. There were other and larger banners also." 

Repulse of the Chinese. — Then the little force of 
forty Spanish soldiers came out of the wooden fort 
that stood near where Fort Santiago now stands. 
They killed eighty of the Chinese, losing fourteen of 
their own men. Sioco retreated to Cavite, where 
Limahong had now moved with his fleet. This was 
St. Andrew's day, November 30, 1574. Manila had 
no great stone wall then. The fort was small, with- 
out a moat, and surrounded by a palisade of stakes. 

The city was filled with terror. Every one was 

obliged to work day and night on the fortifications. 
11 



140 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

These they made by constructing a breastwork of 
boards, boxes, and barrels filled with sand. This 
breastwork crossed behind the city from the Pasig 
to the Bay. 

The Second Attack. — The next day Limahong 
prepared for a second attack. He was too slow. 
On the evening of that day Juan de Salcedo sailed 
into ]\Ianila Bay, with six boats and fifty men, to the 
rescue of Manila. All were overjoyed to see him. 
At daybreak the next morning Limahong' s fleet 
sailed from Cavite to ^Manila, and began to fire its 
cannon. Then the pirates landed near the city and 
attacked it in three columns, of about five hundred 
men each. Those on the seashore forced their way 
into the fort. About eighty of them were killed 
within its walls. Then the Chinese were driven 
to their ships. They had burned the Augustinian 
church and killed only half a dozen Spaniards. 

Revolt of the Filipinos. — The Filipinos were glad 
to see the Chinese attack the Spaniards. They did 
not stop to think that the Chinese might prove to be 
worse masters than the Spaniards. On the day of 
the second attack they gathered in thousands before 
Manila in their bancas, ready to avenge themselves 
on the Spaniards if the Chinese should win. The 
Moros around ^Manila captured and robbed the friars 
who were outside of the city. They killed goats in 
the churches to show their contempt for the new 
religion. Several Spaniards and their slaves were 
slain. But when the Moros saw that the Spaniards 



THE CHINESE IN PHILIPPINE HISTORY. 141 

were victorious they set the captured friars free and 
asked pardon for revolting. Several of their chiefs 
were executed as a punishment. 

Limahong in Pangasinan. — Limahong now sailed 
to the mouth of the* Agno River in Pangasinan. He 
built a town, and conquered the surrounding country. 
What he did shows how foolish it was for the Fili- 
pinos to support him against the Spaniards. He 
seized several headmen and kept them as hostages. 
He compelled the natives to bring him food for his 
army. He robbed them and treated them badly. 

Salcedo Expels Limahong. — Juan de Salcedo was 
now appointed field marshal. The Spaniards were 
called together from all over the Islands to repel the 
Chinese. In March, 1575, Salcedo set out for Pan- 
gasinan with a large fleet. He led two hundred and 
fifty Spaniards and twenty-five hundred natives, 
mostly Visayans. At the mouth of the Agno he was 
fortunate enough to surprise and burn the Chinese 
fleet. 

Instead of attacking the fort of the Chinese, 
Salcedo besieged it for four months. The Chinese 
built thirty boats during this time, and escaped on 
the 4th of August. Thus the Filipinos were freed 
from the tyranny of a people who would have treated 
them cruelly. 

For a while after the repulse of Limahong, the 
Chinese did not come in large numbers. But the 
great public works undertaken by Vera and Das 
Marinas brought many of them to the Phihppines. 



142 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

They came so rapidly that by 1600 there were more 
Chinese than FiHpinos in Manila. It was necessary 
to make them live in one place when they became 
numerous. Then they could be more easily watched. 
Therefore a building was made for them. 

The Alcayceria and the Parian. — The Alcayceria 
was a huge house built by Ronquillo in 1581 for the 
Chinese. Its first site was on Calle San Fernando, 
Binondo. There the Chinese merchants who came 
to Manila lived and traded. In 1582 this building 
was burned to the ground. The following year a 
new Alcayceria, called the Parian, was built where 
the Botanical Gardens now are. It consisted of 
four long rows of buildings. These structures 
were built on the four sides of a square. In the 
middle was a small lake, long since filled with 
earth. A creek led from this lake to the River 
Pasig. The Chinese boats laden with merchandise 
would come to this lake and unload silks, cottons, 
and other wares. In these great buildings lived 
thousands of Chinese. Here they carried on all 
kinds of trades and sold many things the Filipinos 
had never before seen. The Parian had one hun- 
dred and fifty shops and six hundred merchants. 
The Chinese were rapidly becoming rich and pow- 
erful. 

Chinese Christians. — Das Marinas thought it was 
not well to let the Chinese do all the useful things 
and get all the money. He wished to expel them 
from the country. But Bishop Salazar and the 



THE CHINESE IN PHILIPPINE HISTORY. 143 

friars did not want him to send away the Chinese, be- 
cause many of them had become Christians. The 
Dominicans had done a great deal for the conversion 
of the Chinese. More would have been converted, 




Dominican Church, Manila. 

had not the old bishop made every Christian China- 
man cut ofif his hair. After this he could not re- 
turn to his native land. So the Chinese remained in 
Manila. 

The Three Mandarins. — A strange thing hap- 
pened in the year 1603, when Acuna was governor. 






144 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

Three Chinese mandarins, as the great men of China 
are called, arrived in Manila. They wished to see if 
a mountain of gold existed in Cavite, as they had 
been told was the case. Acufia showed them that this 
was an idle tale so they went away. The Spaniards 
could not believe that the search for a mountain of 
gold was the real purpose of the mandarins. They 
thought these men wished to see if Manila could be 
captured. The Chinese in Manila now began to act 
strangely. Many of them went back and forth be- 
tween the city and the country. The Spaniards 
fearing a plot began to threaten them. Then the 
Chinese became alarmed and planned to destroy the 
Spaniards. 

Chinese Revolt of 1603. — On the night of October 
3, 1603, the entire Chinese population of Manila, 
nearly 25,000 in number, rose in revolt. They 
burned many houses in Quiapo, and killed many 
natives. There were few Spaniards in Manila. A 
force of one hundred and fifty men attacked the 
Chinese. All but four of the Spaniards were killed. 

At dawn, October 5th, the rebels attacked the 
walled city. The fight lasted several days. Every 
Spaniard, including the friars, armed himself and 
fought. It is said that Father Flores sat all day in 
a boat near the wall, firing two arquebuses, and 
killed many Chinese. 

Defeat of the Chinese. — Finally the Spaniards, 
with the aid of some Japanese and Pampangans, 
drove away the Chinese. They fled to the moun- 



THE CHINESE IN PHILIPPINE HISTORY. 145 

tains of San Pablo. Here a large force of Spaniards 
and Filipinos surrounded and besieged them. Hun- 
ger and attacks of the natives, who hated the 
Chinese, caused the death of about 23,000. 

In the case of Limahong, the Spaniards saved the 
Filipinos, but in the insurrection of 1603 the Span- 
iards would all have been destroyed without the 
help of the Filipinos. 

Revolt of 1639. — Two galleons were wrecked off 
the coast of Cagayan in 1639. This ruined the 
business of the Chinese. The Spaniards and Filipi- 
nos had no money to buy their goods, because it had 
sunk with the galleons. Hunger forced the Chinese 
to revolt. There were by this time 33,000 of them 
in the Islands, and they were living in the provinces, 
as they had not done in earlier times. They com- 
mitted many outrages in La Laguna and near Ma- 
nila. But they did not attack the walled city again. 
They remembered 1603. An edict was published 
ordering all the Chinese in the provinces to be killed. 
For a year the battles lasted. In all 20,000 of the 
Chinese were slain. 

The Chinese Question. — Many times after this 
there was trouble with the Chinese. They were taxed 
more heavily than the Filipinos. They were some- 
times compelled to become Christians or leave the 
country. But although both Spaniards and Filipinos 
hated the Chinese they always had to allow them to 
return to the Islands. T!ie Chinese are the most 
numerous people in the world. They have learned by 



146 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

centuries of practice the virtues of industry, perse- 
verance and economy. No' people can become great 
without these quahties. In the last four centuries 
the Filipinos have made great progress in learning 
these things. They are now engaged in many call- 
ings requiring skill and patience. No more Chinese 
laborers are allowed to come to this country. The 
door of opportunity is wide open for the Filipino. 
He may learn any trade and there is plenty of work. 
It is the duty of the children of to-day to show that 
they can do as good work of all kinds for their 
country as the people of any other nation. This is 
a better victory than sword and fire can win. 

QUESTIONS AND TOPICS. 

1. What positions did Lavezaris hold? 

2. How did he spend his time? 

3. What was the condition of the Spaniards in the time 

of Lavezaris? 

4. Why did the Chinese have banners fastened to their 

shoulders ? 

5. What were the fortifications of Manila in 1574? 

6. Describe the conduct of the Filipinos when Lima- 

hong arrived. 

7. Why did Salcedo besiege the fort instead of assault- 

ing it? 

8. How would Chinese government have differed from 

Spanish ? 

9. Write a story of the attack by Limahong. 

10. What relations did the Chinese have with the Filipinos 
before the Spaniards came? 



THE CHINESE IN PHILIPPINE HISTORY. I47 

11. Why did the Spaniards wish the Chinese to come to 

Manila ? 

12. How numerous were the Chinese in Manila in 1600? 

13. When and why was the Alcayceria built? 

14. Describe the Parian. 

15. What did Das Marinas wish to do with the Chinese? 

16. Who opposed this plan, and why? 

17. Why were not more Chinese converted? 

18. Tell the story of the three mandarins. 

19. What caused the Chinese revolt of 1603? 

20. What difference was there between the forces that 

repulsed Limahong and those that put down the 
rising of 1603 ^ 

21. What was the cause of the revolt of 1639? 

22. What good qualities have the Chinese? 

23. What is the law now about the coming of the Chinese ? 

24. Why is it no longer necessary to bring in the Chinese ? 

25. Write a composition on the reasons for excluding the 

Chinese from the Philippines? 



CHAPTER XIV. 

THE MORO PIRATES. 

Summary. — We have studied the peoples of the 
Phihppines as they were before the Spaniards came. 
We have read how these Islands were discov- 
ered and conquered by Europeans. We have learned 
how the early governors laid the foundations of the 
new rule in the Philippines. We have seen how 
America and Asia were connected by the galleon 
service, which began the commerce of the Pacific. 
We followed the story of battles with foreigners, the 
Dutch and the Chinese. We shall now study the 
struggles of the islanders with one another. 

The Moro Pirates. — The pirates of Borneo, Jolo, 
and Mindanao had for many years put terror into 
the hearts of the Visayans and the people of Luzon. 
Their boats were large and swift. A hundred slaves 
sometimes rowed them swiftly over the sea at the 
stroke of the master's lash. 

When the southwest wind began to blow they 
would come out from their pirate refuges in the 
south. Along the shores of Mindoro, Masbate, and 
other islands they would hide among the nipa 
swamps. Concealed in the forest-fringed bays and 
148 



THE MORO PIRATES. 



149 



estuaries, they would cross in a night to the shores 
of Panay, Cebu, or Luzon. Then, while the fisher- 
men and farmers slept, the fierce cries of the sea- 
rovers would ring out. People ran out of their 




The Coast of Romblon. 



houses and found the villages in flames. Dazed l)y 
fire and fright, they were slain if they resisted and 
enslaved if they submitted. All their goods of value 
were taken by the pirates. Then by the 



iglit of 



150 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

their burning homes they were hurried into the boats 
and rowed across the sea to the retreat of the Moros. 
There they remained till the camp was full of 
plunder. 

With the coming of the northeast wind they 
sailed away to the south and slavery. If they were 
aged and weak, the Moros took them to Sandakan 
on the coast of Borneo. Here they were sold to the 
heathen tribes, who offered them as sacrifices to their 
gods. The strong were sold as slaves or kept by 
their captors. Families were separated in this way, 
never to meet again. For centuries the camps of 
the Moros were the prisons of thousands of Chris- 
tian Filipinos whose friends and relatives wept for 
them in the northern islands. 

Spaniards Fail to Destroy Piracy. — After the 
Spaniards came the Filipinos became richer. There 
was more wealth to plunder. Therefore the Moros 
came more often than before. The Spaniards fought 
these pirates many times. Usually the Moros es- 
caped because their boats were very swift. Often 
the Spaniards failed to pursue them. 

When the great fleets sailed away to the Moluccas 
with every man and gun they could get, the pirates 
came north to rob and capture the defenceless Fili- 
pinos. The people of the Philippines have suffered 
many times as much from the pirates of their own 
race as from all the invaders that have come from 
China, Japan, and Europe. 



THE MORO PIRATES. 151 

Had the Philippines never been conquered by for- 
eigners the Islands would now be thinly populated 
by a poor and timid people. Civilization brings its 
terrible wars, but they are often wars of progress. 
The wars of the pirates were unjust. They did not 
lead to a better government. We shall now study 
some of these piratical attacks and the attempts of 
the Spaniards to stop them. 

A Raid on the Visayans. — In the summer of 1599 
one of the most terrible of the Moro raids occurred. 
Two chiefs with fifty boats from Mindanao and 
Jolo, and three thousand armed men ravaged the 
coasts of Cebii, Negros, and Panay. They captured 
1,400 natives in Bantayan and Panay, burned many 
villages and loaded their boats with plunder. The 
inhabitants of the coast fled to the mountains. An 
aged priestess, called Dupungay, told them that the 
Spaniards were helping the Moros to destroy the 
peaceful Filipinos. With great difficulty they were 
persuaded to come back to their villages on the coast. 

The following year the pirates returned with eight 
thousand men in seventy boats. This time they 
boldly attacked Iloilo. The Governor of Panay 
with seventy Spaniards and one thousand Visayan 
bowmen luilt a fort to resist the Moros. A fierce 
battle followed in which the Moros were defeated. 
The governor pursued them. Then the cunning 
Moros surrounded his boat and killed him. Tello 
de Guzman, Governor of the Philippines at the time, 
sent two hundred Spaniards to Jolo to punish the 



152 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

pirates. They killed many Moros, but could not 
capture the fort. Then the pirates were as bad as 
ever. 

Acuna and the Pirates — In Governor Acuna's 
time a large fleet of IMoros sailed along the coast of 
southwest Luzon. They burned the church and 
convent of Calibaya, and captured the friar and many 
natives. They took away the bells of the churches 
to melt them into cannon. Next they went to Bala- 
yan, now Batangas Province. Here the natives re- 
pulsed them bravely. Finally they sailed away 
with their booty to a desert island. Acuna heard of 
all this, but instead of crushing the pirates he sent 
an ambassador to make peace with them. Then he 
sailed away with his great fleet to conquer the Moluc- 
cas. Thus, while the Spaniards were busy with 
their dreams of conquest, the pirates were growing 
bolder. In 1616 they came even to Cavite. Here 
they were defeated and for some years gave little 
trouble. 

Battle of Punta de Flechas. — In 1636, Tagal, a 
Moro chief, brother of the Sultan of Mindanao, at- 
tacked the islands of Cuyo and Mindoro. He cap- 
tured three Recollect friars, for each of whom he 
asked a ransom of two thousand pesos and thirty 
taels of gold. With six hundred and fifty captives 
he sailed for Piinta de Flechas. This is a lofty 
promontory about one hundred miles east of Zam- 
boanga. The Moros believed that in this cliff lived 
a diuata, or god of war. On departing for a pirati- 




< 
O 



153 



154 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

cal trip, and on returning, they were accustomed to 
shoot arrows at the cHfif in honor of the god. The 
governor of Zamboanga sent a fleet against Tagal, 
who was killed with three hundred of his men. 
Many captives were set free. 

In a letter to the king, the archbishop said that in 
the last thirty years the Moros had carried into cap- 
tivity over twenty thousand Filipinos. 

Treaties with the Moros. — For a century the 
strife went on. At length, in 1725, the Sultan of 
J0I6 sent a request for peace to Manila. A treaty 
was made. By this treaty it was agreed that Filipi- 
nos and Moros should trade freely with each other. 
All Christian captives were to be set free. The 
sultan did not keep his promise. The Aloros never 
kept their promises to the Spaniards. 

Concentration of Villages. — In 1734 it was de- 
cided by the Council of War at Manila to build little 
forts on the coasts of the Islands, as a defense against 
the pirates. It was ordered that the little fishing 
villages unite to form large towns. No coast town 
could have less than five hundred taxpayers, or about 
two thousand persons. It was a great hardship to 
make this change, but it protected the people, because 
the Moros did not often attack large towns. 

Arming the Filipinos. — The Filipinos were now 
given arms to defend themselves. They w^ere al- 
lowed to make expeditions against the Moros, and 
to make slaves of all they captured. There was 
quiet for a few years, then the pirates again began 



THE MORO PIRATES. 155 

their attacks. Like many other Spanish decrees the 
order to unite the small villages with the large ones 
was not fully carried out. So the raids of the pirates 
began again. 

The governors of Cebii, Leyte, Iloilo, and Negros 
were now commanded to build thirty-six boats that 
could carry one hundred men each. The govern- 
ment paid for the food of the men who built these 
boats, but the towns furnished the wood and labor 
free. To encourage the natives to fight the pirates 
it was decided that Filipinos who won victories over 
the Moros should not have to pay tribute. This plan 
showed that the Spaniards did not feel strong 
enough to defeat the pirates with their own forces. 
But the Moro boats had little of value in them, so 
the Filipinos did not wish to risk their lives in the 
attempt to capture them. 

Another reason why this plan failed was because 
the governors used these boats for their private 
trade. The soldiers in the forts acted as servants 
for them. So when the Moros came there were 
neither boats nor men to oppose them. Sometimes 
an expedition would go out to attack the pirates, and 
return laden with merchandise, without pursuing 
the enemy. 

Brave Defenders. — There were times when the 

pirates met their match. In 1753 the islands of 

Tablas, Banton, the Calamianes and others lost much 

by the attacks of the Moros. The same Moros who 

made these attacks were driven away by the people 
12 



156 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

of Camiguin, Romblon, Culion, and Capiz. The 
people of Batangas were very brave. Several times 
they repulsed the pirates from their shores. 

An Unequal Battle, — In 1754 Captain Pedro 
Gaztambide was surrounded by thirty-eight Moro 
boats off the coast of Batangas. He had only 
one boat, and. that was not as large as some of the 
pirate boats. He was attacked from all sides. The 
man at the stern of the boat had double-loaded the 
cannon. The captain ran to the stern, and not 
knowing that the cannon was already loaded put a 
third charge into it. A Moro boat was rushing 
toward him. He fired the triple-loaded cannon. 
The boat, with one hundred and twenty men, was 
sunk. The entire fleet was driven away, with a loss 
of 2,500 Moros, by this one captain. 

The Coast-Guard Towers. — On many of the 
beaches of the Philippines round stone towers may 
be seen. Most of these were built in the middle of 
the eighteenth century to serve as watch-towers and 
forts for a defense against the Moros. The parish 
priests had charge of this work. To their persever- 
ance and skill in building these towers the Filipinos 
owe much. Unfortunately the governors took these 
towers away from the command of the priests and 
put lazy officials in charge of them. These men used 
the guards for their own work as servants. 

The Story of Ali-Mudin. — Philip V. was per- 
suaded by the Jesuits to write a letter to Ali-Mudin, 
Sultan of J0I6, asking his friendship. The sultan 



THE MORO PIRATES. 157 

received the messengers of the king peaceably. He 
decided to visit Manila. 

When he went on board of the Spanish ship, his 
brother seized the throne and put a price of six slaves 
and one thousand pesos on the head of Ali-Mudin. 
The sultan sailed away to Manila, where he was re- 
ceived with the honors of a king. He and his sev- 
enty followers were given a house in Binondo. 

Conversion of the Sultan. — Governor Arreche- 
derra, who was formerly bishop of Nueva Segovia, 
became greatly interested in the conversion of the 
Mahometan ruler. He ate with him, walked with 
him, made him presents of gold, emeralds, and 
rubies, and tried in every way to make a Christian of 
him. He used to say to the sultan : " Sultan, if you 
wish to return to your kingdom and conquer your 
enemies, become a Christian, be converted to Jesus 
Christ, and you shall be master of your subjects." 

At length the sultan became a Catholic. The 
Jesuits did not think he was sincere; but the gov- 
ernor, proud of his success, determined to have the 
sultan baptized. The ceremony was performed at 
Pafiique, Pangasinan. Ali-Mudin was christened 
" Fernando I. of J0I6." The governor had little 
money and few men, so he could not place Ali-Mudin 
upon the throne of Jolo. 

Treachery of Ali-Mudin. — Governor Obando, 
who followed Arrechederra, sent a ileet to replace 
Ali-Mudin on his throne. This fleet was driven 
away from Jolo. On the return to Zaniboanga the» 



158 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

Spaniards decided that Ali-Mudin was a traitor. 
He had written a letter for the Spaniards to the 
Sultan of Mindanao which proved to be against the 
Spaniards instead of to their advantage. So Ali- 
Mudin and two hundred and seventeen of his follow- 
ers were brought to Manila and put in prison. 





M 




W^yML" M, 4 




■ 




Bfcw-r A^ 




■ 




H'ML!xn^^ 




191 




I^V^' ''^^^K^^Llm^^^m 




Wf 


B^^ 


v^^^^mSSm 




ii 


k\ 


*J|^^Hj^H 




1 




k^lH 


^^^^ 


:-* » 




ippflM 


1 


■ 


^^^^^1 


ji-"- ■•■^1 


1 


■ 




l^^^lJ 


1 


1 


^^^BS^^* 


^B 



A MORO W^ARRIOR. 



Lessons of This Story. — The treatment of Ali- 
Mudin shows how feebly the Spaniards dealt with 
the Moros. It was pitiful that the ruler of the once 
powerful kingdom of Spain should beg the friend- 



THE MORO PIRATES. 159 

ship of a pirate chief. It shows also that the Span- 
iards were slow to learn the treachery of the Moros. 
With all their faults, the Spaniards were usually 
honorable in their treaties. So it was difficult for 
them to believe that the Moro chiefs were deceiving 
them. 

The Americans made an agreement with the sul- 
tan of J0I6 when they came to these Islands. The 
sultan agreed to keep his men from making war on 
the Americans. For this he was paid a pension. The 
sultan failed to keep his part of the treaty. In time 
of peace the Americans were attacked, in J0I6, in 
1903. So they had to punish the Joloans. In 1904 
America declared the treaty ended. The sultan will 
never be able to make another treaty with the Ameri- 
cans. They will not allow themselves to be deceived 
again and again, as were the Spaniards. 

The High Tide of Piracy. — The year 1754 was 
the high tide of Moro piracy. The defeat of the 
Spaniards at J0I6 when they tried to put Ali-Mudin 
on the throne had destroyed all respect for their 
power. Moro fleets attacked the towns of the 
Christian Filipinos from Mindanao to Batangas, and 
from Mindoro to Samar. Hundreds of villages 
were burned in that year. Thousands were killed 
and enslaved. The savings of years were carried 
away by the dreaded sea-robbers. The Islands lay 
under a pall of ashes and grief. Ten tliousand 
Christian Filipinos toiled in slavery among the 
bloodthirsty Moros. Yet the rulers were so weak 



i6o A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

that they could think of nothing better than to send 
Ah-Mudin's daughter to Jolo to try to make peace. 

Finally Governor Arandia sent a strong expedition 
against the Moros. Some battles were won by the 
Spaniards, many forts were built in the Visayas, and 
more treaties were made with the pirate chiefs. 
But the Moro raids continued for another century. 

The Scourge of the Pirates. — The Moro pirates, 
as we have seen, were the greatest curse that ever 
fell upon the Philippines. Though different in re- 
ligion, these murderers were of the same blood as 
the Filipinos they hunted. The Filipinos have been 
their own worst enemies. The hatred that caused 
so much bloodshed and loss between members of 
the same race for centuries still lives. Without the 
strong aid of the American Government the slum- 
bering flame would break out again, and the Philip- 
pines once more be stained with the blood of 
brothers. 

In the fifteen years from 1 778-1 793 one and one 
half million pesos were spent in the attempt to sub- 
due these pirates. During that time they captured 
about five hundred persons a year and killed hun- 
dreds more. Governor Aguilar then divided the 
Islands into six districts, with a fleet of six cannon- 
bearing boats for each. In 1794 Gomez, the most 
feared captain that ever pursued the Moros, led many 
successful expeditions against them. He drove 
them from Mindoro, Masbate, and Burias. There 
was peace again for a time. We shall see later how 



THE MORO PIRATES. i6i 

the power of the Moros to make their expeditions 
was crushed. 

QUESTIONS AND TOPICS. 

1 . Where did the Moro pirates have their northern camps ? 

2. Describe an attack of the pirates. 

3. What did the Moros do with their captives? 

4. Why were the Spanish unsuccessful in destroying the 

pirates ? 

5. From whom have the FiUpinos suffered most? 

6. Describe the attack on the Visayas in 1599. 

7. Why did not Acuna crush the pirates? 

. 8. What superstition had the Moros about "Punta de 
Flechas''? 
9. How did the Moros observe their treaties with the 
Spaniards ? 

10. When, why, and how were the villages concentrated ? 

11. How were the Filipinos encouraged to attack the 

Moros ? 

12. What was the reason for the plan? 

13. What use did the governors make of the boats and 

soldiers ? 

14. Describe the attacks of 1753. 

15. Who. built the coast-guard towers? 

16. Why were the towers not successful? 

17. What does the story of Ali-Mudin show? 

18. Describe the worst year of piracy. 

19. What would the Moros do if a strong government did 

not control them ? 

20. What did the pirates do from 1778-1793? 

21. What plan did Aguilar adopt against the pirates? 

22. When and why was the American treaty with the Sul- 

tan of J0I6 ended ? 



CHAPTER XV. 

FORCED LABOR AND INSURRECTION. 

The Dark Century. — On the stage of Philippine 
history there were many years of darkness and dul- 
ness in the seventeenth century. We shall raise the 
curtain only now and then to view the scenes that 
teach us most. 

The Filipinos had suffered from the toil and losses 
of war for half a century. Much of their time had 
been spent in building fleets and fighting battles 
against the Moros, the Chinese, and the Dutch. 
These fleets were built by forced labor. The hard- 
ships of this labor brought on many revolts against 
Spanish rule. 

The Labor Tax. — Besides the tribute, the Filipi- 
nos had to pay a labor tax. During most of the 
period of Spanish rule this forced labor was forty 
days each year for every man. This labor was used 
to build churches, convents, roads, bridges, and all 
kinds of public works. By this forced and unpaid 
service the timber was cut from which the galleons 
were built. There was a force of Filipinos employed 
in the shipyard at Cavite who received rice and 
about twenty pesos a year each for their skilled labor 
162 



FORCED LABOR AND INSURRECTION. 163 

as carpenters and smiths. But most of the heavy 
work was done by the peasants, who were taken 
from their fields to build ships and forts. The long 
succession of wars with the Moros, the Dutch, and 
the Chinese had nearly worn out the patience of the 
Filipinos. At length a governor came whose rule 
was not disturbed by foreign foes. 

Alonso Fajardo. — This was Alonso Fajardo, who 
governed the Philippines from 1618-1624. Fajardo 
saw that the people were overworked. He there- 
fore lessened the labor tax. He said that for a 
while the natives need not work without pay, except 
at making cannon and ships. In this way he won 
the favor of the Filipinos. He was the first gov- 
ernor for a long time whom they had liked. Still 
the burden was heavy, and the reform came too late 
to prevent revolt. 

Insurrection in Bohol and Leyte. — In 1621, while 
the Jesuit fathers of Bohol were in Cebu at a fes- 
tival, the natives of Bohol revolted. This revolt 
was led by the chiefs. They told the common 
people that a dmata ordered the expulsion of the 
Spanish. The real reason for this revolt was the 
desire to escape taxes and labor. Often the leaders 
of the Filipinos have taken advantage of the igno- 
rance of the people to get them to rel)el for religious 
reasons, when the chiefs themselves had some other 
reason. 

Four towns were Imrned 1)y the revolters. Im- 
ages of the Virgin were pierced with lances. Nearly 



i64 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

all the natives joined the revolt, and fled to the 
mountains. Fifty Spanish lancers and one thousand 
Cebuans followed them into the mountains for five 
days. Then they came to a village of one thousand 
houses which the rebels had built. Here fifteen 
hundred rebels were defeated, but it was six months 
before they were all driven from their mountain 
refuges. 

Bancao. — Now the insurrection spread to Leyte, 
led by the aged chief Bancao, of Limasaua. Philip 
II. had given a letter to this old chief thanking him 
for the services he had done for Legazpi. But Ban- 
cao longed for his old power, and joined the rebel- 
lion. He was beheaded. The revolt was soon 
suppressed. 

Death of Fajardo. — The last days of Fajardo's 
life were filled with sorrow. Finding his wife un- 
faithful, he killed her in public with his sword. The 
power of a governor of the Philippines in those days 
may be seen from the fact that no one tried to punish 
him for this deed. A few months later he died 
broken hearted, and was buried beside his wife in 
the Church of the Recollects. 

Tabora, Governor — 1626-1632. — Juan Nino de 
Tabora came to the Philippines from the wars in 
Flanders. He brought six hundred soldiers with 
him. This large force kept the country peaceful 
for a time. The Philippines were now prosperous. 
The former age, with its independent villages and 
its neighborhood wars, was fast passing away. The 



FORCED LABOR AND INSURRECTION. 165 

Islands and their people were now a part of the 
great world, sending their products across the 
seas. Shells and gold-dust were no longer their 
money. There were rich men among the Filipinos. 
Fortunes were being made in the trade with China 
and Mexico. 




The ''Bridge of Spain." Manila. 



Many public works were undertaken by Tabora. 
Within six months he built ten large ships and sev- 
eral small ones. It was Tabora who built the 
"Bridge of Spain" in 1631, called at first the 
'' Puente Grande." This bridge lasted for nearly 
two centuries, till it was destroyed by an earthquake 
in 1824. 



i66 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

Diego Fajardo. — This governor (1644-1653) was 
a stern and warlike man. He tried to establish a 
shipyard in the Visayas like those m Tondo and 
Pampanga. This caused an insurrection in Samar. 
Sumoroy, the leader, was beheaded. There were 
other revolts caused by the oppressions of the tribute 
and forced labor during the following year. The 
principal ones were in Camarines, Pampanga, Hocos 
and Mindanao. The Filipinos always showed them- 
selves willing to endure a great deal from govern- 
ors who tried to understand and benefit them. But 
their lives were so full of hardship that when harshly 
treated the fire of revolt burned. 

Earthquake of 1645. — In the year 1645, on St. 
Andrew's day, November 30th, there was a terrible 
earthquake in Manila. Fire, it is said, burst through 
cracks in the ground. The Pasig River was thrown 
out of its channel. Nearly all the churches, con- 
vents, and other large buildings of Manila fell in 
ruins. Six hundred persons were killed. For 
weeks people lived outside the walls, hardly daring 
to step inside. It was believed that St. Francis 
saved the city from complete destruction. There- 
fore he w^as chosen the patron saint of Manila to 
protect it against earthquakes. Many people con- 
sidered the earthquake a punishment for their sins, 
and now began to be more religious. 

After this earthquake they built no more great 
houses of stone in Manila for many years. The 
large and beautiful houses which stood before the 



FORCED LABOR AND INSURRECTION. 167 

earthquake had gained for Manila the name " Pearl 
of the Orient." 

Insurrection of 1660. — Manrique de Lara was 
now governor. During his rule many calamities 
had come upon the Philippines. Locusts, famine, 
smallpox, pirate attacks, shipwrecks, and earth- 
quakes had made the lot of the Filipinos a hard 
one. 

In addition to all these troubles the natives were 
worked like slaves at ship-building. In 1660 one 
tliousand Filipinos were cutting timber for the gov- 
ernment in the forests of Pampanga. Sometimes 
they were whipped to make them work harder. 
These woodmen now rebelled. A Mexican, Mafi- 
ago, was their leader. They wrote to their fellow 
countrymen in Pangasinan, Ilocos, and Cagayan to 
get their aid. But before it could come they were 
betrayed by their leader. They went with arms to 
the pueblo of Lubao. Manrique de Lara hurried to 
Macabebe with a few soldiers. Instead of fighting, 
he won over Mafiago by making him commander of 
the Mexicans in Manila. Then he built forts in 
Arayat and Lubao. He promised better treatment 
to the rebels. Deprived of their leader they went 
back to work, without bloodshed. 

Revolt in Ilocos. — In Ilocos the revolt had more 
strength. Juan Manzano was the leader. A fierce 
battle occurred at Bantay, near Vigan. Eight 
hundred loyal natives were slain. But the rebels 
were soon put to flight. They were driven to Ilocos 



i68 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

Norte. From here they crossed the mountains to 
Cagayan. The Governor of Cagayan, with three 
hundred royal troops, drove the rebels back to Hocos. 
Then he marched through Ilocos to Pangasinan. 
Here he joined the Spanish forces, and greatly 
assisted them in putting down the rebellion. As 
had often happened before, the weakness of the Fili- 
pinos was the lack of union between the different 
tribes. The Spaniards held these Islands largely by 
setting one tribe against another. 

QUESTIONS AND TOPICS. 

1. Which was the dark century? 

2. What hardships had the Filipinos suffered in the first 

half century of Spanish rule ? 

3. What was the purpose of the labor tax? 

4. Can you think of any benefits from such a tax ? 

5. What were its evils? 

6. What change did Alonso Fajardo make in the labor 

tax? 

7. Under what circumstances . did the revolt in Bohol 

begin ? 

8. What does this revolt show about the motives of the 

leaders ? 

9. Who was Bancao? 

10. Tell an incident showing the power of the early gov- 

ernors. 

11. Describe the changes that had now taken place in the 

Philippines. 

12. What public works did Tabora undertake? ' 

13. What brought on the insurrection in Samar? 



FORCED LABOR AND INSURRECTION. 169 



14. Where else were there revolts at this time? 

15. What caused the Pampangan revolt of 1660? 

16. Why did it fail? 

17. Who aided in the suppression of the Ilocos revolt? 

18. How did the Spaniards hold the PhiHppines with so 

few Spanish troops? 



CHAPTER XVL 

THE STRIFE BETWEEN CHURCH AND STATE. 

Introductory. — We have seen earlier in this book 
that the governors and the friary did not always 
agree. Although the governors were Catholics, they 
usually supported the king, while the friars, though 
Spaniards, looked rather to the Pope. Besides this, 
on the whole, the governors cared less for the good 
of the Filipinos than did the friars. Few Fili- 
pinos understand what their lot would have been if 
the friars had not been there to protect the natives 
from the selfishness of the governors and the enco- 
menderos. 

The fifty years following the insurrection of 1660 
are filled with this strife. It lasted to the very close 
of Spanish rule. But we shall not study all of these 
struggles. There is no longer any quarrelling be- 
tween church and state in the Philippines. The bit- 
terness of recent years should be forgotten.- Yet 
it is impossible to understand the history of the 
Philippines without some knowledge of those events. 
The things we shall study in this chapter happened 
170 



THE STRIFE BETWEEN CHURCH AND STATE. 171 

long ago. We can think of them now without 
anger and read them for the Hght they throw upon 
the past. 

Two Kinds of Courts. — In those days there were 
two kinds of courts; that of the state and that of 




Church at Laoag, Ilocos Norte. 



the church. The royal court tried those who had 
broken the laws of the king. The church court 
tried those who broke the laws of religion. Some- 
times crimes against religion are the same as those 
against the state. Therefore there were times when 
it was difficult to know which court ought to punish 
the wrongdoer. 

13 



172 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

The Case of Nava. — In the governorship of Se- 
bastian Hurtado de Corcuera (1635-1644) such a 
case happened. Corcuera was a man of great en- 
ergy, warHke and firm. One of his soldiers, called 
Nava, had a female slave. Later another man ob- 
tained the woman. One day Nava saw her riding 
along the street with her new master. He rushed 
to the carriage and killed her. Then he fled into 
the convent of St. Augustine for refuge. 

The Law of Refuge. — It was the law of those 
days that a criminal who took refuge in a church or 
other sacred place could not be taken away by the 
civil rulers. This was called '' the right of sanc- 
tuary," or refuge. When Governor Corcuera heard 
what had happened he ordered the archbishop to 
give up Nava. The archbishop thought that Nava 
ought to be tried by the church court, s*o he refused 
to obey the governor. 

Then the governor fell into a rage. He did 
what was at that time thought a terrible thing. 
He marched his soldiers to the convent and took 
away Nava by force. Then he punished him 
at once with death. The archbishop closed the 
churches, reproved the governor severely, and fined 
the artillery officer who arrested Nava. For a long 
time the courts and the bishops quarrelled over 
this case. Such things were very bad for the 
country; for the people lost respect for both gov- 
ernor and bishop. They did not know which to 
obey. These quarrels grew in number. Finally 



THE STRIFE BETWEEN CHURCH AND STATE. 173 

the Islands were left for years without an arch- 
bishop. Then a governor and an archbishop arrived 
who were friends. 

The Pope's Pardon. — Manrique de Lara ruled 
from 1 653-1 663. With him came Archbishop 
Miguel Poblete, the first archbishop the Islands had 
seen for twelve years. Poblete found great distress 
in Manila. The quarrels of the last few years had 
filled the dungeons of Fort Santiago and the con- 
vents with many prisoners. Some of these had 
been unjustly condemned. The city had not re- 
covered from the losses caused by the earthquake 
of 1645. 

The condition of things was so bad that the 
Pope in 1654 ordered that all who had been im- 
prisoned should be pardoned and have his blessing. 
There was great joy in Manila when the dungeon 
doors opened and friends were again united. To 
show their gratitude all set to work to rebuild the 
cathedral, which had been destroyed by the great 
earthquake. 

The Inquisition in the Philippines. — The Inquisi- 
tion was a church court. It was founded several 
centuries ago to discover and punish those who be- 
lieved and taught ideas contrary to the doctrines of 
the Church. In Spain the Inquisition was directed 
by the king. He used it to punish those who 
opposed him or the Church. 

The officers of the Inquisition made secret in- 
quiries. They arrested and imprisoned men witlKxit 



174 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

telling them who accused them. They burned 
thousands of people at the stake in Spain. The 
Inquisition was introduced into the Philippines in 
1583. The head of it was called '' the Commissary 
of the Inquisition." Sometimes no one knew who 
that man was. Yet the secret hand of the Inquisition 
was always at work reaching after those who were 
unfaithful to the king or the Church. The Jesuit, 
Sanchez, recommended that it be taken away from 
the Philippines. This was not done. The Inquisi- 
tion was not as cruel here as in other countries. 
No one was burned at the stake. Yet it had great 
power, as we shall see. 

Diego de Salcedo. — Salcedo was governor from 
1 663- 1 668. He brought the hatred of all the mer- 
chants and friars upon him by his selfishness. He 
wanted to be the only one to send goods in the 
galleon to Mexico. After the king's goods were 
put into the ship he filled the rest of the space with 
his private merchandise. Although many hated 
him it seemed impossible to take away his power. 
Salcedo quarrelled with Poblete. When the arch- 
bishop died the governor forbade the church bells to 
be tolled, and would not allow the body to be em- 
balmed. 

The enemies of Salcedo then conspired with the 
Commissary of the Inquisition. This man threat- 
ened the old Filipina who guarded the door of 
Salcedo's room when he slept. She allowed the 
commissary and others to enter. They seized and 



THE STRIFE BETWEEN CHURCH AND STATE. 175 

bound the sleeping governor, and locked him in a 
cell in the Augustinian convent. They then sent 
him to Mexico to be tried, but he died in mid- 
ocean. 

When the Supreme Court of Mexico heard of this, 
it ordered the commissary to Mexico for imprison- 
ment, but he, too, died on the ocean at nearly the 
same place where Salcedo had died. 

De Vargas and Pardo. — When De Vargas was 
governor (1678-1684) it was the State and not the 
Church that triumphed. According to the historians 
of the religious orders, those were dark days for 
Manila. There were many lawsuits and imprison- 
ments. Felipe Pardo was archbishop. He and the 
governor were bitter enemies. The archbishop 
disobeyed twenty different royal decrees. Then the 
governor did what no governor had before dared to 
do. He sent soldiers to the palace of the arch- 
bishop, and in the early dawn led the old man out 
of the city. As the archbishop passed out of the 
gate he shook the dust from his feet and threw a 
handful of stones at the wall to show that he rejected 
the city. He was sent to Lingayen, where the 
Dominicans cared for him. The next governor re- 
stored Pardo to power. The archbishop had De 
Vargas put on an island in the Pasig, where he was 
kept for four years while his rcsidcncia was held. 
Thus the high officials of Spain wasted their time 
and the money of the Philippines in this unhappy 
strife. 



176 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

The Friars' Lands. — The friars grew more and 
more powerful. We have seen how they overcame 
the governor. Now we shall see how they were 
stronger than the governor and the archbishop to- 
gether. In 1697 Archbishop Camacho and Gov- 
' ernor Cruzat tried to make the friars show the titles 
to their lands. They were now in possession of 
large estates. In those times people were not care- 
ful about the papers which prove the ownership of 
lands. Some of these lands had been bought by the 
friars; some had been given to them by the State, 
and other lands were gifts of those who, dying, left 
their property to the Church. The growing wealth 
of the friars made it difificult for the archbishop and 
the governor to make them obey. 

A judge was appointed to examine the titles of 
these lands. In some cases the friars refused to 
show the titles. Then the governor embargoed 
the lands; that is, he took possession of the lands 
till the question could be settled. Then all the 
friars closed their churches and refused to obey 
Archbishop Camacho. The governor sent the sol- 
diers to open the churches by force. The opposi- 
tion of the friars was so strong that a rebellion was 
feared. So the governor and the archbishop had 
to yield and allow the friars to keep their lands. 
Thus the strife continued, sometimes the governor 
and sometimes the friars winning. Finally oc- 
curred a contest which is one of the darkest blots 
upon the pages of Philippine history. 



THE STRIFE BETWEEN CHURCH AND STATE. 177 

Bustamente and the Friars. — Fernando Manuel 
de Bustamente (1717-1719) was a stern and des- 
potic governor. Yet he was honest and able. He 
found the treasury empty. This was riot because 
the country was poor. Many of the citizens of 
Manila were in debt to the treasury. To avoid pay- 
ing these debts they had the money due them from 
the sale of goods in Mexico come to their friends. 




Fort Pilar, Zamboanga. 



Tliese friends secretly gave it to tliem. Then tlic 
government could not collect its debts from them. 
Bustamente made these people pay their debts. In 
the way he added three hundred thousand pesos to 
the treasury in one year. 



178 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

Bustamente Fortifies Zamboanga. — Bustamente 
also imprisoned Torralba, a former governor. It 
was said that through the neglect of Torralba seven 
hundred thousand pesos had been lost to the treas- 
ury. \Mth the money he obtained by these just 
deeds he established a garrison in Zamboanga. For 
half a century the government had abandoned the 
Christian population of Mindanao and the Visayas 
to the attacks of the ^loro pirates. With their own 
efforts the Visayans had built a fleet called the 
'' fleet of the Pintados " to defend their homes. The 
Jesuits had for a long time urged that a garrison be 
placed in Zamboanga. The other orders were op- 
posed to this plan. But Bustamente had the courage 
to do whatever he thought was right. So he built 
forts for the defenseless Filipinos of the south. . All 
these acts made him many enemies. These enemies 
now plotted his destruction. 

Arrest of the Archbishop. — rA galleon was about 
to sail for Mexico. Bustamente feared that this gal- 
leon was carrying letters with charges against him. 
He sent an officer to bring the captain of the galleon 
ashore. The captain threw overboard the officer and 
his men and sailed away. The governor sent ships 
to overtake the galleon. He now was sure that there 
was a conspiracy against him. 

Bustamente then put every one in prison that he 
believed to be his enemy. The churches and con- 
vents were filled with persons seeking refuge from 
the governor. Bustamente demanded one of these 



THE STRIFE BETWEEN CHURCH AND STATE. 179 

refugees from the archbishop. The archbishop re- 
fused to give up the refugee. Then the gov- 
ernor arrested the archbishop, and imprisoned him 
in Fort Santiago. The church bells tolled when 
this was done. The friars were filled with hor- 
ror and anger. Now the governor called on the 
citizens of Manila to defend the rights of the 
king. At the signal of a cannon-shot all were 
to present themselves with arms and aid the gov- 
ernor. Manila was filled with noise, terror, and 
tumult. 

Death of Bustamente. — October 11, 17 19, was a 
day long to be remembered in Philippine history. 
The friars resolved to rescue the archbishop by force. 
They went through the streets in procession, holding 
aloft crucifixes in their hands. Behind them came 
the refugees, bearing arms, ready to fight for their 
lives. Then followed a crowd of citizens and the 
Jesuits. All were giving vivas for ** the faith, 
religion, and the king." Never before was there 
such a scene in the Philippines. The crowd rushed 
into the palace. They attacked Bustamente. He 
defended himself bravely, but fell wounded. His 
son came to his rescue, but was dragged from his 
horse and killed. The governor was thrown into 
prison, where he died the same day. 

Archbishop Cuesta, Governor. — The archbishop 
and other prisoners were released. The judges of 
the Supreme Court, who had supported Bustamente, 
were put in chains. Many army captains were ar- 



i8o A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

rested and the royal standard of Spain was torn 
down. It was a dramatic moment in the history of 
these Islands. It meant that after one hundred and 
fifty years of strife the Church had triumphed over 
the king. The archbishop, Cuesta, now took pos- 
session of the palace as Governor-General of the 
Philippines. 

The religious orders gave a great funeral to 
Bustamente and a pension to his six sons. They 
denied that they had planned the death of the gov- 
ernor. The king was very angry when he heard of 
the overthrow of the royal power in the Philippines. 
The slayers of Bustamente were arrested and taken 
to Mexico for trial. They were then returned to the 
Philippines to be tried and punished there. This 
was not done, because the confessor of Governor 
Torre Campo advised him to disobey the order of 
Philip V. to punish these men. 

QUESTIONS AND TOPICS. 

1. Did the governors or the friars care most for the 

good of the Filipinos? 

2. What was the attitude of the friars toward the 

bishops ? 

3. How should we study the quarrels between Church 

and State? 

4. Describe two kinds of courts. 

5. Why did they sometimes conflict? 

6. Give an example of a conflict between a church court 

and a civil court. 



THE STRIFE BETWEEN CHURCH AND STATE. i8i 

7. What was the ^^law of sanctuary ''? 

8. What were some of the evils of the quarrels between 

Church and State? 

9. When and why did the Pope pardon prisoners? 

10. In what condition was Manila in 1653? 

11. Consider the Inquisition as to its origin^ purpose, and 

methods. 

12. Why did Governor Salcedo make enemies? 

13. How was Salcedo deprived of his power? 

14. What was the character of the Inquisition in the 

Philippines ? 

15. Why did De Vargas banish Archbishop Pardo from 

Manila ? 

16. When and by whom were the friars asked to show 

title to their lands ? 

17. What reasons made it difficult for them to do this? 

18. How did the controversy end? 

19. In what condition did Governor Bustamente find 

the treasury? 

20. How did Bustamente improve the financial condition 

of the government? 

21. What classes became enemies of Bustamente, and 

why? 

22. What was the condition of the Visayans with re- 

spect to the Moro pirates when Bustamente 
came? 

23. What did Bustamente do for the protection of the 

Visayans ? 

24. How did Bustamente try to crush the conspiracy 

against him? 

25. Describe the attack on Bustamente, October 11, 1719. 

26. Who succeeded Bustamente as governor, and by what 

authority ? 



i82 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

27. How were the slayers of Bustamente treated and 

why? 

28. Mention three governors who were overthrown by 

the friars. 

29. Why are there no longer quarrels between Church 

and State in the Philippines? 

30. Which party triumphed in this period of Philippine 

history — the government or the representatives of 
the Church? 



CHAPTER XVII. 

THE END OF THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY. 

Fausto Cruzat y Gongora, Governor — 1 690-1 701. 

— Cruzat found the treasury empty. He was a 
courageous and honest governor. He collected 
large sums due the treasury from citizens of Manila. 
With this money he repaired the palace and other 
public buildings. Cruzat found many abuses in the 
system of governing the Philippines. In order to 
correct these he published the " Ordinances of Good 
Government.'' A study of these reform laws will 
show us much about the condition of the Philippines 
two centuries ago. 

" Ordinances of Good Government." — The prin- 
cipal matters of which these ordinances spoke were 
the following: 

I. — Taxes. It was the practise to make the poor 
pay the same tax as the rich. Cruzat ordered that 
the rich pay more than the poor. This was an ex- 
cellent law, but it was not obeyed. Instead of this, 
the poor were made to pay more than the rich. The 
reason for this was that the rich could bribe the tax- 
collector to take less than the just tax, while the 

183 



iS4 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

poor, who could not offer such a bribe, were forced 
to pay more than they ought. 

2. — The governors and commerce. The gov- 
ernors were accustomed to engage in commerce. 
They occupied their time more with private business 
than with their duties as governors. Cruzat for- 
bade them to engage in any kind of commerce. He 
commanded them to visit each pueblo six days and 
the large pueblos twelve days each year. The ob- 
ject of this was to give the natives an opportunity to 
make their complaints and get justice. 

3. — Industry. Cruzat ordered that the Filipino 
farmers be obliged to work. They must cultivate a 
certain amount of ground each year and raise a cer- 
tain number of animals. Xo one was to be allowed 
to lend more than five pesos to a Filipino. This 
shows that the people were contented with just 
enough to eat. and had little ambition to provide for 
the future. 

4. — Prisons. It was decreed that separate rooms 
be given to women in the prisons. In case of a light 
charge they must be shut up in private houses, and 
not put in prison. The prisons of those times were 
filthy, and full of evil practises. This was so even 
in Europe. ^lany of the faults of the Spanish Gov- 
ernment were common to most governments in those 
days. It is easy to see the mistakes of those who 
lived centuries ago. ^^'e should remember that if 
we had lived then we might have made the same 
mistakes. 



THE END OF THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY. 185 

5. — Spaniards. Spaniards were not to be al- 
lowed to live in the pueblos without permission from 
the government. This was because the governors 
wanted all the commerce for themselves. Besides, 
the Spanish planters did not always treat the Filipi- 
nos justly when they were far away from the reach 
of the law. 

6. — Wild tribes. One ordinance forbade the 
Christian natives to speak with or trade with the 
people of the wild tribes. The reason given was 
'' because this makes their pacification impossible.^' 
There were goods the wild tribes wished to get from 
the Christians. It was thought that they would 
come down from the mountains and live in the 
pueblos as Christians if they were forbidden 
to trade while living in a wild state. But the 
Christian natives wished to trade with these peo- 
ple, so sometimes they would leave their goods 
at certain places in the mountains. When they 
went away the savages would come and get 
these things, leaving some of their own products in 
exchange. 

Evil Days. — These laws and others like them 
show that two hundred years ago there were op- 
pression and injustice in the Philippines. They 
show that the Spaniards did not trust each other; 
that slavery still existed; that there were still en- 
comenderos; that many Filipinos were idle and in 
debt; that the prisons were a disgrace, and the roads 
and bridges in a bad state. After seeing how the 



I 



1 86 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

rulers in Manila had been acting for half a century 
we can see why these things were so. 

Manila and the Provinces. — In spite of all the bad 
government from which the Philippines suffered at 
this time, the country prospered. The rulers and 
people of Manila have been accustomed to think that 
city all-important. Manila is more important to the 
Philippines than many capitals are to their country. 
It is the only large commercial city in the Islands. 
But most of the people in the Philippines live and 
die without ever seeing Manila. Most of the wealth 
of the Philippines was won from her fields and for- 
ests by the farmers. They knew little of their rulers 
in the capital, and most of their rulers knew little 
of them. Two hundred years ago there were no 
steamers or railroads. Many of the Islands saw no 
Spaniards, except once a year. Then the tax col- 
lector came, took his piece of cloth, or the peso of 
tribute, and departed. For another year all lived 
in the country villages very much as they used to 
live before the Spaniards came to the Philippines. 
There was less war between the villages. There 
was less practice of the old religion. Still, the Fili- 
pinos of the barrios were governed by their head- 
men, and saw little of their Spanish rulers. 

The " Laws of the Indies."— The '' Laws of the 
Indies " were made for the natives of Mexico and 
the West Indies by Spain. After this, when the 
Spaniards conquered the Philippines, they gave them 
these same laws. But the customs of the Filipinos 




14 



iS7 



i88 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

were different from those of the Mexicans, so the 
laws of the Indies were not always good for this land. 
Therefore the Filipinos were allowed to use their 
old laws and customs when these were not contrary 
to Christianity. So they continued to govern them- 
selves in all small matters. There are more Filipi- 
nos to-day ruled by ancient Filipino laws and cus- 
toms than there were when Legazpi settled the 
Islands. 

Most of the Filipinos were little influenced by their 
rulers compared with those who lived in Manila. 
Therefore much of the growth and prosperity of the 
Philippines must have come from the industry and 
intelligence of the Filipinos themselves. 

What the Filipinos Did. — In spite of war and bad 
government the Filipinos multiplied. They broad- 
ened their fields. They increased their herds of 
cattle and horses. They sent their children to the 
primary schools that the friars established from 
early times. They were taught many useful things 
by the friars. Had they been bad pupils they would 
not have learned these lessons. But the Filipinos 
learned as rapidly and as well as any primitive peo- 
ple could learn from such teachers as the Spaniards. 
The American Indian refused to accept the teachings 
of civilization. The Hawaiian Islanders are dying 
out, although every advantage has been offered them. 
But most of the Filipinos have accepted civilization. 
The pupil who learns deserves praise as much as his 
teacher. To the Filipinos belongs great credit for 



THE END OF THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY. 189 

the steady growth of the country in population, 
wealth, and civilization. It was their loyalty that 
enabled Spain to hold the Islands. They built ships 
for the trade and wars of their conquerors. They 
fought by their side against the Chinese, the Dutch, 
the English, and against rebellious Filipinos. The 
Philippines grew greater and richer by their efforts. 

QUESTIONS AND TOPICS. 

1. What kind of a man was Cruzat? 

2. What was the purpose of the ^'Ordinances of Good 

Government"? 

3. What abuse existed in the tax system? 

4. Why was it difficult for the natives to get justice ? 

5. Why were the farmers not more ambitious? 

6. Why was intercourse between the Christians and the 

wild tribes forbidden? 

7. What was the state of the prisons? 

8. Why have the rulers considered Manila so important? 

9. Find out what part of all Filipinos live in Manila. 

10. How were the Filipinos in country districts governed ? 

11. Compare the Filipinos with the American Indians as 

regards their acceptance of civilization. 

12. How did the Filipinos help Spain? 



CHAPTER XVIII. 

THE BRITISH INVASION AND ITS RESULTS. 

The Mysterious Fleet. — In the year 1762 Arch- 
bishop Rojo was acting governor of the Phihppines. 
He was a good man, but not fitted for the great 
trials that were to come upon the Philippines. For 
nearly one hundred years Manila had not been 
threatened by a foreign fleet. There was a small 
garrison, and no readiness for the attack of a pow- 
erful enemy. 

One day in September, 1762, thirteen large ships 
anchored in Manila Bay. No one knew of what 
nation they were, or why they had come. An offi- 
cial was sent out to them to make inquiries. He 
came back with the startling news that the ships 
were British, and that they demanded the surrender 
of Manila. Eight months before the British fleet 
sailed into Manila Bay England had declared war 
on Spain. To-day news of such an event is flashed 
over the telegraph wires around the world in a few 
minutes. At that time sometimes one ship and 
sometimes none in a year brought tidings of Europe. 
Some Armenian merchants had told the archbishop- 
governor that the British in India were preparing a 
190 



THE BRITISH INVASION AND ITS RESULTS. 191 

fleet to attack the Philippines. But Governor Rojo 
was a man whose thoughts were not of war. No 
preparations had been made for defense. 

Landing of the British. — The next day the Brit- 
ish landed at Malate. Their troops occupied the 



'K^^^ 




Lighthouse at Entrance to the Pasig River. 



churches and convents of Malate, Ermita, San Juan 
de Bagumbayan, and Santiago. Not a shot was 
fired at them from the walls and forts of Manila. 
The city was dumb with surprise and fear. There 
were nearly seven thousand British troops, including 
three thousand of their Indian allies. In Manila 



192 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

there were only six hundred soldiers. With great 
courage they refused to surrender. Messages for 
help were sent to the provinces. In a few days 
seven thousand natives, armed with bows and spears, 
had come to the help of the Spaniards. 

The Bombardment. — The British began to fire at 
the walls and city with their heavy cannon. The 
Spaniards did not have enough cannon-balls, so they 
picked up those the enemy fired into the city and 
shot them back from their own cannon. Three 
times the Filipinos and Spaniards went out of the 
city and attacked the British. Each time they were 
driven back. The forts along the walls fired at the 
churches and convents where the British took shelter. 
The balls would not pierce the thick walls. The 
church of Santiago stood on the Luneta, only about 
fifteen hundred feet from the walls. From the top 
of the church the British fired into the city. 

The " Philipino."— The third day the British cap- 
tured a small boat which came from the Strait of 
San Bernardino to tell of the arrival of the galleon 
for the Philippines. The British sent two ships to 
capture her. They did not get the Philipino, but 
they captured the Trinidad, This ship surrendered 
only after she was struck by hundreds of cannon- 
balls. Her cargo of silks, spices and gold-dust was 
valued at two million pesos. 

Death of an Officer. — The British had captured 
on the small boat a nephew of Governor Rojo. One 
day a British officer walked toward the city bearing 



THE BRITISH INVASION AND ITS RESULTS. 193 

a white flag, and accompanied by the nephew of the 
governor. Some of the natives who did not under- 
stand what a flag of truce meant killed these two 
men, beheading the English officer. The British 
general was very angry. He said he would behead 
all the prisoners that he had if his officer's head were 
not returned together with the head of the Filipino 
who led the attack. Rojo sent an apology to Gen- 
eral Draper, but not the required heads. 

Desertion of the Filipinos. — The British general 
now hung seventy prisoners. This made the Filipi- 
nos who had been fighting for the Spaniards lose 
heart. None of the people then living had ever seen 
the Spaniards defeated. They thought the Span- 
iards were the strongest nation in the world. When 
they saw how powerful the British guns were and 
the great holes they were making in the wall many 
of the natives ran away into the country. 

The Capture of Manila. — On the Sth of October, 
1762, the British entered the city through a breach 
which their guns had made in the wall on the east 
side of the city. General Draper led a column 
through the streets to the plaza, two cannon preced- 
ing him firing constantly. The officials of the 
Church and the government had taken refuge in 
Fort Santiago. The palace guard was cut down 
fighting bravely. The inhabitants of Manila were 
fleeing across the Pasig in boats. The British 
turned the guns of the wall upon them, and killed 
many of the fugitives. 



194 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

The Surrender. — Colonel Munson now went to 
Fort Santiago, and demanded its surrender. Gov- 




Spanish Guns, Fort Santiago. 

ernor Rojo was so terrified that he wished to get 
down on his knees before the officer. The victors 
promised, in return for the surrender of the forts : 

1. Security for the life and property of all. 

2. The free exercise of the Catholic faith. 

3. Freedom for commerce and industry. 

4. The preservation of the Supreme Court. 

5. Military honors for the soldiers on their surrender. 

Later the governor and the judges signed a paper 
giving up the entire Philippine Archipelago to the 
British. 

Governor Rojo was completely in the hands of 
the British. General Draper compelled him to raise 
five hundred and forty-six thousand pesos in money, 
jewels, and silver plate. The British demanded four 
million pesos, but could get no more. 



THE BRITISH INVASION AND ITS RESULTS. 195 

The Sack of the City. — A cruel practise of war in 
those days was the permission given to soldiers to 
rob and abuse the inhabitants of a conquered city. 
Manila was given over for three hours to be sacked. 
The robbery and murder went on for forty hours. 
Across the Pasig in Binondo the natives did as 
wicked deeds as the British. Finally Draper hung 
several Chinese and stopped his soldiers. About one 
thousand lives were lost on each side in the taking 
of Manila. 

Simon de Anda y Salazar. — On the Malecon 
Drive in Manila stands a tall monument to a brave 




The Malecon Drive, Manila. 

Spaniard who would not surrender to the British. 
Anda was a judge of the Supreme Court. The night 
before the British entered Manila he left the city in 



196 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHH^IPPINES. 

a canoe for Bulacan. Here he proclaimed himself 
governor. The Augustinians supported him. 

Anda soon had a small army. With this he 
tried to keep order in the provinces and besiege 
the British in Manila. Anda and Rojo each sent 
proclamations through the provinces calling the other 
a traitor. 

Campaign of Backhouse. — Thomas Backhouse 
with a small force drove Bustos, Anda's general, to 
Mariquina. Then he captured the pueblo of Pasig. 
Here he found Ali-Mudin. The wily sultan made 
friends with the British, who replaced him on his 
throne. After the capture of Pasig, Backhouse 
marched through the provinces looking for the 
treasure of the Philipino, He attacked Tunasan, 
Binan, Santa Rosa, Calamba, and Lipa. In the last 
town he captured several Augustinian friars. Hear- 
ing that the treasure had been taken to Pampanga, 
he returned to Pasig. There were several skir- 
mishes between the forces of the British and those 
of Anda. The British made no determined effort 
to conquer the provinces. Plunder w^as what they 
wanted. 

Restoration of Spanish Rule. — January 30, 1764, 
Governor Rojo died. Shortly after his death, news 
of peace between England and Spain arrived. A 
new governor, La Torre, was sent to the Philippines. 
The British gave up Manila to the Spaniards after 
holding it nearly a year and a half. La Torre gen- 



THE BRITISH INVASION AND ITS RESULTS. 197 

erously allowed Anda to make a triumphal entry into 
Manila, March 31, 1764. 

Effects of the Invasion. — When the fall of Manila 
became known in the provinces many revolts broke 
out. Taxes were not collected. Property and life 
were not safe. Bands of robbers roamed through 
the provinces. During the period of British occupa- 
tion the Philippines suffered great distress. No one 
knew who was the real governor — Rojo or Anda. 
Outside of Pampanga and Bulacan, where Anda 
ruled, there was little law and order of any kind. 
In Batangas, Laguna, Tondo, and Cavite provinces 
homeless and starving people wandered from village 
to village. The wild tribes of Negritos and Igor- 
rotes descended boldly from the hills and killed the 
wayfarer. 

Revolt in Pangasinan. — Throughout the British 
occupation there was a revolt in Pangasinan. Ten 
thousand natives perished in battle. The popula- 
tion of the province fell from sixty thousand to 
thirty-six thousand in less than four years. Many 
had gone to other provinces, died of hunger, or been 
killed by savages. Finally Anda's troops aided by 
some Cagayan soldiers put down the revolt and 
hanged the leaders. 

Diego Silan. — One of the fugitives from Manila 
when the British took the city was Diego Silan. He 
was a native of Vigan, Ilocos Sur. This man was 
one of the most remarkable leaders the Filipinos ever 
had. At first he took the side of the Spaniards, say- 



198 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

ing that he wished to arm the natives against the 
Enghsh. The Spaniards became suspicious and 
imprisoned him. Some persons of influence to 
whom he promised to give good positions released 
him from prison. Now Silan boldly said he would 
drive the Spaniards and mestizos from the country, 
and then the British. 

Silan in Power. — Many joined the cause of Silan. 
As in previous insurrections, the oppression of the 
governor was the main reason of the revolt. This 
man had abused the natives of Ilocos. He had 
made them sell him all their wax and buy of him all 
their candles. Silan drove him from Vigan. Then 
the new leiader set up a shrine and claimed the 
special favor of God. He proclaimed Jesus Christ 
as the head of his rebellion. Thousands came to 
his support. 

The bishop of Nueva Segovia and some of his 
priests led a force of natives from Ilocos Norte 
against Silan. This force was defeated by treach- 
ery. While they laid down their arms to talk, the 
Tinguian allies of Silan attacked them. They were 
driven back to Ilocos Norte. Silan sent a force to 
Ilocos Norte and captured a number of the leading 
men and friars. He raised large sums of money by 
setting these men free for a ransom. This created 
great hatred for him in that province. 

Alliance with the British. — When the English 
general heard of the success of this revolution he 
offered to make Silan his ally. The Ilocano leader 



THE BRITISH INVASION AND ITS RESULTS. 199 

did not dare to refuse. He feared that Anda would 
soon send a strong force against him. The people 
of Ilocos Norte were hostile to him also. So he was 
between two fires. He accepted the offer of the 
British. They sent him a cannon and appointed him 
Governor of Ilocos. This was a great surprise to 
the followers of Silan, but their faith in him was 
great. 

Death of Silan. — The bishop of Nueva Segovia 
and his friars were now shut up in the convent of 
Bantay, near Vigan. Silan could not persuade his 
followers to kill them. So he was about to allow 
s'ome of the savage Tinguians to massacre the 
priests. At this time a mestizo, named Vicos, 
planned to assassinate Silan. He went to Silan's 
house and shot him in the back. The friars now 
returned to their parishes; for the death of Silan 
terrified his followers for a time. A general pardon 
and a remission of taxes was proclaimed. 

A Fresh Outbreak. — Anda sent new officials to 
Vigan. By this time the followers of Silan had re- 
covered their courage. They rebelled, making an 
uncle of Silan governor. Now was the opportunity 
for Ilocos Norte to take revenge. A force of six 
thousand from that province invaded Ilocos Sur and 
defeated the rebels. Silan's wife fled with the 
wealth he had collected to the mountains of Abra. 
She was a brave, determined woman. She meant to 
avenge the death of her husband. So she hired the 
wild Tinguians to attack Vigan for her, but the 



200 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

bowmen of Piddig drove her little army back to the 
mountains. 

Anda now made the Cagayan leader, Arza, gov- 
ernor of all of Luzon north of Pangasinan. Arza 
pursued Silan's wife till he captured her. She and 
ninety other leaders of the revolt were hanged. 

Why the Revolts Failed. — It is easy to see that 
all these revolts failed because the Filipinos wevt not 
agreed as to what they wanted and how they wanted 
to get it. Each was working for his own good, not 
for the good of all Filipinos. The old hostile spirit 
of the different tribes toward each other was still 
alive. It takes a long time to make one people of 
so many different branches of the Malayan race. 
The Filipinos of that day were struggling for a 
freedom which they did not know how to get; or 
to use, if they had obtained it. 

QUESTIONS AND TOPICS. 

1. Who was governor when the British attacked 

Manila ? 

2. Did the governor have any warning of the coming 

of the British? 

3. Describe the landing of the British. 

4. What was the effect of the landing of the British 

on the people of Manila? 

5. Describe the bombardment of Manila. 

6. How can you tell for what country the Trinidad 

was sailing? 

7. What threat did the British general make when his 

officer was killed? 



THE BRITISH INVASION AND ITS RESULTS. 201 

8. What caused many Filipinos to desert the Spaniards ? 

9. Describe the conditions of the surrender of Fort 

Santiago. 

10. Why did General Draper compel the governor to 

give him 546,000 pesos? 

11. What is meant by the ^^ sacking of a city"? 

12. Compare the difference between the British entrance 

into Manila and the American entrance. 

13. Explain why there was this difference. 

14. For what is Simon de Anda famous? 

15. Compare his patriotism with that of Rojo. 

16. Which do you think was the real governor after the 

British arrived? 

17. What was the difference between the attitude of the 

Jesuits and Augustinians toward the conquerors? 

18. What two things did Anda try to do with his army? 

19. What was the object of the campaign of Backhouse? 

20. What was the principal object of the British ? 

21. How does that compare with the object of the 

Americans ? 

22. Who succeeded Rojo as governor? 

23. How long did the British hold Manila? 

24. What was the effect of the revolt in Pangasinan? 

25. What changes of policy did Silan make? 

26. Why did his revolt fail? 

27. How were the revolters in Ilocos punished? 



CHAPTER XIX. 

THE BEGINNING OF MODERN TIMES. 

Governorship of Anda — 1770-1776. — Shortly after 
the departure of the British, Anda had returned 
to Spain. The governors who followed Rojo did 
not repair the ruin caused by the war. The old 
quarrels between Church and State were renewed. 
The Jesuits were expelled from the Philippines. A 
strong hand and a clear head were needed. Several 
times the king asked Anda to take the governorship 
of the Islands. He was weary of strife, but finally 
yielded to the repeated requests of the king. Anda 
was a brave and honest man. During his fight 
against the British he had spent only 600,000 of the 
3,000,000 pesos which he had received from the 
Philipino. As governor he was economical and 
honest. Although he repaired the walls of Manila 
and built many ships, the public revenue increased to 
one and one-half million pesos a year. He did all 
he could to bring the Philippines out of the wretched 
state into which a century of folly had plunged them. 

Anda a Modern Man. — Anda was different from 
the governors who came before him. At the time 
he returned to the Philippines, Europe and America 
202 



THE BEGINNING OF MODERN TIMES. 203 

were feeling their way toward liberty and progress. 
The revolutionary spirit was stirring France and the 
North American colonies. New ideas filled men's 
minds. The Church was losing control of the 
State. Anda, like Das Marinas, was a royal gov- 
ernor. He was not liked by the friars, because he 




The Anda Monument, MANirA. 

sent a report to the king charging them with dis- 
loyalty and crimes of oppression. Anda was not 
a republican, but he believed that the government 
should study to make the country prosperous. He 
therefore encouraged agriculture, believing that the 
future prosperity of the Islands depended upon this. 
From his time the governors began to develop the 
unused riches of the Philippines. The galleon trade 
was nearing its end, and a new era was beginning 
for the Filipinos. 
15 



204 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHHJPPINES. 

The Teaching of Spanish. — During Anda's rule a 
royal decree ordered that Spanish be taught instead 
of the native dialects of the Philippines. In a great 
church council of 1590 the friars had decided to 
teach the Filipino tongues instead of Spanish. This 
was because they believed it necessary to teach re- 
ligion to every one as soon as possible. The friars 
could learn the languages of the natives much 
quicker than the natives could learn Spanish. Very 
old people and little children might die ignorant of 
the gospel if it were not quickly taught them in their 
own tongue. 

Many times the rulers of Spain ordered that 
Spanish be taught to the Filipinos. Most of the 
friars were willing to have this done. But they 
did not believe it would ever be possible to make 
Spanish the language of the common people. In 
later days there were some who did not wish the 
Filipinos to learn Spanish because they were afraid 
the Filipinos would become wise enough to rule 
themselves. 

Death of Anda. — Anda made many enemies by his 
stern, just ways. These enemies fought against 
him at the court of Spain. He was fined and some 
of his acts condemned. Wearied with work and the 
ingratitude of his country, he fell ill, dying at Cavite 
in 1776. His remains were placed behind the high 
altar of the cathedral in Manila. His fame is 
secure to-day as one of the most upright governors 
that Spain ever sent to the Philippines. 



THE BEGINNING OF MODERN TIMES. 205 

Vargas and Agriculture. — Jose de Vasco y Var- 
gas (1778- 1 787) was an intelligent and industrious 
man. Under him a serious attempt was made to 
improve agriculture. He published a proclamation, 
ofifering prizes to those who excelled in agriculture 
and industry. He encouraged the production of 
silk. Mulberry trees, on which the silkworm feeds, 
were planted in large numbers. For some years 
silk was made in the Philippines. The mulberry 
and the silkworm flourish in these Islands. In the 
end, however, the culture of silk did not pay. The 
plantations were abandoned. The silk of China and 
Japan was produced and sold cheaper than that of 
the Philippines. This was because wages were less 
in those countries and men were willing to work 
more steadily than in the Philippines. Many things 
have failed in the Islands because Filipino laborers 
have been satisfied with earning a little money. 
Then they have abandoned their work to spend or 
gamble away their money. No country can have 
great industries till it raises up an army of steady 
workers who will work for months at a time at the 
same rate of wages. 

Why Java Prospered. — It is true that one reason 
for lack of labor was because the Spaniards did not 
always give the FiHpinos a fair share of the products 
of their labor. In Java the Dutch compelled the 
natives of the Island to work. In all their busi- 
ness dealings they treated the natives justly, fulfill- 
ing their promises. Thus Java grew industrious and 



2o6 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

prosperous while the Philippines advanced slowly. 
We shall see an example of this in the way the Span- 
ish managed the tobacco indtistry. 

The Tobacco Monopoly. — For centuries the Phil- 
ippines had cost the treasury of ]\Iexico a large sum 



K- 




1 

4 






l^'"^ 


^v^ 

'^^ 


If 


V 




W 


f^ 


> 

iv 


^--^ 


r^ 


^'^. 

^ 




ii '^ 


f 



Tobacco Growing. 



yearly. The burden of the royal subsidy was a 
heavy drain on the Mexican treasury. \''argas now 
thought of a plan to make the Philippine Govern- 
ment pay its own expenses. He decided that all the 
tobacco must be raised, manufactured, and sold by 
the government. This plan was called the Tobacco 
Monopoly. In 1781 the Filipino farmers were for- 



THE BEGINNING OF MODERN TIMES. 207 

bidden to grow and sell tobacco, except at the order 
of the government. The following year the govern- 
ment began the business of growing, manufacturing, 
and selling tobacco. This monopoly continued for 
exactly one hundred years. The revenues of the 
government increased rapidly. There were some 
years now when it was not necessary to send a sub- 
sidy from Mexico. But the treasury was filled by 
means of oppression and injustice. 

Abuses of the Tobacco Monopoly. — The govern- 
ment told the farmer just how much land he should 
plant each year with tobacco. He was ordered to 
raise a certain amount from this land. He could not 
keep one leaf for his own use. His house was 
searched for hidden tobacco. If the farmer did not 
raise the required amount the land was given to 
another. He was heavily fined if he hid any. 

When the government bought the tobacco of the 
farmer it fixed its own price. Then it made this 
tobacco into cigars and sold them to the farmer, 
again at its own price. The government inspectors 
were often dishonest and cruel. They accepted 
bribes from some natives who broke the laws. They 
undervalued the tobacco of others. They treated 
harshly the families of those whose houses they 
searched. As time passed, the government paid less 
and less for the tobacco. The payments were 
slowly made. After planting most of his land with 
tobacco, and working hard and long to secure the 
crop, the farmer often waited longer still for his pay. 



2o8 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

Finally the government began to pay in written 
promises instead of money. Men went through the 
country and bought these pieces of paper of the 
natives, giving thern less money than they were 
worth. 

All these practises were not only cruel ; they were 
foolish. They made the people poor, unhappy, and 
rebellious. The Filipinos bore this heavy load with 
patience. Yet at times they revolted and killed the 
inspectors. 

End of the Tobacco Monopoly. — Under Governor 
Primo de Rivera in 1881 the government ceased to 
raise and sell tobacco. This monopoly had become 
a disgrace. Large sums were due the farmers for 
the tobacco they had raised for the government. 
Since this monopoly has ceased many Filipinos have 
succeeded in making a good living by raising tobacco 
for themselves. It is said that since the- semislavery 
days of compulsory tobacco raising ended, the farm- 
ers have not grown as good tobacco, or cured it as 
carefully as before. But the bribery and abuses of 
the old days are ended. Free industry and an hon- 
est government are worth more than tobacco. 

" Royal Company of the Philippines." — The 
greatest commercial enterprise that Spain started in 
the Philippines was the '' Royal Company of the 
Philippines," in 1785. The king, Charles III., was 
an investor in this company. He and his governor, 
Vargas, did all they could to make it succeed. The 
capital of the company was six million pesos. It had 



THE BEGINNING OF MODERN TIMES. 209 

the sole right to trade between the PhiHppines and 
Spain, but not with Mexico. The company en- 
couraged the cultivation of silk, indigo, sugar, and 
cotton. Pepper was planted by it in Luzon, the 
Visayas, and Mindanao. It paid a higher price for 
Philippine pepper than for that of Java and Sumatra. 
But the Philippines were not so fit to grow pepper as 
these other islands. The governors wanted all the 
trade of their provinces. They were jealous of the 
company and would not assist it. So this great en- 
terprise which cost so much and promised so well 
failed. A further reason for its failure was the un- 
willingness of the natives to work steadily. 

" Sociedad Economica de Amigos del Pais." — 
One of the best acts of Vargas was to establish the 
'' Economic Society of Friends of the Country.'' 
He did this in obedience to a royal decree. The 
king ordered the formation of a " society of select 
persons capable of producing useful thoughts." 
This society was founded in 178 1. In his speech 
at the first meeting of the society Vargas said that 
the backward condition of the Philippines was on 
account of too great attention to the galleon trade. 
The society included some of the most distinguished 
people of that day. It lasted till the close of Span- 
ish rule. At times it was dead for years, but it was 
of some help to Philippine agriculture and industry. 

Vargas Resigns. — Vargas did many otlier things, 
such as the suppression of highway robbery, the es- 
tablishment of a hospice, or house of refuge, and the 



2IO A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 



creation of militia regiments of Filipinos. Like 
many other good governors, Vargas made enemies. 
Wearied with the opposition of the judges, mer- 
chants, and others, he resigned in 1787. Some 
think he was the most useful governor the Philip- 
pines have ever had. 

Industry Better Than Conquest. — Although the 
Tobacco Monopoly was oppressive and the Royal 
Company a failure, such efforts did more for the 
Philippines than did the old expeditions of conquest 
to the Moluccas. They did more for the permanent 
prosperity of the country than the galleon trade. 
The Filipinos learned much about industry. The 
country grew in numbers and wealth. So rich a 
land, with every variety of soil and climate, needed 
but little encouragement. 

Rafael de Aguilar, Governor — 1793-1806.— Agui- 
lar was a governor of intelligence and energy. He 
continued the plans of Vargas. The Tobacco Mon- 
opoly was bringing large sums of money to the gov- 
ernment. By royal order in his rule encouragement 
was given to the cultivation of the mulberry tree, 
and of cinnamon, pepper, cotton, and cacao. 

Aguilar built a road from Cavite to Manila. He 
was the first to light the streets of Manila. The 
iron mines of Angat received his help. His rule 
was marked by only one backward step, the exclu- 
sion of foreigners. 

Aguilar and Foreigners. — In 1800 Aguilar for- 
bade foreigners to settle in the Philippines. This 



THE BEGINNING OF MODERN TIMES. 211 

policy was a great loss to the country. In a rich 
country, with so small a population as the Philip- 
pines then had, merchants of other lands, with capi- 
tal and energy, are a benefit. The United States 
has become great and powerful in a short time by 




The Santa Lucia Gate, Manila, Built by Vargas. 



freely admitting industrious immigrants of all na- 
tions except the Chinese. 

Progress of the Filipinos. — Manila was no longer 
a village of nipa huts. Many of its inhabitants 
lived in luxury. The governor loved display. He 
spent upon his household 60,000 pesos a year. 
This was three times his salary. The Islands 
were entering upon a long period of prosperity. 
The population was about one and one-half millions. 
The Philippines were coming to better days. They 
still 3ufifered from the pirates and other evils^ but 



212 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

their condition was steadily growing better. The 
FiHpinos were learning their rights. From this 
time forward their protests had more weight 
with their rulers. Instead of the barbaric chiefs 
of Legazpi's day their leaders were industrious, suc- 
cessful farmers and merchants. They had learned 
much from Spain. It was they who were now 
building her ships, churches, and forts. Filipino 
soldiers were the larger part of Spain's army in the 
Philippines. Filipino priests were serving side by 
side with the Spanish friars. Filipinos were soon to 
share in the councils of Spain. 

QUESTIONS AND TOPICS. 

1. Describe the condition of the country at the close of 

the British occupation. 

2. How did Anda show his honesty and economy? 

3. What new era began with Anda? 

4. To what did Anda direct especial attention? 

5. What decision did the Council of 1590 make about 

language ? 

6. Why did not the Filipinos learn more Spanish? 

7. What hastened the death of Anda? 

8. How did Vargas attempt to encourage agriculture? 

9. Describe the attempt to raise silk in the Philippines. 

10. What is necessary for the existence of great indus- 

tries ? 

1 1 . Why has Java been more prosperous than the Philip- 

pines ? 

12. What caused the starting of the Tobacco Monopoly? 

13. When did the Tobacco Monopoly begin and end? 



THE BEGINNING OF MODERN TIMES. 213 

14. Consider the effect of the Tobacco Monopoly on the 

treasury, on the loyalty of the FiHpinos, and on 
agriculture. 

15. Name four evils of the Tobacco Monopoly. 

16. Describe the origin of the Royal Company. 

17. What were the products encouraged by the company? 

18. Why did the company fail? 

19. What was the aim of the Economic Society? 

20. Name four of the lesser acts of Vargas. 

21. Compare the methods of the modern governors with 

those of the former governors. 

22. Write a short essay on the advantages and disadvan- 

tages of admitting foreigners to a country. 

23. How much had the population of the Phihppines 

increased between the Conquest and the year 
1800? 



CHAPTER XX. 

THE FILIPINOS AND THE CORTES. 

Napoleon Conquers Spain. — In 1809 a ship ar- 
rived in Manila from Mexico with startHng news. 
The year before, the great French emperor, Napo- 
leon, had invaded Spain. He forced the king and 
capital to his feet. Then Napoleon placed his 
brother Joseph on the throne of Spain. The nation 
arose in arms. A council was established in Seville. 
This council proclaimed Fernando VH. king. 

First Filipino Deputies. — In return for the loy- 
alty of the Spanish-American colonies and to get 
their further support, the decree of 1809 allowed 
them to send deputies to the Cortes. The Cortes 
was the body of men which made laws for Spain and 
her colonies. The Filipinos had never had a share 
in making laws for their own country. Now they 
were to be allowed to send some of their own people 
to tell Spain what they wanted. 

In 1 8 10 two natives of the Philippines, then in 
Spain, were chosen to represent the Islands. In the 
same year the City of Manila elected Ventura de los 
Reyes as Philippine deputy to the Cortes. He was 
an old and rich merchant. He sailed at once for 
214 



THE FILIPINOS AND THE CORTES. 



215 



Spain with'his family, and labored earnestly for the 
good of the Philippines. 

The Constitution of 1812. — A new constitution 
was proclaimed in Spain in 181 2. It gave more 
power to the people to choose their rulers and laws. 




Fernando VH. of Spain. 

This constitution was signed l)y deputy Reyes. The 
Phili'i^pines were entitled to one deputy for every 
sixty thousand inhabitants. At this time the popu- 



2l6 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

lation was about 2,000,000. Therefore they had 
the right to send about forty deputies. But the cost 
of sending and supporting a delegate for one meet- 
ing of the CorteS'^diS about ten thousand pesos; so 
it was impossible to send forty. Therefore there 
were usually not more than three or four Filipinos 
at one time in the Cortes, 

Publication of the Constitution. — When the con- 
stitution was published in the Philippines in 181 3 
the people thought they would now be free from the 
labor tax and tribute. The governor had to send 
out a proclamation to the provinces explaining that 
no government could exist without taxes. 

Restoration of Fernando VII. — In 18 14 Fer- 
nando VII. was restored to the throne of Spain. He 
began his new rule like a tyrant. He abolished the 
constitution, and began again the Inquisition, which 
had been stopped the year before. All who opposed 
him were killed or driven out of the country. 

Revolt in Ilocos Norte. — When the natives of the 
Philippines were told of these changes, they thought 
the officials in Manila were lying to them. They 
believed they were being robbed of the new liberties 
which the constitution had given them. Fifteen 
hundred Ilocanos revolted in Ilocos Norte. Their 
attacks were directed mainly against the rich princi- 
pales. They killed and robbed a number of these. 
Convents and churches were burned and sacked. 
The books and papers in town records were 
destroyed. 






THE FILIPINOS AND THE CORTES. 



217 



Oppression of the Poor. — One cause of this revolt 
was the oppression of the poorer natives by the rich. 
The latter used to give raw silk or cotton to the com- 
mon people, and require them to make it into cloth. 




Bell Tower and Theater, Laoag. 

When the cloth was delivered the rich would com- 
plain of its poor quality. They would say it weighed 
less than it did. Then they would pay the makers 
less than they ought. 

If the Filipinos had stopped oppressing each other 
they might have thrown ofif the yoke of Spain. 
But as soon as a few of them got more power 
than the rest they began to oppress those under 
them instead of helping them to be free. No peo- 
ple can ever be free till they learn to treat each 
other justly. 



2i8 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

The Constitution Renewed. — The revolts in 
Spain compelled the king to set up the constitution 
again in 1820. The next year it was proclaimed all 
over the Philippines. That year four deputies were 
elected to the Cortes, The people did not rejoice 
much over the renewal of the constitution; for they 
had learned that it made little improvement in their 
lot. The governor and the church officials did not 
want many deputies from Manila in the Cortes. 
They had always done as they thought best in the 
Philippines. They did not wish to have their plans 
and acts exposed and criticised in Spain. As for 
the Filipinos, they had not received much benefit from 
the deputies, so they did not care. 

The School of Freedom. — These events show that 
it is very difficult for a people who have never been 
free to learn what freedom means. When the 
United States became a free nation she had already 
spent centuries in learning, little by little, how 
to use freedom. France, who tried to free herself 
about the same time, soon lost her freedom be- 
cause her past history had not taught her people 
how to use liberty. She had to go to school nearly 
a century longer before she established a strong 
republic. 

Recommendations of the Deputies. — The efforts 
of Reyes in the Cortes were principally for the bene- 
fit of commerce. He recommended that the galleons 
no longer be allow^ed to carry on all the trade with 
Mexico. They were finally abolished in 1815. 



THE FILIPINOS AND THE CORTES. 219 

Greater freedom of trade with the other Spanish 
colonies was granted. 

Another Fihpino deputy, Inigo, in 181 5, recom- 
mended that the taxes upon the poor people be de- 
creased. He advised that the government monopo- 
Hes of tobacco, wine, and other products be stopped, 
and every one be allowed to raise what he wished. 
He called the attention of the Cortes to the many 
false land titles in the Philippines. He asked that 
the missions of the friars to China be stopped. 
These missions were costing the government about 
fifty thousand pesos a year. He advised that a col- 
lege be started in which Filipino boys could learn 
various native languages, so that they might be fitted 
to hold government positions in the provinces. 

These were some of the things the Filipinos 
wanted. They did not get them. The reason was 
because Spain did not give the Filipinos representa- 
tion in the Cortes in order to learn how to govern 
them better, but to gain their friendship in time of 
trouble. 

End of Representation in the Cortes. — In 1837, 
in a secret session of the Cortes, it was decided not 
to let the Filipinos send any more deputies to Spain. 
The reasons given for this were four — the distance 
of the Philippines, the expense, the difference of cus- 
toms, and the lack of enough Filipinos sufficiently 
well educated for so high an office. 

News of this action nearly created a revolution in 
Manila. The governor, however, agreed to make 
16 



220 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

no changes till the Cortes decreed them. It really 
made little difference at that time whether there were 
Filipino deputies or not. The Filipino deputies 
were so few in number that they could not secure 
reforms to which the officials in the Philippines were 
opposed. 

QUESTIONS AND TOPICS. 

1. When and why were the Philippines first allowed 

deputies in the Cortes ? 

2. Who was the first Filipino deputy? 

3. To what did his recommendations chiefly relate? 

4. Why did so few deputies from the Philippines attend 

the Cortes ? 

5. What was the first effect of the publication of the 

constitution in the Philippines? 

6. What two important changes did Fernando VII. make 

when restored to the throne ? 

7. What was the principal reason for the revolt in Ilocos ? 

8. What is the lesson of this revolt? 

9. What does the contrast between France and the 

United States teach? 

10. Mention the five recommendations of Ifiigo. 

1 1 . Why did the Philippines profit so little from represen- 

tation in the Cortes ? 

12. Give and explain the four reasons why the deputies 

were discontinued. 

13. What effect did this produce in Manila? 



CHAPTER XXI. 



REBELLION AND REFORM. 



The Mutiny of Novales. — Many of the officers in 
the Phihppine army were Mexicans. After Mexico 
gained her independence from Spain in 1 821, it was 
thought best to replace these men with Spaniards. 
Governor Martinez in 1822 brought a number of 
ofificers with him from Spain for this purpose. The 
Mexican and the Fihpino officers of the army were 
very jealous of these new arrivals. The old ofificers 
were not at once discharged, but they saw that it 
would be impossible for them to obtain promotion. 
Therefore they began to conspire to overthrow the 
government. Meetings of the conspirators were 
secretly held at San Pedro Macati. The plans of 
the Mexicans were discovered, and a number of 
ofificers were sent to Spain as prisoners. 

Captain Novales was the leader of the revolters. 
One night in June, 1823, he led eight hundred 
soldiers against the loyal troops. It was a night of 
terror and confusion in Manila. The rebels cap- 
tured the palace and other public buildings, but not 
Fort Santiago. A number of Spanish ofificers were 
captured or killed. 

221 



222 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE i^HILIPPINES. 

Suppression of the Revolt. — Most of the Filipino 
troops remained faithful to the governor. Martinez 
soon came to the rescue of Manila with the Pam- 
pangan regiment, and within twenty-four hours 
ended the revolt. Novales and about twenty other 
officers, Mexican and Filipino, were executed. The 
rest were pardoned. 

The Filipino citizens had no share in this uprising. 
It was a mutiny of dissatisfied soldiers. Like many 
other attempted revolutions in Philippine history 
the leaders were seeking only their own gain. They 
cared nothing for the liberty and prosperity of the 
common people. Had they overthrown the govern- 
ment, the Filipinos would have changed masters, but 
would not have gained freedom. 

Mariano Ricafort, Governor — 1825-1830. — Rica- 
fort was an intelligent and active governor. Manila 
in his day was full of beggars and bad men. He 
caused a house-to-house visit to be made, and drove 
away many of these. He also punished those who 
sang evil songs, gambled, blasphemed, worked on 
feast days, or did not bring up their children 
properly. 

Ricafort gave much attention to agriculture. A 
great evil in the Philippines had been the taking of 
all that a man had to pay a debt. Ricafort ordered 
that laborers should not be put in prison for private 
debts. If a man could not pay his debts, his creditor 
could not take away his tools, animals, or land. The 
object of this law was to give a man time to pay 



REBELLION AND REFORM. 



223 



his debts. He ordered that laborers who worked 
steadily for many years should be free from tribute. 
These reforms were good. The difificulty was that 
the governors of the Philippines did not hold their 
positions long enough to carry out their reforms. 




Parian Redoubt. 



When a new governor came to the Philippines he 
did just as he pleased. If he did not agree with the 
governor who came before him, he did not compel 
the people to obey the laws that the former governor 
had made. 

The Rebellion of Dagohoy. — Ricafort suppressed 
a rebellion that had begun one hundred years before. 
A century before his time a Jesuit priest in Bohol 
ordered the capture of a man who had abandoned the 



224 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

Catholic faith. The native who tried to capture 
him was killed. The brother of the dead man 
brought the body to the priest for burial. The priest 
demanded the usual fee. The brother, who was 
named Dagohoy, refused to pay a fee, saying that 
as his brother had died in the service of the priest 
he ought to be buried without charge. For three 
days the body lay unburied while they quarreled. 
Then Dagohoy, exerting his influence on the na- 
tives, started a rebellion. The people of Bohol had 
always loved war. Three thousand people joined 
Dagohoy. Then they killed the priest who refused 
to bury the body without pay, and in other ways 
wreaked their vengeance on the priests. 

An Independent People. — For nearly a hundred 
years these people and their descendants remained 
unsubdued in the mountains of Bohol. It was the 
most successful rebellion the Filipinos ever made. 
It is a mistake to think that the real cause of this re- 
bellion was the refusal of the priest to bury the dead 
body. Many times in the history of the Philippines 
a few Filipinos have become weary of the life of 
civilization and left it to live the wild life of the 
mountains. Sometimes they have done it because 
they were oppressed ; at other times simply because 
they loved a wild life. To-day the Filipinos have 
far more freedom than they ever had under Spanish 
rule. All but a few of the governors^ of the thirty- 
eight provinces are Filipinos. All the officers of the 
more than six hundred municipalities of the Philip- 



REBELLION AND REFORM. 225 

pines are Filipinos. There is plenty of work for all. 
No one needs to flee to the mountains and live a 
wild life. Yet there are still those who do this. 
The real reason for this is not because they are op- 
pressed, or because they desire to help their brother 
Filipinos. It is often because they do not love civili- 
zation. The life of a civilized man is a life where 
each respects the rights of others. It is a life where 
each obeys the laws that are made for the good of 
all. But these people of Bohol that withdrew to 
the mountains preyed upon other Filipinos. They 
attacked the villages on the coast. If they had 
gained their living by agriculture and industry we 
might admire them. But they robbed and killed 
their neighbors. No man is obliged to live in a 
country if he does not like the government. He may 
go to some other country. But if most of the people 
in a country desire to obey the law nothing can be 
worse than for a few men to rebel and live like sav- 
ages. It was therefore a good thing that Ricafort 
finally suppressed this rebellion. 

The New Pueblos. — Ricafort determined to com- 
pel these rebellious mountaineers to live among and 
like the civilized Filipinos. They had increased to 
twenty thousand in number. Under governor Raon 
pardon had been offered to all who would return to 
a civilized life. But the leaders threatened to kill 
any who accepted this pardon. Ricafort therefore 
sent the Governor of Cebu with a large force to 
bring back the rebels to a civilized life. The loyal 



226 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

Cebuans and Boholans of this force penetrated to the 
heart of the mountains of Bohol. It required over 
six thousand men and more than a year of fighting 
to do this. In the end five new pueblos were formed 
on the coast of Bohol and in these and other pueblos 
the mountaineers were made to live. Had this not 
been done, Bohol to-day would be a wilderness popu- 
lated with savage tribes. 

Pascual Enrile, Governor — 1830-1835. — Enrile 
was another governor whose rule did much for the 
progress of the Islands. Many of the governors 
knew little of the Islands outside of Manila. Enrile 
was a great observer. He traveled Qver the prov- 
inces of northern Luzon. The maps of the Islands 
were very imperfect. Enrile had in his service a 
very intelligent young engineer called Pefiaranda. 
The governor caused new maps and charts to be 
made by Pefiaranda. At this time the great north 
and south highways of Luzon were begun. Pefiar- 
anda made surveys for the post-roads. Later he 
was Governor of Albay. Here he greatly improved 
the roads and encouraged agriculture. 

Advantages of Good Roads. — No country can be 
civilized, still less prosperous, without roads. With 
good roads there are fewer bandits, because it is 
easier to pursue and capture them. Crops can be 
transported more cheaply. Land that is rich but 
useless, because its products can not be carried to 
market, becomes valuable. With good roads it is 
easy to reach schools and churches, two of the great- 



REBELLION AND REFORM. 227 

est helps to civilization. Without good roads the 
people of the Philippines never can understand each 
other. As long as the Filipinos live in the villages 
where they were born, and never see or talk with the 
people of other towns and provinces, they will never 
become a nation. 

Enrile should therefore be long remembered as a 
wise and useful governor for the efforts he made to 
cover Luzon with good highways. 

Kinds of Rebellion. — We have studied all the im- 
portant rebellions in the Philippines for nearly three 
centuries of Spanish rule. We have learned that 
most of them were due to the abuse of the tribute 
system and the forced labor law. We have seen 
how the government monopolies were the cause of 
others. Still others came from the desire to return 
to the free, savage life of the mountains and forests. 
One or two were started by soldiers in revenge for 
wrongs or to satisfy ambition. We are now to read 
of a rebellion that had religion for its cloak and inde- 
pendence of Spain for its aim. 

The Revolt of the Cofradia — 1840-1841. — Apoli- 
nario de la Cruz was a donado, or helper, in the 
Hospital of San Juan de Dios. He was a young 
Tagalog, slight in figure, silent, and religious. He 
organized the '' Cofradia dc San Josef' This was a 
religious brotherhood in honor of St. Joseph. None 
but Filipinos were allowed to join this brotherhood. 
It soon had several thousand members in La Laguna, 
Tayabas, and Batangas. Each member paid a tax 



228 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

of one real a month. Secret meetings were held. 
The authorities of Church arid State suspected that 
the real purpose of the brotherhood was to start a 
revolution. Therefore they refused the request for 
permission to hold a novena in Tayabas. At the 
same time they tried to arrest the young leader. But 
Apolmario fled from Manila to La Laguna. 

Destruction of the Cofradia. — Apolinario called 
his people together, and took refuge in Igsaban. He 
enlisted the aid of the Negritos to fight the Span- 
iards. Governor Ortega, of Tayabas, attacked him 
with a force of three hundred. This force was de- 
feated and Ortega was killed. 

The Spanish authorities now realized that a serious 
rebellion had arisen. A large force of soldiers was 
sent from Manila to destroy the Cofradia. Apoli- 
nario had encamped on the peninsula of Alitao near 
the city of Tayabas. The river was on two sides of 
his camp and a mountain in the rear. Here he had 
built a church. Strange ceremonies were held there. 
Apolinario claimed to have the special protection of 
the Virgin Mary. He told his followers that when 
their enemies attacked them the earth would open 
and swallow their foes. 

In the battle that followed five hundred of the Co- 
fradia were killed, after a brave fight. Apolinario's 
own men, filled with rage at being deceived, tried to 
find and kill him. But he had fled. A few days 
later he was captured, tried, and executed. His fol- 
lowers called Apolinario " King of the Tagalogs." 



REBELLION AND REFORM. 229 

Most of them were poor, ignorant peasants. We 
shall see how in the next revolt Filipinos of a dif- 
ferent class, with new ideas, were the leaders. 

QUESTIONS AND TOPICS. 

1. What caused the rebellion of No vales? 

2. Why was it not successful? 

3. What would the Filipinos have gained by the success 

of Novates? 

4. What was the condition of Manila in the time of 

Ricaf ort ? 

5. What laws for the benefit of laborers did Ricaf ort 

make? 

6. Why did many good reforms fail? 

7. What was the immediate cause of the rebellion of 

Dagohoy ? 

8. What was the real reason? 

9. What sacrifice does civilization require? 

10. How long did the followers of Dagohoy remain inde- 

pendent ? 

11. What offer did they refuse? 

12. How did the trouble finally end? 

13. What great service did Enrile do the Philippines? 

14. Find four reasons why good roads are a benefit. 

15. Mention five causes of rebellion. 

16. Write a short story, in your own words, of the revolt 

of the Cojradia. 



CHAPTER XXII. 

CLAVERIA AND URBISTONDO. 

Changes of Governors. — Beginning with Claveria 
twenty different governors ruled the Phihppines in 
twenty-five years. In a country where each gov- 
ernor had the power to change the plans of his 
predecessor frequent changes were made. Many 
reforms were begun by these governors, but few of 
them were finished. Montero, the greatest of mod- 
ern Spanish historians of the Philippines, said : 

''As hell, according to a vulgar proverb, is paved with good 
intentions, so Spanish legislation appears full of wise laws 
and beautiful theories which are never enforced. The very 
men who proclaim the soundest principles of government 
and thunder against the existing political and social evils are 
the first to commit them." 

Character of the Spanish Oflficials. — There were 
several reasons for this. One reason was because 
the governors of the Philippines did not have capa- 
ble and faithful subordinates. Governor Novaliches 
said : 

''It is not hidden from you that carelessness has been ex- 
ercised in the choice of those to serve in the Antilles. It is a 
230 



CLAVERIA AND URBISTONDO. 231 

sad but true fact that as a rule neither the most intelligent 
nor those most careful of their good name and reputation 
have gone to those distant countries. Nor is it necessary 
that I point out to you the evils that have followed in the 
train of this practise." 

The Friars and the Governors. — A further reason 
was the ignorance of the governors of the real needs 
of the Filipinos, and how to satisfy them. The peo- 
ple who really understood the country were the par- 
ish priests. These men as a rule spent their lives in 
the Philippines. Many of them spoke the Filipino 
tongues fluently. On the whole they had the good 
of the natives at heart. When they saw laws pro- 
posed by men who knew little of the Philippines and 
the Filipinos they fought against these laws. If 
they could not influence a governor they persuaded 
his successor to change the laws. Oftentimes they 
were in the right. But right or wrong no country 
can prosper with two ruling classes who do not 
agree. Therefore, though the governors during this 
period were intelligent and active men, they accom- 
plished very little by their numerous laws. 

Effect of Travel and Commerce. — The world ad- 
vanced so rapidly during the nineteenth century that 
it was impossible that some light should not reach 
the Philippines. In the middle of that century the 
world began to be girdled with steamers and tele- 
graph-lines. People traveled more, and commerce 
brought all countries closer together. So in spite 
of the weakness of the Philippine Government a few 



232 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

of her rulers who had learned modern methods suc- 
ceeded in helping the country. Among these are 
two whose names are most worthy to be remembered 
— Claveria and Urbistondo. 

Narciso Claveria, Governor — 1844-1849. — Claveria 
was a man of '' culture, probity, and industry." He 
traveled through many provinces trying to learn the 
needs of the Filipinos. He encouraged agriculture, 
improved the streets and suburbs of Manila, and 
tried to give the Islands a government as good as that 
of modern Spain. We shall study a few of his acts. 

Reformation of the Calendar. — The Philippines 
till 1845 were one day behind the calendar of Europe. 
When Magellan sailed west around the world he lost 
a few minutes every day. He was going the same 
way the sun seems to go, so his day ended later than 
that of the people who remained in Europe. There- 
fore he was later in beginning the next day. By the 
time he reached the Philippines he was a day behind 
Europe in his date. This error had been known for 
centuries. That it was not corrected shows how 
slow the rulers of the Philippines in those days were 
to change a custom. Finally Claveria and the arch- 
bishop agreed to drop December 31, 1844, from the 
Philippine calendar. So the day that followed De- 
cember 30, 1844, in the Philippines was called Janu- 
ary I, 1845. 

Surnames of the Filipinos. — From the days of the 
Spanish conquest some Filipinos had received Span- 
ish surnames. Most of the people, however, had 



CLAVERiA AND URBISTONDO. 233 

no surnames. This caused much confusion. So 
in 1849 Claveria sent to the chiefs of the provinces 
long Hsts of Spanish surnames. These were sent 
out to the different towns, and given to the natives 
who had no surnames. In many towns all these 
names began with the same letter of the alphabet. 

First Steamers in the Philippines. — The first 
steamers to sail regularly in Philippine waters were 
the Magallanes, Elcano, and Reina de Castilla, 
They were brought from London in 1848. These 
steamers were of great value, because now it was 
possible to chase and capture the swift boats of the 
Moro pirates. 

The Governors. — From the earliest days the chief 
of a province had acted both as governor and judge. 
He also engaged in trade, of which he had a monop- 
oly. With the duties of three men to perform, it 
was not strange that the governors were often poor 
rulers. They knew little of the law. Therefore 
they sent all the important cases to Manila. For 
this reason there were often long delays in deciding 
cases. Sometimes it required years to get justice. 
This encouraged the strong to oppress the weak. 
Claveria therefore ordered that the governors be 
men of two years' experience in the law. 

Gains of the Governors. — Claveria also ordered 
that the governors should not engage in trade. 
This wise decree was not fully obeyed for many 
years after the time of Claveria. At that time there 
were thirty-one provinces. The governor received 



234 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

a salary of from three hundred to two thousand 
pesos a year. The most common salary was six 
hundred pesos. In return for the privilege of con- 
trolling the trade of the provinces the governors paid 
the government as high as three thousand pesos a 
year. Yet they usually became rich. Men of high 
position tried to get these places. Sometimes they 
returned to Spain with fortunes, after a few years as 
governor. Too often these fortunes were made by 
dealing unjustly with the Filipinos. From the days 
of the first encomenderos the Spanish officials looked 
upon the Filipino as a mine out of which to dig a 
fortune. They did not see that if the rulers of a 
country are to be prosperous they must make all the 
people prosperous. 

Claveria had conducted a successful expedition 
against the pirates of the Samal Islands. He 
destroyed several forts on the island of Balanguin- 
gui and released one hundred and thirty Filipino and 
Dutch captives. But Jolo, the great stronghold of 
Moro piracy, remained unsubdued after three hun- 
dred years of Spanish rule. 

Urbistondo ; Conquest of Jolo. — Antonio de Urbis- 
tondo, governor from 1850-1853, demanded of the 
Sultan of Jolo the punishment of some pirates who 
had attacked Samar. The sultan refused the request 
and fired upon the ships of Urbistondo. Then the 
Spanish Government aroused itself to strike a death 
blow at the old enemy of the Filipinos. The mer- 
chants of Manila gave eighty thousand pesos toward 




235 



17 



236 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

the expenses of an expedition, and loaned several 
ships to Urbistondo. A great force of Cebuans and 
Boholans, under the brave Father Ibanez, joined the 
fleet which sailed from Manila. Urbistondo collected 
all his forces at Zamboanga. He had three thousand 
Spanish troops and one thousand Filipinos. The 
fleet sailed to J0I6. The city was filled with thou- 
sands of Moro w^arriors, and strongly fortified. The 
tvv^o days' battle that followed was one of the bravest 
and bloodiest ever fought on Philippine soil. Father 
Ibanez fell, flag in hand, on the walls of Fort Daniel. 
Several hundred of the loyal forces were killed or 
wounded. Many Moros were slain, and the city of 
J0I6 captured. 

Treaty with the Sultan. — The sultan was com- 
pelled to make a treaty with Spain. He agreed to 
use the Spanish flag, and to allow freedom of com- 
merce and religion. But the promises of these 
pirates were never worth anything. The Spaniards 
agreed to pay the sultan a pension of fifteen hundred 
pesos a year and smaller pensions to several of his 
datos. In reality the sultan had made a good bar- 
gain. Spain showed her inability to conquer and 
keep J0I6. Still, the pirates long remembered their 
defeat. From that day they did less harm to the 
people of the northern islands. 

The First Philippine Bank. — Commerce is one of 
the pillars of modern civilization. To carry on a 
great commerce banks are necessary. The first 
bank in the Philippines was due to the energy of 




< 

< 

o 



237 



238 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

Urbistondo. He furnished half the money to start 
it from the Obras Pias and other pubHc funds. The 
bank opened in 1852. It was called the Banco 
Espanol-Filipino. Few Spaniards or Filipinos had 
the money or the courage to deal with it. The peo- 
ple of Manila were always slow to make changes in 
their way of doing business. Foreign merchants 
had been shut out of the Philippines till very recent 
years. The merchants here had no competitors to 
show them and make them use better methods. 
Finally it became necessary to allow foreigners to do 
business with the bank. Then commerce and indus- 
try began to flourish. Merchants could get capital 
to purchase large and fresh stocks of goods. The 
great commercial houses now began to do a large 
business. 'Manila was waking from the sleep of 
centuries. 

The Next Ten Years. — In the nine years succeed- 
ing Urbistondo eight governors ruled the Philip- 
pines. They attempted many things, with little 
success. It was impossible for the country to 
flourish when governors were changed so often. 
Each man was ambitious to become famous. So he 
tried to do something different from the governor 
who came before him. Some of the governors were 
sent to the Philippines against their will because the 
king did not want them in Spain. All this was very 
bad for the Filipinos. 

We shall study only two or three important events 
of these ten years. 



CLAVERIA AND URBISTONDO. 239 

Return of the Jesuits. — The Jesuits had been ex- 
pelled from the Philippines, by order of the king, in 
1 768. For nearly one hundred years there had been 
none of this famous religious order in the Islands. 
In 1859 they began to return. They were not al- 
lowed to become parish priests in the civilized 
towns or to hold haciendas. They could organize 
and teach schools, and serve as missionaries among 
the wild tribes. The special field for their mission- 
ary work was to be Mindanao. Here they taught 
many savages to live in towns, and instructed them 
in religion. Their work since their return has been 
very useful. The Filipinos are better disposed 
toward them than toward any other order. 

The Recollects had to leave Mindanao to make 
room for the Jesuits. Then they were given parishes 
in Cavite and Manila which the Filipino priests held. 
The native clergy felt that this was unjust, and ap- 
pealed to the king. But the plan was carried out in 
spite of their protest. From this time hatred for 
the friars increased rapidly among certain classes of 
Filipinos. 

Reforms in Education. — For three hundred years 
the schools of the Philippines had been in charge 
of the friars. Antonio Sedeiio, a Jesuit, established 
the first true Spanish school in the Philippines. The 
friars decided what should be taught. They selected 
and trained the teachers. They gave as much atten- 
tion to education as their other duties would allow. 
In doing this they did a great deal for the Filipinos. 



240 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

In the early days the Spanish government was too 
poor to estabHsh a good system of secular public 
schools. Besides, it was long thought in Europe 
that the charge of the schools belonged to the 
Church, and that religion should be the chief matter 
of instruction. But by the middle of the nineteenth 
century education had become a science in Europe. 
It was now thought by many to be the duty of the 
State to educate all its children. 

Educational Decree of 1863. — Therefore a royal 
decree in 1863 placed the Governor of the Philip- 
pines in charge of all the schools. He was assisted 
by the archbishop and others. The chief school- 
inspector of each province was its governor, who 
w^as also assisted by a church official. The town 
inspector of schools was the parish priest. 

It was ordered that every town should have at 
least one school for boys and one for girls. Instruc- 
tion was free for all, and all were obliged to attend. 
Many schoolhouses were built and new studies were 
introduced into the schools. 

In 1865 the Jesuit Normal School was opened in 
Manila to educate teachers for the primary schools. 
The government tried to have Spanish taught in the 
schools. Text-books in the Philippine languages 
were ordered translated into Spanish. Teachers 
were to be free from the labor tax. Other wise 
regulations were made, but these reforms were poorly 
carried out because Church and State did not work 
in harmony. But we should not judge the past by 



CLAVERIA AND URBISTONDO. 241 

the standards of the present. Spain did more for the 
education of the Fihpinos than many nations have 
done for their colonies. Small as the results seem, 
they were of great value and one of the greatest 
benefits that the Filipinos received from the Spanish 
government. 

Earthquake of 1863. — In 1863 and the following 
year many calamities fell upon the Philippines. The 
locusts destroyed the crops in the southern islands. 
Cholera caused many deaths. Great fires burned 
thousands of houses in Manila, Batangas, and else- 
where. Among the losses was a government store- 
house containing two million pesos' worth of tobacco. 

Most terrible of all was the earthquake of 1863 in 
Manila. On June 3d, at 7.21 p. m., the earth began 
to tremble. Rents opened in the ground. A cloud 
of flame and dust arose above the falling city. The 
bells of the churches clanged wildly with the first 
shock ; at the second they fell to the ground. More 
than six hundred of the largest and finest buildings 
of Manila were destroyed. A cry of grief and terror 
went up from the stricken city. Six hundred per- 
sons were killed and injured. All who were able fled 
outside the walls and lived for days in the native 
huts, afraid to return to their homes. Five days 
later another shock completed the ruin of the build- 
ings. The Augustinian convent was the only pub- 
lic building that was uninjured. 

Large sums of money were collected in Spain and 
the Spanish colonies for the relief of the sufiferers 



242 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

from the earthquake. It was many years before 
this money was distributed. Much of it never 
reached the people for whom it was intended. 

QUESTIONS AND TOPICS. 

1. What can you say of the changes of governors from 

1844 to 1869? 

2. Name two reasons why the plans of the governors 

in this period often failed. 

3. What forces helped to modernize the Islands? 

4. What sort of a governor was Claveria? 

5. Explain the reform in the calendar in 1844. 

6. Can you think of any advantages of surnames? 

7. Of what special value were the first steamers in the 

Philippines ? 

8. What three occupations did the governors have? 

9. Why was justice slow? 

10. What was the range of salaries of the governors? 
• II. How did they become rich? 

12. Why was it bad for them to engage in commerce? 

13. What happened at Balanguingui ? 

14. Describe the conquest of J0I6 by Urbistondo. 

15. Who gained most by the treaty and why? 

16. Of what importance are banks to civihzation? 

17. Why did the first Philippine bank nearly fail? 

18. What about the governors in the ten years after 

Urbistondo ? 

19. When were the Jesuits expelled, and when did they 

return ? 

20. On what conditions did they return? 

21. What did the Recollects now have to do? 

22. What effect did this have on the Filipinos? 



CLAVERIA AND URBISTONDO. 243 

23. Who established the first Spanish school in the 

Philippines ? 

24. What was the relation of the friars to the schools? 

25. Why did not the Spanish have secular schools in 

the Philippines earlier? 

26. What were the causes of the educational decree of 

1863? 

27. Who had charge of the schools in the Archipelago, 

the province, and the town? 

28. What improvements in education did this decree 

order ? 

29. Why were these reforms only partly successful? 

30. Why should Spain be praised for her educational 

work in the Philippines? 



CHAPTER XXIII. 

THE DAWN OF REPUBLICANISM. 

Revolution in Spain. — In 1868 Isabella 11. was 
dethroned. Many of the revolutionists wanted a 




Isabella II. of Spain. 



republic. Instead, a constitutional monarchy was 
formed which lasted two years. The event was of 
244 



THE DAWN OF REPUBLICANISM. 245 

the greatest importance to the Phihppines. A gov- 
ernor-general with ideas of equahty, freedom, and 
democracy was now sent to the Islands. The Fili- 
pinos now began to learn the meaning of a republic ; 
of the rule of the people. 

Carlos de la Torre, Governor — 1869-1871. — No 
governor had ever come to the Philippines with such 
ideas as La Torre brought. Philip II. had given 
to Das Marinas a body-guard of halberdiers. The 
governors-general were accustomed to appear in pub- 
lic with the pomp and display of monarchs. La 
Torre changed this custom. Ke dressed simply, 
wore a straw hat, and went about the city without an 
escort. He treated the Filipinos as fellow citizens, 
not as beings far beneath him. 

La Torre's wife was an invalid, so the wife of 
Colonel Sanchiz received the guests of the governor 
at the palace. She was a woman of culture and 
ability. At the receptions at Malacafian she received 
the Filipinos so courteously and cordially that Span- 
iards withdrew in envy. The Filipinos called her 
" la madre de los Filipinos,'' 

" Guias de Torre." — The provinces near Manila 
were full of robbers in those days. Torre was weak 
in dealing with these bandits. He pardoned one of 
their leaders, Camerino, and gave him command of 
the " Guias de Torre,'' This was a police force 
whose object was to destroy brigandage. Some of 
its members had themselves been bandits. They 
were now taken, fresh from robbery and murder. 



246 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

and given '' safe conducts.'' Often they aided the 
robbers instead of attacking them. It soon became 
necessary to put several provinces under martial law. 




The Governor's Palace (Malacanan), Manila. 

Experience has shown in the Philippines that it is 
unwise to forgive men who have gone about the 
country for years as bandits. 

The Red Ribbon. — September 21, 1869, the new 
constitution was sworn in Manila. To celebrate the 
revolution of 1868 the governor held a reception. 
Many Filipinos attended. A procession with flags 
and music, led by Father Burgos, Joaquin Pardo 
de Tavera, and Maximo Paterno, marched to the 
palace. Such a procession, in honor of such an 
event, would have been impossible under former 
governors. 

At the reception Sefiora de Sanchiz was conspicu- 
ous, with a red ribbon about her hair upon which 



THE DAWN OF REPUBLICANISM. 247 

appeared the words, " Viva el pueblo soberanoJ' 
About her neck was a red tie bearing at one end the 
words, '' Viva la libertad/' and at the other, " Viva 
el General Torre,'" These were strange scenes for 
the PhiHppines. The new governor was fulfihing 
the hopes of the revolutionary leader who said of 
him, '' We hope that under his rule individual rights 
may be proclaimed in the Philippines." 

Spread of Republicanism. — By the close of La 
Torre's rule everything was in confusion. The 
revolutionary government had sent new ofificials to 
the Philippines. These men were full of democratic 
ideas. They spread these ideas among the Filipinos. 
For the first time many began to understand the dif- 
ference between the rule of a king and the rule of the 
people. Filipinos were allowed to read papers and 
magazines full of republican ideas. 

The revenues of the government grew smaller be- 
cause collected by inexperienced men. La Torre, 
therefore, was recalled to Spain. He left the Fili- 
pinos full of hopes and ambitions, but with no knowl- 
edge of how to obtain them. 

The Meaning of Freedom. — The Filipinos 
thought, and many still think, that good laws would 
make the people free. But no people is made free 
merely by changing the laws. In order to use free- 
dom properly the citizens of a country must be intel- 
ligent, industrious, respectful of the rights of others, 
and obedient to the laws. Not until a nation is com- 
posed of such people is it ready for political freedom. 



248 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

Spain had far more citizens of this sort than the 
PhiHppines had, yet it was impossible to estabhsh a 
repubHc in Spain. Peoples who have hved in op- 
pression and ignorance for centuries need a very long 
preparation for freedom. 

Rafael de Izquierdo, Governor — 1871-1873. — A 
stern and firm governor of the old style succeeded 
La Torre. Republican ideas were losing ground in 




The Ayuntamiento (City Hall), Manila. 



Spain. Amadeo I. had been proclaimed king. The 
ceremony of taking the oath of obedience to the new 
monarch was held in the Ayuntamiento. In the old 
days this event was a time of enthusiasm and fes- 
tivity. But on this occasion the spirit of loyalty was 



THE DAWN OF REPUBLICANISM. 249 

missing. New thoughts had come to the Filipinos. 
Respect for kings was passing away. 

The hopes raised under the Hberal rule of La Torre 
were crushed by Izquierdo. He had the proud ways 
of the former governors. He listened to the advice 
of the enemies of free institutions. The people felt 
that there was no chance to get their liberty by peace- 
ful means. Therefore they secretly planned an in- 
surrection against Spain. 

The Cavite. Insurrection. — The night of January 
20, 1872, was set by the conspirators for the destruc- 
tion of the Spaniards in Cavite and Manila. Rock- 
ets were to be fired from the walls of Manila as a 
signal to the rebels in Cavite that the revolt had be- 
gun in Manila. Toward evening a native woman in 
Manila told a Spanish officer that all the Spaniards 
would be killed that night. The officer at once noti- 
fied Governor Izquierdo. The governor immediately 
visited all the barracks and warned the officers to be 
on their guard. The native soldiers who were in 
the plot saw that their plans were discovered. There- 
fore they did not rebel. 

Meantime the conspirators at Cavite were watch- 
ing the horizon toward Manila for the sign of the 
rockets. In Sampaloc that evening they were cele- 
brating the fiesta of the Virgin of Loreto. The 
fireworks in honor of this event were mistaken for 
the promised signal. Several hundred sokliers of 
the Cavite Arsenal and of Fort San Felipe seized 
their guns and revolted with the cry, " Death to 



250 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

Spain/' They killed the commander of the fort and 
some other officers. The colonel of the seventh in- 
fantry prevented his soldiers from rebelling. These 
were fired on from the fort by the rebels. The lat- 
ter now held the fort, besieged by the loyal natives. 




Fort, Cavite. 



That night the news of the revolt reached Manila by 
boat. There was surprise and fear among the Span- 
iards. Manila was garrisoned by Filipino regi- 
ments with Spanish officers. These regiments were 
faithful to Spain. They were carried to Cavite in 
boats. The rebels refused to surrender. The fort 
was tak'en by storm on the second day, and most of 
the rebels were put to the sword. 

Cause of the Insurrection. — The Spaniards 
thought that the native priests, jealous of the friars, 



THE DAWN OF REPUBLICANISM. 251 

planned this insurrection. Others say that the 
friars secretly stirred up the insurrection so that they 
might accuse the native clergy of a crime that would 
prevent their advancement. This seems unreasona- 
ble. Whether the revolt was planned by the Filipino 
priests or not, the object of the insurrection was free- 
dom from what the Filipinos considered the tyranny 
of Spain. To some this freedom meant the expul- 
sion of the friars. Many would have been satis- 
fied with reform, without independence of Spain. 
Others wished independence and the establishment 
of a Filipino republic. 

The importance of this insurrection was great, 
though it had small success. A more intelligent 
class of Filipinos planned it than the leaders of 
previous insurrections. It was the first revolt of 
importance in which hatred of the friars strongly 
appeared. 

Burgos, Zamora, and Gomez. — These three men 
were Filipino priests. Burgos and Zamora were 
curates of the Cathedral of Manila. Gomez was 
parish priest of the pueblo of Bacoor, Cavite. All 
had long been suspected of treachery to Spain. 
They had striven for the rise of the Filipino clergy. 
Their ability and influence had aroused jealousy. 
The Spaniards arrested them, and charged them 
with being the authors of the insurrection. Some 
of the captured rebels said they were urged to re- 
volt by these priests. On the 15th of February the 

Council of War condemned them to die by the gar- 
18 



252 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILH^PIXES. 

rote. The unhappy trio declared their innocence to 
the last. Proofs of their guilt have never been pub- 
lished. ]\Iost Filipinos believe they were martyrs 
to the cause of freedom. 

The Execution. — At sunrise, on the 17th of Feb- 
ruary, 1872, the three priests were led out to the 
Bagumbayan Field to receive the death penalty. 
Clad in humble suits of black they walked through 
files of soldiers to meet their fate. 

Gomez was possessed of property valued at two 
hundred thousand pesos. Just before he went forth 
to death he calmly dictated his will, leaving most 
of his wealth to a young man. On his knees, about 
to die, he said to the officer of police at his side 
that he had forgotten a bag of money which lay 



I 



-1 



M 




The LuxtiA, Mamla. 



under his pillow. He asked that this be given to 
the poor. 

The large field of Bagumbayan and the Luneta 



THE DAWN OF REPUBLICANISM. 253 

were filled with an immense and solemn throng. 
Batteries of artillery faced the crowd, ready to fire 
at the least sign of revolt. Gomez met death 
calmly. Burgos and Zamora are said to have wept. 
The multitude went quietly to their homes. The 
threat of the cannon had stilled their hands, but 
not their hearts. 

The " Mailed Hand." — Many others were con- 
demned to death or imprisonment. The trials were 
swift and secret; the sentences promptly executed. 
Fear and rage filled the hearts of the rulers. Iz- 
quierdo sent to Spain for a regiment. Henceforth 
the Philippines felt the weight of the '' mailed hand." 
There was peace in the land for years after this, \ 
but beneath the surface a deeper and more terrible 
revolt than the Islands had ever known before was 
forming. 

Peace. — In the years from 1872 to 1896 there was 
no serious insurrection in the Philippines. Gradu- 
ally the Filipino soldiers were replaced with Span- 
iards. The rulers no longer had confidence in the 
loyalty of the native troops. For centuries the Fili- 
pinos had fought the battles of their conquerors 
against both natives and foreigners. If the rule of 
Spain had been just and generous the Philippines 
would still be hers. But she had abused the faith 
and disappointed the hopes of the Filipinos. They 
no longer had confidence in promises of reform 
which never came true. The peace of these years 
was therefore kept at the cannon's mouth. 



254 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

Commercial Growth. — Peace, even of this sort, 
was better for the commerce and industry of the 
country than war. The Suez Canal was opened in 
1868. Steam navigation was rapidly growing. A 
direct mail service between the Philippines and 
Spain was begun in 1874. At the same time Le- 




The Manila -D AG upax Railroad. 



gazpi, Tacloban, and other ports were opened to for- 
eign commerce. Telegraphic lines were constructed 
in some parts of the Islands in 1873. The Manila- 
Dagupan railroad was opened in 1891. Capital 
from other countries was invested in business under- 
takings. All these changes brought the Philippines 
nearer the great markets of Europe and America. 
The governors no longer monopolized the trade of 
the provinces. Wealth began to be distributed 
among many instead of remaining in the hands of a 



THE DAWN OF REPUBLICANISM. 255 

few. With a wise government this prosperity 
would have been much greater. The reason the 
PhiHppines advanced in this period was because the 
commerce of the great world outside grew so fast 
that the riches of the Philippines could no longer be 
hidden. Small credit is due to the government. 

Municipal Councils. — In 1893 a change was made 
in the way of governing towns. For a long time 
the head of the government in each town was the 
gobernadorcillo. This man was the only official 
with much power. He did what the alcalde-mayor 
ordered him to do. But the alcaldes seldom visited 
the pueblos, and in all small matters the gobernador- 
cillo acted like a little king. He was chosen by thir- 
teen men only. One of these was the last goberna- 
dorcillo. Six were men who had been in the past 
gobernadorcillos. The remaining six were cabezas 
,de barangay. The gobernadorcillo must be a native, 
or a Chinese mestizo. The alcaldes-mayor were 
Spaniards. So the power to choose the gobernador- 
cillo was in the hands of a very few. [This was a 
poor school in which to learn self-government. 

The new law of 1893 was an improvement. In- 
stead of thirteen men, all the principalia were al- 
lowed to choose the head of the town. This head 
was now called the capitan-municipal. Four tenien- 
tes, or lieutenants, were elected to assist him in his 
duties. But there were not many who belonged to 
the principalia. To be a principal a man must have 
been a cabeza de barangay, capitan-municipal, tc- 



256 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

niente, or rich enough to pay an annual land tax 
of fifty pesos. These men elected from themselves 
twelve delegates. The delegates chose the capitan 
and his four assistants. Some things were decided 
by this council of five alone; others by the council 
and the delegates together. The capitan was not 
obliged to follow their advice. 

Small as this increase of the power of the people 
was, it taught them a little about self-government. 

Progress in Education. — During this period the 
schools were slowly becoming secular instead of 
religious. The administration of the schools was 
passing from the hands of the friars to that of the 
Filipino officials. At first the schools were not so 
well managed in some ways as before. It requires 
great education and experience to conduct schools 
wisely. The officials of the government were not so 
well qualified to teach as the friars, and had not 
always the same interest in the schools. But it was 
better that the Filipinos should learn to have a share 
in the conduct of their schools. The things that a 
people learns to do for itself are worth the most to 
it. The American Government is making every 
possible effort to train the Filipinos to carry on their 
system of education by their own efforts. They are 
put into positions of importance in the schools as fast 
as their ability improves. It is only just to say that 
they are making rapid progress in the knowledge of 
what makes a good school, and of proper methods 
of teaching. 



THE DAWN OF REPUBLICANISM. 257 

QUESTIONS AND TOPICS. 

1. What sort of a government was formed in Spain in 

1868? 

2. What kind of ideas did Governor La Torre have? 

3. What was La Torre's poHcy toward bandits? 

4. Why is such a poHcy a failure ? 

5. How was the revolution of 1868 celebrated in Manila? 

6. How were republican ideas spread in the Philippines 

during La Torre's rule ? 

7. In what state did La Torre leave affairs in the Islands ? 

8. What qualities must a people have to fit them for 

repubhcan government? 

9. How did Izquierdo differ from La Torre ? 

10. What two views have been held about the movers of 

the Cavite insurrection ? 

11. Mention two features of this insurrection that give it 

importance. 

12. What was the state of the people after the execution of 

the priests? 

13. How were the conspirators tried? 

14. What kind of peace followed ? 

15. Write the story of the Cavite insurrection in 100 

words. 

16. How was peace sustained from 1872 to 1896? 

17. Why had the Filipinos lost faith in Spain? 

18. Mention six things that improved commerce. 

19. Write a short composition on the influence of steam 

navigation on commerce. 

20. What was the old method of electing the goher- 

nadorcillo ? 

21. Describe the municipal law of 1893. 

22. What was the effect of the change in the schools? 



CHAPTER XXIV. 

THE LAST STRUGGLE AGAINST SPAIN. 

New Leaders. — In most of the revolts that we 
have studied the ignorant classes were the actors. 
The leaders were usually religious fanatics, or men 
who selfishly deceived the people for their own gain. 
Such men knew nothing of the principles of repub- 
lican government. Had they succeeded in their 
plans the Filipinos would have been the losers. 
Often their revolts were just, but they were always 
poorly planned and feebly carried out. 

In the entire history of the Philippines up to 1896 
the power of Spain was never in real danger of de- 
struction from revolution. But in the years since 
the Cavite insurrection a new class of men had joined 
the struggle for freedom. The educated, the rich, 
and the powerful were secretly enrolled under the 
banner of rebellion. 

The Secret Societies. — In many places secret so- 
cieties were formed to teach and prepare for revo- 
lution. Blood-compacts were made and solemn 
oaths taken to fight for the liberty of the Filipinos. 
The best known of these societies was the Katipunan. 
The founder and director of this was Andres Boni- 
facio. The members of the Katipunan were nearly 
258 



THE LAST STRUGGLE AGAINST SPAIN. 259 



all Tagalogs. They believed themselves to be 
patriots. Cruel and wicked deeds have often been 
done under the name of liberty, and the methods of 
the Katipunan were not those of honorable foes. No 
people ever fought its way to freedom by assassi- 
nation and massacre. The first blood shed by the 




Jose Rizal. 

katipuneros was that of some helpless Chinese in 
Caloocan, who had nothing to do with the wrongs 
from which the Filipinos sufifered. The cause of 
freedom is so high and holy that even those who seek 
it by secret revolution should fight like honorable 
men. 

Jose RizaL — Rizal, whom so many Filipinos love 
to honor, was a man of a different sort from Andres 



26o A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

Bonifacio. He was born in 1861, at Calamba, on 
the south* shore of Lagima de Bay. From early 
youth he was a brilHant scholar. He obtained his 
bachelor's degree at the Ateneo Municipal , of Ma- 




A Waterfall near Calamba. 



nila. Then he studied medicine at the University 
of Santo Tomas. After this he went to Spain and 



THE LAST STRUGGLE AGAINST SPAIN. 261 

graduated at the University of Madrid. Later he 
studied and traveled in France, Germany, and other 
parts of Europe. Rizal was a fine Hnguist and a 
good physician. He wrote two novels against the 
friars, Noli me Tangere and El Filihusterismo. 

Calamba Lands Trouble. — Rizal's family lived on 
lands held by the Dominicans, in Calamba. His 
people, with others, believed that the friars did not 
possess a good title to this land. They were de- 
feated in the courts of law by the friars. Governor 
Weyler sent soldiers who drove the Filipinos from 
the lands, burning some of their houses. This event 
fanned the flame of insurrection. 

Banishment of Rizal. — Rizal returned to Manila 
from Hongkong in 1892. It was said by the Span- 
ish authorities that seditious papers were found 
in his trunk. He was therefore banished to Dap- 
itan, in northern Mindanao, where he lived four 
years. 

Meantime the plot of the Katipunan was ripening. 
Valenzuela, one of the leaders, visited Rizal at Dap- 
itan. Rizal advised him not to begin the insurrec- 
tion at. that time. He did not think the Filipinos 
were prepared to win the battle. He understood 
that it was better to try to secure reforms before 
using force. 

Death of Rizal. — Wearied with his lonely life in 
Dapitan, Rizal asked permission to go to Cuba as 
an army doctor to the Spanish forces then fighting 
against the Cuban rebels. Governor-General Blanco 



262 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

granted this request. Rizal received from him let- 
ters of recommendation to the authorities in Spain, 
saying that he was not connected with the insurrec- 
tion which had just broken out. 

During the voyage his enemies cabled to Spain, 
and on his arrival there he was imprisoned for a 
time, then sent back to the Philippines. A new 
governor, Polavieja, was in power. Rizal was tried 
by a court-martial for " sedition and rebellion," and 
condemned to die. He was shot on the Luneta, 
Manila, at six in the morning, December 30, 1896. 
A favorite saying of his was : " What is death to 
me? I have sown the seed; others are left to reap." 

Discovery of the Plot. — During Rizal's captivity 
the secret societies had completed their plans for 
revolution. The night set for the attack was August 
20, 1896. At the last moment a woman betrayed 
the plot to Father Gil, of Tondo. The prisons were 
soon crowded with suspected persons. The leaders 
of the revolution fled from the city and prepared to 
begin the rebellion. 

There were only seven hundred European troops 
in Manila. Blanco at once telegraphed for more. 
After that every steamer brought soldiers. Within 
a few months there were ten thousand Spanish 
soldiers in the Islands. 

The Rise of Aguinaldo. — The insurrection soon 
centered in Cavite, at Silari, among the mountains. 
Emilio Aguinaldo, former ca pi tan-municipal of the 
town of Cavite Viejo, soon became the leader. It is 



THE LAST STRUGGLE AGAINST SPAIN. 263 

said that he caused Bonifacio to be shot that he 
might become the chief. August 31st Aguinaldo 
issued the first rebel proclamation. 

The rebels took possession of the friars' estate at 
Imus, fourteen miles south of Manila. Here they 
captured thirteen friars. Some of these were slowly 
cut to pieces, or burned alive. The whole province 
of Cavite, except the town of Gavite, was in the 
power of the insurgents for several months. At 
Noveleta trenches were made, and several attacks of 
the Spaniards were repulsed. 

The Rebellion in the North.— In Pampanga and 
Bulacan a mestizo, Llanera, commanded. When- 
ever the Filipinos were pursued by the Spanish 
troops they retired to San Mateo or Angat, for 
refuge in the mountains. By December thousands 
of men were fighting on the rebel side. They were 
masters of the provinces around Manila. 

Campaign of Polavieja. — In December, 1896, the 
new governor-general, Polavieja, took command. 
He soon had 28,000 troops ready for the field. His 
army fought several battles with Aguinaldo's forces 
in Cavite. Within three months the revolutionists 
were driven out of Cavite. Their army was broken 
into small bands. 

Spread of the Insurrection. — After Aguinaldo 
was driven out of Cavite he joined Llanera in 
the north. The rebellion now spread to Zambales, 
Pangasinan, Ilocos, Nueva Ecija, and Tarlac. The 
country people suffered terribly. Towns and crops 



264 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

were burned to make the peaceful inhabitants join 
the insurrection. The Fihpinos were robbed and ill- 
treated by their own people. ]\Iany had become so 
dulled by oppression that they had not the heart to 
fight against tyranny. The rebels felt 4:hat these 
people were traitors. Therefore they treated them 
harshly. This was a great wrong. 

The Right to Revolt. — Those who claim the right 
to revolt should remember that their neighbors have 
the right to keep the peace. War should be carried 
on against people in arms, not against those who 
wish to live in peace. 

The insurrection of 1896 was a Tagalog rebellion. 
There were few who belonged to the Katipunan out- 
side of the Tagalog provinces. As the Tagalogs 
went among other tribes they tried to make them 
join the rebellion. Many did not wish to do this, 
yet they were compelled to assist the revolutionists, 
under penalty of death for refusing. Some cruel 
wrongs were committed by the rebels. People who 
did such things would have been harsh rulers had 
they gained control of the government. 

Rivera's Campaign. — Early in 1897 Primo de 
Rivera became governor. Spain at this time felt 
the burden of supporting 200,000 soldiers in Cuba. 
The Filipino forces were also suffering from the 
hardships of war. Rivera therefore tried to make 
peace. He offered pardon to all who would sur- 
render. Many Filipinos gave up the fight. Others 
fought on desperately. 



THE LAST STRUGGLE AGAINST SPAIN. 265 

Rivera now continued the war with energy. Gen- 
eral Monet marched through Zambales and Pangasi- 
nan. It is said that the Spanish soldiers killed men, 
women and children, whether guilty of rebellion or 
not. His native troops and even some of the Span- 
iards deserted him by the time he reached Ilocos. 

General Nunez succeeded in driving the rebels out 
of Nueva Ecija, though they fought very bravely. 
The Spaniards suffered heavy losses. Their best 
soldiers were in Cuba. The troops that fought the 
Filipinos were mostly boys. They were poorly fed 
and clad, and had little knowledge of war. 

Katipunan Proclamation of 1897. — There were 
still many bands of revolutionists. Rivera now issued 
a proclamation forbidding any one to leave his town 
except with a pass. Unfortunately the corrupt offi- 
cials made the Filipinos pay for these passes, and in 
other ways oppressed them. Many went over to 
the rebels. 

The Katipunan in July published an answer to 
this proclamation. This document, addressed " to 
the brave sons of the Philippines," demanded the ex- 
pulsion of the friars, the restoration to the natives of 
the friars' lands, and equality of treatment for all 
classes. The revolutionists did not at this time ask 
to be separated from Spain. Many wished for in- 
dependence, but the wisest knew that the Filipinos 
were not yet strong enough to stand alone as an inde- 
pendent nation. Yet a little later Aguinaldo said: 
** We aspire to the glory of obtaining the liberty. 



266 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

independence, and honor of the country." So the 
leaders were divided against themselves. 

Pact of Biac-na-bat6. — In August, 1897, Gov- 
ernor Rivera sent Pedro Paterno, a distinguished 
citizen of Manila, to make peace with Aguinaldo. 
The peace commissioner and the insurgent leader 
met in Biac-na-bato, a rocky cave in Bulacan. Here 
an agreement was made. It was settled that the 
war should stop on certain conditions. 

The Filipino leaders promised : 

1. To surrender to the Spaniards 1,000 rifles and 
their forts. 

2. To stop fighting and plotting against Spain. 

3. That Aguinaldo and his leading officers should 
leave the Philippines. 

Governor Rivera promised : 

1. To pay Aguinaldo 800,000 pesos. This sum 
was to be divided among the revolutionary leaders. 
Later, 900,000 pesos were to be paid to Filipino 
citizens who had lost property through the war. 

2. To send away the friars from the Philippines, 
or else make them live in the convents. 

3. To give the Filipinos representation in the 
Cortes. 

4. To judge Filipinos and Spaniards by the same 
laws, and give Filipinos high positions in the civil 
government. 

Rivera had received authority from the Spanish 
government to make the payments of money. The 
promised reforms were not written down in the 



THE LAST STRUGGLE AGAINST SPAIN. 267 

agreement. It is claimed that Rivera gave his word 
of honor that they should be granted. It is certain 
that Spain gave him no authority to make these 
promises. 

. Departure of Aguinaldo. — On the 27th of Decem- 
ber, 1897, Aguinaldo and thirty- four other leaders, 
including eight of his generals, sailed from Sual, 
a port of Pangasinan, for Hongkong. Aguinaldo 
was paid 400,000 pesos. Two Spanish generals 
were kept in the cave of Biac-na-bato as hostages 
until Aguinaldo arrived in Hongkong. Other Fili- 
pino officers remained to fulfil the promises that had 
been made. 

Broken Promises. — The Filipinos kept their part 
of the agreement of Biac-na-bato. The 1,000 rifles 
were delivered to the Spaniards. The attacks on 
the Spanish forces ceased. The insurrection was 
ended. January 23, 1898, peace was proclaimed in 
Manila with great rejoicings. The Filipinos be- 
lieved that they had obtained the reforms for which 
so many of their countrymen had died. Their joy 
was soon turned into sorrow. 

The Spanish government failed to pay the re- 
mainder of the promised money. It had offered 
pardon to all who had taken part in the rebellion. 
Instead of keeping this promise it imprisoned and 
executed many. These acts showed that the gov- 
ernment did not intend to keep its promises. The 
Filipinos believed that they had been tricked. There- 
fore they renewed the insurrection. 

19 



268 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

Renewal of the Insurrection. — March 25th sev- 
enty Visayan sailors were killed in Manila by Span- 
ish soldiers. The Visayans had been accused of con- 
spiracy, but without any trial they were shot down 
in cold blood. This was nothing less than a mas- 
sacre. Nine days later five thousand rebels attacked 




ToNDO Church, Manila. 



the Spanish garrison in Cebii. Troops were hur- 
ried to Cebii from Manila and serious fighting fol- 
lowed. With the aid of the Seventy-third Native 
Regiment the Spaniards defeated the rebels. The 
latter fought bravely, but lost over a thousand men. 
If ever a country had lost its right to govern a colony 
Spain had lost all claim on the Philippines. A few 
weeks later the power which she had misused for 
centuries was to be taken from her. Great events 



THE LAST STRUGGLE AGAINST SPAIN. 269 

were happening on the other side of the globe. A 
country whose people hardly knew where the Philip- 
pines were was preparing to break forever the rule 
of Spain in these Islands. 

QUESTIONS AND TOPICS. 

1. What sort of men were the leaders of the insurrection 

011896? 

2. What was the object of the Katipunan ? 

3. What can you say of its methods? 

4. Write a short life of Rizal. 

5. What was the advice of Rizal to Valenzuela? 

6. What was the effect of the death of Rizal? 

7. Where were the first successes of the rebels? 

8. What was the difference between the campaigns of 

Blanco and Polavieja? 

9. Is it right to compel the peaceful to fight? 

10. How did the revolutionists treat their own people? 

11. What were the demands of the Katipunan proclama- 

tion of 1897? 

12. What division was there among the leaders? 

13. Give the terms of the pact of Biac-na-bato. 

14. Why were the promises of this treaty not kept? 

15. Where and why did the insurrection break out again? 



CHAPTER XXV. 

THE COMING OF THE AMERICANS. 

Cuba and the United States. — For many years the 

United States had watched the rule of Spain in Cuba. 
This fertile and beautiful island lies but a day's sail 
from the shores of the Great Republic. More than 
$50,000,000 of American money was invested in 
the industries of Cuba. Many Cubans were living 
and working in the United States. Therefore the 
Americans felt a great interest in the prosperity of 
the people of that island. 

The Cuban Rebellion. — In 1894 the last of many 
Cuban rebellions against Spain began. The trade 
of the United States suffered greatly. At great ex- 
pense the coast was watched by war-ships to keep 
the Cubans from bringing arms and ammunition 
from the United States to Cuba. 

General Weyler, who was Governor of the Philip- 
pines from 1888 to 1 89 1, was in command of the 
Spanish troops in Cuba. He forced the peaceful 
people from their homes in the country, and crowded 
them together in filthy camps where they had not 
enough to eat. Tens of thousands of innocent peo- 
270 



THE COMING OF THE AMERICANS. 271 

pie died of hunger and disease. The people of the 
United States in 1897 sent ship-loads of food and 
medicine to the starving Cubans. 

Destruction of the " Maine." — The U. S. battle- 
ship Maine was lying peacefully at anchor in 
Havana harbor. February 15, 1898, she v^as blown 
up and 266 of her crew were killed. It is believed 
in America that this was done by the explosion of a 
Spanish submarine mine. No one has ever discov- 
ered who did it. The destruction of the Maine was 
not the cause of the war between the United States 
and Spain. But it awakened the American people 
to the terrible strife in Cuba, and made them resolve 
to end it. 

The President and Congress. — A careful exami- 
nation of the condition of the people of Cuba was 
made by the American authorities. Then President 
McKinley sent the following message to the Con- 
gress of the United States : " In the name of hu- 
manity, in the name of civilization, in behalf of en- 
dangered American interests which give us the right 
and duty to speak and act, the war in Cuba must 
stop." 

Congress then said : " The people of Cuba are, 
and of right ought to be, free and independent." 
The President was instructed to ask Spain to free 
Cuba, or to face war with the United States. Spain 
refused to free Cuba, and war between Spain and the 
United States began April 21, 1898. The purpose 
of this war was to make an independent republic of 



272 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

Cuba. That purpose was accomplished. Cuba is 
now free. 

The Battle of Manila Bay. — When the war began, 
Commodore Dewey was at Hongkong with several 
American war-ships. When two nations go to war 
each attacks the other in every place where the ships 
or soldiers of the enemy are to be found. So the 



The Spanish War- ship "Reina Cristina" after Five Years 
UNDER Water. 

President ordered Dewey to " capture or destroy " 
the Spanish fleet at Manila. With six ships of war 
Dewey steamed past Corregidor Island, Manila Bay, 
May I, 1898. Within a few hours he destroyed ten 
Spanish ships near Cavite. Six hundred Spaniards 
were killed, but no Americans. This brilliant and 
easy victory altered the history of the Philippines 
and the United States. 

Effect in Manila of Dewey's Victory. — When the 
inhabitants of Manila saw how easily the Spanish 



THE COMING OF THE AMERICANS. 273 

fleet was destroyed, the city was filled with terror. 
Many fled to the provinces or Hongkong. The 
governor-general, Basilio Augustin, and the Arch- 
bishop, Nozaleda, published proclamations asking 
the Filipinos to help Spain. They told the Filipinos 
that the Americans would take away their religion 
and enslave them. They knew these things were 
not true. But it was impossible to deceive the Fili- 
pinos longer. The broken promises of Biac-na-hato 
were fresh in their minds. 

In the past when Spain wanted the aid of the 
Filipinos against Holland, England, or Germany she 
called the Filipinos " brothers " and '' Spaniards." 
When there was no more war she called them 
^' buffaloes '' or " savages." There had been a great 
change since 1762. At that time the Filipinos 
fought hard to drive away the British. Now they 
did not listen to the tales of the governor and the 
archbishop. 

Renewal of the Insurrection. — The revolution 
against Spain now broke out again. Admiral 
Dewey allowed Aguinaldo to return from Hong- 
kong, and assisted him to secure arms. At that 
time the Filipinos were glad to see the Americans. 

The proclamation of the Hongkong junta of 
Filipinos, May, 1898, said: "Let us all fight to- 
gether; let us support the avenging and humane 
action of the United States. Let us learn by accept- 
ing her advice and rules how to live in order, peace, 
and liberty.'' Aguinaldo said : '* Wherever you see 



274 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

the American flag, there flock in numbers; they are 
our redeemers." 

Why Dewey Remained in the Philippines. — After 
Dewey had destroyed the Spanish fleet, he might 
have sailed away. He had not come to the Philip- 
pines to conquer them. Why, then, did he stay? 
There were at least three reasons : 

(i) There was a Spanish army in Manila. He 
had to blockade Manila to keep that army from es- 




Manila Bay froai the Luneta. 



caping. He might have bombarded the city and 
compelled an immediate surrender, but he did not 
desire to injure the innocent. Therefore he awaited 
the arrival of troops from America. 

(2) He feared the insurgents would capture the 
city and massacre the Spanish inhabitants. This 
would have been a disgrace both to the Americans 
and the Filipinos. Therefore he remained to pre- 
vent this. 



THE COMING OF THE AMERICANS. 275 

(3) At that time it was not known how weak the 
power of Spain was. Therefore it was decided to 
send troops to the PhiHppines to capture Manila. 
The purpose of this was not conquest, but to hasten 
the close of the war with Spain. Dewey stayed to 
assist in this. 

Aguinaldo Dictator. — While American soldiers 
were crossing the Pacific to take Manila, Aguinaldo 
proclaimed himself Dictator. His forces fought 
many successful battles with the Spaniards. Ma- 
nila was closely surrounded by the insurgents. 
Many provinces fell into their power. The govern- 
ment of Aguinaldo made laws and collected taxes in 
these provinces. 

The Revolutionary Government. — In June, 1898, 
Aguinaldo called a congress at Cavite to form a gov- 
ernment. June 23d the constitution of the " Revo- 
lutionary Government " was proclaimed. Aguinaldo 
was chosen President of the new government. Its 
object was : " To struggle for the independence of 
the Philippines, and to prepare the country for the 
establishment of a real republic." 

In August an appeal was sent to the great nations 
of the world asking them to recognize the inde- 
pendence of the Philippines. No answer was re- 
ceived from any nation. 

The Taking of Manila. — Ten thousand American 
soldiers had now reached the Philippines. August 
13, 1898, the American army attacked and entered 
Manila. Very few Americans were killed and 



276 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

wounded in this attack. The Spanish fought only to 
save their honor, not with the hope of keeping the 
Americans out of the city. Fifteen thousand FiHpino 




A View of Manila. 

troops were at hand ready to assist. Their aid was 
not accepted, because it was not necessary. 

Captain-General Augustin fled in a German ship- 
of-war before the city was captured. General Fer- 
min Jaiidenes, the last Spanish governor-general 
of the Philippines, surrendered the city. Spain's 
power in the Philippines was forever ended. The 
stars and stripes floated from old Fort Santiago. 
The Philippine archipelago was surrendered to the 
United States of America. 

The Treaty of Paris. — The day before Manila was 
taken a protocol of peace was signed between the 
United States and Spain. News did not reach Ma- 



THE COMING OF THE AMERICANS. 277 

nila till after the city was captured. American and 
Spanish commissioners met in Paris and for several 
months talked about the terms of peace. It was 
difficult to decide what to do about the Philippines. 
Spain did not wish to give them up. Yet her power 
there had been broken by America. But the pur- 
pose of America was not conquest. America was 
not seeking more glory or new lands. Yet she de- 
cided to take the Philippines from Spain. By the 
treaty signed in Paris, December 10, 1898, Spain 
ceded the Philippines to the United States. Spain 
was paid $20,000,000 for the Islands. She would 
not willingly have sold them for many times that 
sum, but the United States did not desire to accept 
the Islands as a right of conquest, since she had not 
waged the war for that purpose. Therefore she 
compensated Spain for their loss. 

Even then it was not decided by the people of the 
United States to keep the Philippines and estab- 
lish American government there. The Americans 
knew very little about these Islands. Most of them 
thought that the Philippines were like Cuba. With 
Cuba they were acquainted. They believed her 
capable of self-government. They were perfectly 
willing to allow the Filipinos also to govern them- 
selves, if that were possible. I^; was only after ex- 
perience in the Philippines taught the United States 
that the country was unlike Cuba that she withheld 
independence from the Filipinos. It is very impor- 
tant to understand why she treated these two Spanish 
colonies differently. 



278 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

The Effect of Distance. — Cuba was near the 
United States; the PhiHppines were on the other 
side of the globe. Many great events of history are 
decided by the geographical position of countries. 
It was easy for the United States to protect Cuba. 
Long before any European nation could send soldiers 
across the sea, the United States could place an army 
in Cuba. But Manila Bay was dotted with the war- 
ships of several nations when Dewey defeated the 
Spanish fleet. All the great European nations have 
lands in Asia, and want more. Had the United 
States left the Philippines free some of these nations 
would have seized the Islands. Yet unless the 
United States raised her flag there she could not have 
forbidden other nations to take the Philippines. 
Had she done so she must have fought a terrible 
war. 

Monarchy or Republic. — The German admiral 
and his officers were friends of Spain. They dined 
with the Spanish officers in Manila during the 
siege, and showed them many courtesies. Germany 
and all the other powers that might have seized the 
Philippines are monarchies. The United States is a 
republic. It believes its government is the best and 
freest on earth. It fought to get that kind of a gov- 
ernment for Cuba. It could not honorably allow 
any other kind of government to be established in 
the Philippines. 

If no other nation had taken the Philippines 
Spain would have reconquered them. When her 




Jose Luzuriaga. 




Cameron Forbes. 





James F. Smith. 




Benito Legardo. 




Henry C. Ide. 




Dean C. Worcester. Dr. T. H. Pardo de Tavera. 

The Philippine Commission. 



1 



28o A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 



large army returned from Cuba she would have sent 
it to the Philippines. Then the sufferings of the 
Filipinos would have been worse than before. The 
United States could not consent to this. 

Possibility of a Filipino Republic. — The best of all 
reasons why the United States did not assist the Fili- 
pinos to form and maintain an independent republic 
was because she did not believe the Filipinos were 
ready for self-government. The people of Cuba are 
not superior to those of the Philippines. The Fili- 
pinos are as good and as intelligent as the Cubans, 
but they are not so united. There must be unity 
among a people who would found a republic. The 
people of Cuba spoke one language; they lived on 
one island; they had the same religion; they had 
never fought each other; they were united. It was 
different in the Philippines. 

In the Philippines there are many tribes on many 
islands, with different languages, customs, and relig- 
ions. Some of these tribes have hated and fought 
each other for centuries. If the United States had 
left the Philippines to form a government of its own, 
the Moros would have become pirates again. They 
did this in Mindanao between the end of Spanish and 
the beginning of American rule. The Igorrotes 
would have attacked the people on the coast. The 
Tagalogs, the Visayans, the Ilocanos, the Bicols, 
would each have wished to rule their own part of the 
Islands. No tribe would have consented to be ruled 
by any other, except at the sword's point. 



THE COMING OF THE AMERICANS. 281 

Unity First Necessary. — People of the same 
blood, language, and religion are often torn apart by 
civil war. How could people of a hundred different 
tongues, living on hundreds of scattered islands, re- 
main at peace? When will the Macabebe love the 
Tagalog or the Moro the Christian ? 

Some day the Filipinos will all know the same 
language and possess the same education. Rail- 
roads will help unite the people. Business, travel, 
and marriage will make friends of Filipinos who now 
distrust each other. Perhaps an independent Fili- 
pino republic will then be possible. There are many 
intelligent Filipinos who know it is now impossible. 
There is no country in the world where so many 
different peoples, as in the Philippines, with different 
customs and religions, live in peace under a govern- 
ment of their own making. 

QUESTIONS AND TOPICS. 

1. Why was the United States interested in Cuba? 

2. What losses did the Cuban rebellion cause the 

United States? 

3. What was Weyler's method of warfare in Cuba? 

4. What was the condition of the Cuban people? 

5. What effect did the destruction of the Maine have 

in America? 

6. What three reasons did McKinley give for stopping 

the war between Spain and Cuba? 

7. What kind of a government has Cuba now? 

8. Why did the Filipinos not believe the proclamations 

of Augustin and Nozaleda? 



1 



282 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 



9. How did the Filipinos receive the Americans at fir«t? 

10. Give the reasons why Dewey remained in the Phihp- 

pines ? 

11. What progress did Aguinaldo make while the Ameri- 

can army was crossing the Pacific? 

12. What was the aim of the ^'Revolutionary Govern- 

ment"? 

13. What did the Treaty of Paris decide about the Phil- 

ippines ? 

14. What did the people of the United States think about 

the Philippines at first? 

15. What effect did distance have on the policy of the 

United States toward the Philippines? 

16. What nation seemed most anxious to seize the Phil- 

ippines ? 

17. What was the chief reason why the United States did 

not make the Philippines independent? 

18. Name four differences between Cuba and the Philip- 

pines. 

19. What are the things that make a people united? 

20. Would you like to see the government of the Islands 

in the hands of the people of another tribe than 
your own ? 

21. What do you know of the character of Aguinaldo? 



CHAPTER XXVI. 

THE FILIPINO-AMERICAN WAR. 

Why Aguinaldo's Army did not Enter Manila. — 

On the day Manila was taken the Fihpino army 
tried to march into the city with the Americans. 
This was not permitted. It was natural that the 
Filipino leaders were disappointed because they could 
not receive the surrender of Manila side by side with 
the American troops. Up to the 13th of August 
they had looked upon the Americans as their allies. 
It now seemed to them that they were to be robbed 
of the fruits of victory. They feared that America 
meant to keep the Philippines. There were good 
reasons why both armies should not enter Manila. 

(i) America zvas fighting alone against Spain, 
Admiral Dewey had brought Aguinaldo from Hong- 
kong, but neither Dewey nor any other representa- 
tive of the American Government had made a 
treaty of alliance with the revolutionary leaders. 
The capture of Manila was not planned or carried 
out with the aid of the Filipino leaders. Alliances 
between nations are serious matters. No general 
has a right to make promises for his country without 
authority. He has no right to share a captured city 
20 283 



284 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

with the army of another people. Governor-General 
Rivera made promises for Spain in the agreement 
of Biac-na-bato. He had no authority to carry out 
these promises. The result was bad both for the 
Filipinos and Spain. The American commander 
did what the general of any great country would 
have done in his place. He could not do differently. 

(2) History shows that it is very difficult for two 
allied armies to work together. If both the Fili- 
pino and the American armies had entered Manila 
there would have been great confusion. It was a 
very difficult task to receive the property of Spain in 
Manila and take care of the surrendered Spanish 
army. America was responsible to Spain and the 
world for just dealing in these matters. She could 
not share that responsibility with any other people. 

(3) Aguinaldo asked for a share of the ''loot'' 
of Manila, He demanded of General Merritt the 
Palace of Malacanan for himself. He asked for all 
the churches of Manila, Paco, and Ermita. He fur- 
ther asked for a part of the money which was 
taken and all the arms of the Spanish prisoners. 
It is not the custom of America to " loot " a cap- 
tured city, as the British looted Manila in 1762. 
Such requests as those of Aguinaldo would not have 
been granted to a European nation in alliance with 
America. They could not be granted to a govern- 
ment that did not even represent all Filipinos. 

(4) The Revolutionary Government had not 
been recognized as an independent government by 



THE FILIPINO-AMERICAN WAR. 285 

any foreign nation. It is not the custom of the 
world to admit a new member into- the family of 
nations till the government that applies for admis- 
sion has shown that it is wise enough and strong 
enough to rule well. The Revolutionary Govern- 
ment was established by only a part of the Filipino 
peoples. Some of the leading men in other parts of 
the Philippines than central Luzon, for example in 
Ilocos and Negros, would have nothing to do with 
the revolution. In the insurrection of 1896-97 the 
leaders were bought with money and deceived with 
false promises. Such a government had not proved 
itself fit to rule the Philippines. Now to admit the 
army of Aguinaldo to Manila on equal terms with 
the American army, would have been to acknowledge 
the new government. This would not have been 
just to the Filipinos. These reasons made it impos- 
sible to admit the Filipino army to a share in the 
control of the government. Disappointed in his 
hope of sharing the occupation of Manila, Aguinaldo 
resolved to establish a capital of his own. 

The Malolos Government. — Aguinaldo now made 
Malolos, twenty miles north of Manila, his capital. 
He took the title of " President of the Filipino Re- 
public." At Malolos he gathered a congress. This 
congress was not elected, as should be the case in a 
republic, by the votes of all the people. It repre- 
sented a small part of the population of the Philip- 
pines. From Malolos Aguinaldo issued proclama- 
tions and sent expeditions to various parts of Luzon 



286 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

and the Visayas. His officers collected taxes and 
carried on the government of most of the provinces 
of Luzon. Thousands of Spanish prisoners, inclu- 
ding several hundred friars, were captured and held 
by him. The Spanish forces scattered through the 
Islands were captured or besieged by his troops. 
Young, ambitious, and surrounded by flatterers, he 
prepared to plunge his unhappy country into a terri- 
ble war against a nation that desired only the good 
of the Fihpinos. 

The Instructions of McKinley. — By December, 
1898, 6,500 additional troops had arrived from 
America. These soldiers were not brought for the 
conquest of the Philippines. They were for the 
protection of Manila. Aguinaldo had surrounded 
the city with thirty thousand troops. It was the 
duty of America to maintain the government of Ma- 
nila till the Treaty of Paris was finished. While a 
treaty is being made everything must remain as it 
was when the fighting stopped. This is the custom 
of nations. It was for this reason that the Ameri- 
can army made no attempt to interfere with the 
government which Aguinaldo had established at 
Malolos. 

At last the Treaty of Paris was finished. Al- 
though it was now known that Spain had given up 
the Philippines to America, it remained for the Con- 
gress of the United States to decide what should be 
done with the Islands. The Filipinos, after watch- 
ing the conquests of Spain for three centuries, could 



THE FILIPINO-AMERICAN WAR. 



287 



not believe that the United States might peacefully 
give up what she had won. Yet if the leaders of the 
revolution had ruled wisely and justly in the prov- 
inces, if they had used patience and reason instead of 
war, America might have given independence at an 
early day. After their experience of the oppressions 





' "^^^ 


^m 


^^ 


M 


&. 


■ .^h^h|| 


H^l^^llll^ 


'aSB 


|HpiP 







William McKinley. 



of Spain it is not strange that the Filipinos did not 
believe in the good intentions of America. Yet it 
was a mistake not to believe the words of President 
McKinley which follow. 

January 4, 1899, General Otis, the military gov- 
ernor of the Philippines, issued a proclamation 
explaining the instructions of McKinley for the tem- 



1 



288 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

porary government of the Philippines. This procla- 
mation declared the purpose of America to be '' to 
give the blessings of peace and individual freedom 
to the Philippine people '' and to prove to the Fili- 
pinos '' that the mission of the United States is one 
of benevolent assimilation, which v^ill substitute the 
mild sway of justice and right for arbitrary rule/' 
A little later President McKinley told the first Phil- 
ippine Commission to go to the Filipinos ** as bear- 
ers of the good-will, the protection, and the richest 
blessings of a liberating rather than a conquering 
nation." 

The Revolutionary Constitution. — A few days 
after the proclamation of General Otis, Aguinaldo 
published his decision to enforce his own rule and 
reject the control of America. He threatened war 
in case the American army should seize more Philip- 
pine territory. Secret clubs were established in 
Manila to plot against American rule. Arms were 
secretly distributed. Many natives of Manila now 
fled with their goods to the country. Spaniards in 
the suburbs took refuge in the walled city. 

On the 2ist of January the Filipino congress at 
Malolos proclairoed a constitution for the Filipino 
republic. This constitution contained many good 
laws, but our study of Philippine history has shown 
that good laws need wise and good men to enforce 
them. Many of the Filipino leaders were brave and 
patriotic, but they were mistaken in their judgment 
of America, and they had not consulted all the peo- 



THE FILIPINO-AMERICAN WAR. 



289 



pie of the Philippines. Such men were not suitable 
to lead their country to successful national life. 

The first article of the constitution read : " The 
political association of all the Filipinos constitutes a 
nation.'' At this time very few Filipinos were truly 




Emilio Aguinaldo. 

associated. Most of the people of the Philip- 
pines had never heard the names of the members of 
the Malolos congress. They could not read the lan- 
guage in which the constitution was written. They 
knew neither by experience nor by study what a free 
republic means. Such was the situation on the eve 
of the war. 



290 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

The First Shot. — During the last days of January 
the two armies drew closer together. Several 
Americans who crossed the Filipino lines were cap- 
tured and held as prisoners. At night there were 
frequent attempts to cross the American lines. 

Finally on the night of February 4, 1899, one of 
Aguinaldo's lieutenants tried to cross the San Juan 
bridge with several of his soldiers. The American 
sentry ordered him three times to halt. As the 
lieutenant refused, the sentry shot and killed him. 
A few minutes later an insurgent signal gun sounded 
a general attack. Both armies were ready. A bat- 
tle began all along the line. 

Periods of the War. — The war may be divided 
into two periods. The first lasted till about January 
I, 1900. This was the period of war between or- 
ganized armies. During this time large bodies of 
troops faced each other in the field. 

Then followed the period of guerilla warfare 
which lasted till the capture of Aguinaldo, March 23, 
1 90 1, and the surrender of nearly all his generals 
within a few weeks after. This really ended the 
war. From this time till April 20, 1902, when Gen- 
eral Zamora surrendered in Samar, the war was the 
pursuit of a few bands of men who fought on when 
there was no more hope of defeating the Americans. 

The Battle of February 5th. — When the gun was 
fired that began the war General Luna, who com- 
manded the Filipino forces before Manila, tele- 
graphed the news to Aguinaldo at Malolos. There 



THE FILIPINO-AMERICAN WAR. 291 

was great rejoicing in the capital. At midnight, 
February 4th, a general declaration of war against 
America was sent to the insurgent army. Many of 
the leaders were at Malolos. They hurried to the 
scene of battle. At dawn fighting began along a 
semicircular line about ten miles in length. At 
many points the Filipinos fought with great bravery. 
Although three times the number of the Americans 




San Juan Bridge. 

they lacked artillery and discipline. At the end of 
the day the American troops had taken the intrench- 
ments of Aguinaldo's army. The headquarters of 
General Luna at La Loma were captured. His 
chief of staff fell mortally wounded while trying to 
rally the Filipino troops. 

Fighting the Flames. — On the night of February 
22, 1899, Manila was set on fire by the secret bands 
w^ ch had been organized to destroy the city. The 
re\olutionary leaders planned the massacre of the 
An.erican troops and of all Europeans during this 
fire. Assassins clad in citizens' clothes burned the 



292 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

homes of their own countrymen. It is better to be 
defeated than to win by massacring unarmed, 
peaceful people. 

The Advance North. — During the next three 
months the American army advanced northward. 
Several battles were fought. The retreating revo- 
lutionary army burned towns behind it. Malolos 
was taken March 25th. Aguinaldo moved his capi- 



1 




TiLA Pass. 

tal to San Fernando, then to San Isidro and finally 
to Tarlac. The coming of the rainy season made it 
impossible to transport the supplies of a large army. 
There was therefore little fighting till November. 
In the three months' campaign the power of the 
revolutionary army had been broken. Wise leaders 
would have seen that further resistance was useless. 
The Battle of Zapote Bridge. — Early in J me, 
1899, occurred the battle of Zapote bridge, '^his 
was the only serious battle fought south of Mafiila. 
The American forces numbered about four thousand. 



THE FILIPINO-AMERICAN WAR. 293 

Zapote bridge was a strong position where in 1896 
the insurgents had made a successful stand against 
the Spanish. About three thousand FiHpinos gath- 
ered for the defense. Their intrenchments on the 
south bank of the river were very strong. With the 
aid of the navy the bridge was crossed and the works 
taken. Nearly a third of the Filipino force was lost. 
So brave a defense would be a credit to any people. 

The Flight of Aguinaldo. — In November Agui- 
naldo was driven from Tarlac, which was captured 
November 12th. The next day he fled north through 
the mountains with a small force. An army had 
landed at San Fabian to cut off his retreat north. 
Another army on ^e east prevented his escape in 
that direction. Tl^veling night and day, narrowly 
escaping the pursuing troops, he reached in safety 
Candon, Ilocos Sur. Then he crossed the moun- 
tains and settled^r a short time at Cervantes, the 
capital of Lepanto. 

The Taking of Tila Pass.— Tila Pass is the gate- 
way through the west coast range to Cervantes. A 
narrow trail winds steeply around precipices to a 
height of 4,400 feet. Here the rear-guard of Agui- 
naldo made as heroic a defense as men could make. 
December 8, 1899, two companies of American 
soldiers climbed this trail and attacked a stone barri- 
cade across the narrowest part of the path. The 
barricade was defended by General Gregorio del 
Pilar and about fifty men. Here he stayed and met 
certain death, firing till the last. On his person was 



294 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

found a small pocket diary in which half an hour 
before his death he had written, " I am surrounded 
by fearful odds that will overcome me and my gal- 
lant men, but I am well pleased with the thought 
that I die fighting for my beloved country/' It is 
said that only eight of his men escaped. 

Aguinaldo's Escape. — Aguinaldo now fled to the 
central mountains of Luzon. Here for many 
months he wandered among the wild Igorrote 
tribes by whom he was several times attacked. He 
was accompanied by several of his officers and about 
one hundred men. Simeon Villa, his physician, 
kept a diary. The record for March i6, 1900, 
reads, " After supper the honorable President in 
conversation with B., V., and Lieutenant Carasco, 
told them that as soon as the independence of the 
country was declared he would give each one of 
them an amount of land equal to what he himself 
will take for the future of his own family, that is, he 
will give each one of the three gentlemen 13,500 
acres of land as a recompense for their work. In all 
probability they will be located in the San Jose Val- 
ley, province of Nueva Ecija." 

In such a way as this the Spanish conquerors 
divided these Islands among the encomenderos. 

At length Aguinaldo secreted himself in a lonely 
town called Palanan on the northeast coast of Luzon. 
Here he remained, sending letters and commands to 
his leaders in different parts of Luzon, till he was 
captured March 2^, 1901. Aguinaldo then took the 



THE FILIPINO-AMERICAN WAR. 295 

oath of allegiance to the United States. He has 
been faithful to that oath. Recently he has occupied 
himself with the introduction of American agricul- 
tural machinery. 

The Period of Guerilla Warfare. — After the flight 
of Aguinaldo the insurgents no longer faced the 
Americans with organized armies. They decided 
to carry on the war by guerilla methods, that is, to 




An Insurgent Stockade. 

fight in small bodies, retreat when attacked, and 
resort to raids and ambushes. A number of com- 
manders were appointed in different provinces. 
Each of these worked independently of the others, 
gathering about him a body of men who assembled 
and dispersed at his bidding, leading a life half rob- 
bery and half war. They compelled the peaceful 
population to give them money and food. Fire, 



1 



296 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

torture, and assassination were freely used to force 
their countrymen to support a hopeless war. The 
deeds of some of the guerilla chiefs make one of the 
saddest pages of Filipino history. 

The Occupation of the Visayas. — The island of 
Panay was the scene of the only serious fighting in 
the Visayan group. Iloilo was taken by the Ameri- 
cans February 11, 1899, the insurgents burning and 
looting the city as they fled. During the year all 
the larger Visayan islands were occupied by the 
American troops. Bands of outlaws and fanatics 
furnished most of the resistance to American occu- 
pation. 

The Republic of Negros. — In the island of Ne- 
gros, soon after the Americans took Manila, an in- 
dependent republic was organized. The leaders 
were as capable and honorable men as could be found 
in the island. The Tagalog insurgents were re- 
fused a landing in this island. After a short ex- 
perience with their own government, commissioners 
were sent to Manila in February, 1899, inviting the 
protection of American troops. 

The requested protection was given to Negros. 
Under the oversight of General James F. Smith, an 
opportunity was given to show what could be done 
by a government, wholly planned and conducted by 
Filipinos. The legislative body of the new republic 
spent all the taxes in salaries for the officials. The 
police preyed upon the people instead of protecting 
them. The people became dissatisfied with their 



THE FILIPINO-AMERICAN WAR. 297 

leaders but could find no better ones. The Republic 
of Negros was a republic in name only. With the 
full consent of the people themselves the Americans 
then took entire control of the government. 

Nothing could more clearly show the present ina- 
bility of the Philippines to govern themselves. If 
the experiment in self-government failed among the 
people of one island, bound together by the same 
language and interests, and protected but not directed 
by America, it is not to be expected that the attempt 
to unite all the islands under a government wholly 
their own would succeed at the present time. 

Results of the War. — Every Filipino and every 
American should regret the unhappy war of 1899- 
1902. There was much true patriotism and bravery 
on the side of the insurgents. There were some 
among them whose sincerity and courage Americans 
gladly honor. These brave men fought in a mis- 
taken and hopeless cause. 

There were only two or three real battles in the 
war, though there were over two thousand small 
fights. The only difficult task for the American 
army was to transport and feed its soldiers. Agui- 
naldo and his fellow leaders had failed to drive out 
the weak forces of Spain. It was ignorance and 
folly for them to undertake to defeat America. 
Thousands of thoughtful Filipinos now know that it 
was mad ambition that caused the leaders of the 
revolution to plunge their country into war. Many 
cruel and uncivilized acts were done by the insurgent 



^9^ A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

forces. The Filipinos themselves sufifered more at 
the hands of the insurgents than did the American 
forces. It became clear to the Americans that such 
leaders were not fit to establish a true republic. Thus 
the selfish ambition of Aguinaldo and his followers 
made it certain that America would remain in the 
Philippines to establish a just and free government. 
America has no resentment toward a brave but 
defeated foe. Seven thousand of her sons were 




mMWm 



t-r—mk ^' 



The Insular Ice-Plant, Manila. 



killed, wounded, or died of disease in the war. She 
spent hundreds of millions of dollars to bring peace 
and good government to the Philippines. She has 
put in positions of power many of those who fought 
against her rule in the Philippines. Truth and jus- 
tice demand that we think of the war without bitter- 
ness and work together in peace for the good of all. 



THE FILIPINO-AMERICAN WAR. 299 

Martial Law. — From 1898 to 1901 there was 
military rule in the Philippines. The commanding 
general of the army acted as governor. Besides 
fighting battles, the army made and enforced all 
laws. It organized and carried on the custom- 
house, the post-office and other public establish- 
ments; performing the duties of peace as well as of 
war. The army established the American public- 
school system in the Philippines. History does not 
tell of any other army which waged war and taught 
school at the same time. Yet in this case army 
officers became superintendents of schools, and 
soldiers became teachers. 

Military rule is hard to bear. Changes in gov- 
ernment are made slowly in time of peace, under 
civil rule. Under martial law the customs and 
wishes of the people have little weight. What the 
general thinks is best for the country must be done 
at once. It was a great trial to the patience of the 
Filipinos to see old laws and customs changed so 
rapidly. But methods of government in the Philip- 
pines were in great need of change. The rule of 
the military made quick reforms possible. Methods 
of government advanced a century in the Philippines 
during the three years of American military rule. 

QUESTIONS AND TOPICS. 

1. Give four reasons why Aguinaldo's army was not 

allowed to enter Manila. 

2. What was the defect of the Malolos Congress? 

21 



300 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

3. Compare the entrance of the Americans into Manila 

with that of the British. 

4. What did the Malolos government accompHsh ? 

5. Why did the American army allow this? 

6. Why did the Filipinos not believe the promises of 

America ? 

7. Did not McKinley promise all that the Filipinos de- 

sired, except immediate independence? 

8. Describe the difference between the two periods of the 

w^ar. 

9. What do you think of the attempt to burn Manila? 

10. Write a short account of the flight of Aguinaldo. 

11. Why did the Republic of Negros fail? 

12. Why would it be harder to estabhsh a republic of all 

the Islands? 

13. How should we remember the war? 

14. What change did the war make in the opinion of 

America ? 

15. Why were three years of martial law useful? 



CHAPTER XXVII. 

THE FIRST AMERICAN CIVIL GOVERNOR. 

William H. Taft, Governor, 1901-1904. — July 4, 
1901, the Hon. William H. Taft became the first 
American civil governor of the Philippines. He 
held office till February i, 1904. Then he became 
Secretary of War for the United States. As Secre- 
tary of War Mr. Taft continued to exercise a great 
influence upon the course of affairs in the Philip- 
pines. 

More than one hundred different men have filled 
the chair of Governor of the Philippine Islands. 
None ever did more for the Filipinos than Governor 
Taft. An entirely new system of government was 
created for the Islands. A thousand laws were 
made. Unlike many laws in the past, these were 
enforced. They were not made to fill the coffers of 
king or encomendero. They provided peace, pro- 
tection, justice, education, and industrial prosperity 
for the FiHpinos. It will be well to study the prin- 
ciples of government followed during Mr. Taft's 
governorship. 

301 



302 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

The Policy of McKinley.— President AIcKinley 
marked out the path of American rule in the Philip- 
pines. \Miat he said was and is the wish of the 



^^^H 








Ho' 




Hi 





William H. Taft. 
First Civil Governor of the Philippines. 

American people for the Filipinos. At the begin- 
ning of America's occupation of the Philippines he 
said to General Otis and Admiral Dewey : '' We 
want to improve the condition of the inhabitants, 
securing them peace, liberty, and the pursuit of their 
highest good." He told the first Philippine Com- 
mission to have '' due respect for all the ideas, cus- 
toms, and institutions of the tribes which compose 



THE FIRST AMERICAN CIVIL GOVERNOR. 303 

the population." This commission said : " The 
aim and object of the American Government is the 
prosperity and happiness of the PhiHppine people and 
their elevation and advancement to a position among 
the most civilized people of the world." Prosperity, 
happiness, and a high civilization are the very things 
for which the Filipino revolutionists fought. Under 
the direction of Governor Taft the Filipinos have 
made more rapid progress toward this goal than 
ever before. 

" The Philippines for the Filipinos." — Governor 
Taft has said that the policy of McKinley means 
" The Philippines for the Filipinos." His rule was 




The New City Hall, Manila. 



an attempt to carry out this motto. His explana- 
tion of these words is that every law made for 
these Islands must Idc for " the welfare of the 
Filipino people." Governor Taft and the Philip- 



304 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

pine Commission, under the direction of the Gov- 
ernment at Washington, have worked for four great 
ends: 

( I ) To keep the natural riches of the Islands for 
the Filipinos, There are milHons of acres of un- 




Chief Justice Arellano. 

cultivated pubhc lands in the Philippines. It is 
to be divided into small farms for Filipinos. The 
land laws, the forestry laws, the mining laws, are 
all made for the benefit of the Filipino. He is 
to have the first share of the riches of his father- 
land. 

To encourage the Filipino farmer to own his 
land the government has arranged to buy the great 



THE FIRST AMERICAN CIVIL GOVERNOR. 305 

estates of the friars. They own half a milhon acres 
of the best lands in the Islands. 

The government will pay more than $7,000,000 
gold for this property. It will be divided into many 
small farms which the Filipino farmer may pur- 
chase little by little for sums about equal to what he 
used to pay as rent. In a few years a generation 
will grow up which will own its native soil, and live 
upon it in peace. 

(2) To give government positions to Filipinos as 
fast as fit persons can he found for this service. 









■4 


'^-'^MB^ 




^I'^ms^ ^^^~ 




■ < * 


■i 


J- - - 

1 

m 


|^> 


■1 


plf ~ 



The Philippine Normal School. Central Recitation Hall. 

More Filipinos than Americans are holding posi- 
tions as government officials. Some of these posi- 
tions are among the highest in the land. Several 
of the PhiHppine Commissioners are Filipinos, as 



3o6 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

are also the chief justice of the Supreme Court and 
several of his associates. 

Modern government needs highly trained officials. 
Besides an education in the schools, a high official 
must have years of practise in order to learn the 
business of these high offices. As fast as this 
training can be given, more and higher positions 
are opened to Filipinos. 

(3) To allozu the Filipinos as much self-govern- 
ment as possible. Under the liberal rule of Gov- 
ernor Taft the Filipino people were granted the 
power of choosing their own municipal officers. 
Most of the provincial officials also are FiHpinos. 
With a very few exceptions the governors of the 
provinces are Filipinos. 

(4) To give speedy and equal justice to all 
classes. Nothing is more important than this. 
Formerly it took many years in some cases to secure 
justice. Now the judges often settle scores of 
cases in one week. The poor man is heard as 
quickly as the rich. Men used to be kept years in 
jail before they were tried. Now there are able 
judges who hear quickly any complaint. In some 
towns there were separate courts for Filipinos and 
foreigners. Now all races are heard before the 
same judges and tried by the same laws. 

The Educational System. — Thus four gates of 
opportunity are opened to the Filipino. It has been 
made easy for him to acquire land, to get a govern- 
ment position, to govern himself, and to secure jus- 



THE FIRST AMERICAN CIVIL GOVERNOR. 307 

tice. In ord-er to train Filipinos to use these privi- 
leges a system of public schools was established. In 




1905 nearly one thousand American and three thou- 
sand Filipino teachers were preparing* the Filipinos 
to use the freedom and opportunity that America 



3o8 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

brought to these Islands. Half a million children 
were attending the public primary schools. In many 
provinces intermediate, high, industrial and agricul- 
tural schools had been established. 

Filipino Students in America. — In October, 1903, 
one hundred Filipino students sailed from Manila 
for America. These students were selected from 
all parts of the Philippines. They represented all 
the civilized races of the Islands. When they met 
upon the steamer the only language that all of them 
knew was English. This tie of language and their 
common education and aims bound them together as 
no other bond has ever united Filipinos of different 
islands and tongues. They were the first division 
of a young and noble army of Filipinos who will 
bring to their fatherland a knowledge of principles 
which have placed the United States of America in 
the front rank of great nations. These boys will 
spend four years in the schools of America. They 
were chosen for their scholarship and character. 
They were not selected by favor because their par- 
ents were rich and influential. Many of them were 
poor boys. This is true freedom — the freedom to 
win place and power by one's own work and fidelity. 

Agriculture. — The same wise policy that in so few 
years gave justice, education, and equal opportunity 
to the Filipino did much for the farmer and the 
merchant. Before and during the governorship of 
Mr. Taft the Philippines suffered from war, famine, 
and pestilence. Deadly diseases struck down man 



THE FIRST AMERICAN CIVIL GOVERNOR. 309 

and beast; the locusts destroyed the crops, and the 
rains refused to fall. It was difficult to fight such 
enemies, but much was accomplished. Hundreds 
of miles of good roads were made. Cattle were 




Making New Land, Manila. 



brought from other countries to plow the idle fields. 
War was waged against the locusts. Disease in 
man and beast was fought by an army of doctors. 
The forests and plants were studied. New seeds 
were tried, and better methods of cultivation were 
shown. 

Commerce. — The commerce of the Philippines 
became greater than ever before. The revenues of 
the government greatly increased. The plans begim 
by Governor Taft looked to the future. His time 



310 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

was spent in laying foundations. Only the future 
will show how well that task was done. 

Among the many far-seeing plans of Governor 
Taft was the improvement of the port of Manila. 
This was begun by the Spaniards. Nothing can 
show the difference between the past and the present 
methods of government in the Philippines better 
than this great undertaking. 

The Works of the Port. — Manila Bay is so large 
that ships are not protected by the land from storms. 
When the southwest monsoon blows, ships some- 
times lie for many weeks waiting for their cargoes. 
At such times it is impossible to load or unload them. 




The Great Dredge, Manila Port Works. 

The bay is shallow near Manila. Ships have to 
anchor far from the shore. Their cargoes are taken 
to and from them by small boats. This has been a 
great loss to the commerce of the country. In 1880 



THE FIRST AMERICAN CIVIL GOVERNOR. 311 

harbor works were begun. It was planned to build 
great walls of stone to shelter the ships from the 
waves. Within these walls the bay was to be 




Luke E. Weight. 
Governor-General of the Philippines. 

dredged so that ships could come near the shore. 
Large sums of money were expended. The work 
went on for years, but little progress was made. It 
was believed that this money was not honestly or 
wisely spent. Finally Governor-General Weyler in 
1889 decreed that these works be stopped, because 
they '* consumed hundreds of thousands of pesos, 
and made almost no progress." 



312 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

To see what a strong and honest government can 
do, one may now look at a tract of land larger than 
the walled city of Manila, which was pumped from 
the bottom of the bay in the three years from 1901- 
1904. Large steamers now lie near the shore, pro- 
tected behind a great sea-wall Within another 
year or two, great warehouses will cover these 
broad acres. The largest steamers w^ill discharge 



The Inauguration of Governor Wright. 

their cargoes at the side of the pier into railroad 
cars, to be carried to all parts of Luzon by a net- 
work of railways. 

Governor Wright and the Future. — The place left 
vacant by Governor Taft was filled by General Luke 
E. Wright. He brought to his position the wisdom 
gathered from high positions in America and the 



THE FIRST AMERICAN CIVIL GOVERNOR. 313 

Philippines. His rule began with the declaration 
that the principles which America has so far fol- 
lowed in the Philippines would be continued. 

History, while it tells of the past, points to the 
future. That future is bright for the Philippines. 
She has had her infancy of barbarism, her youth of 
servitude. Now she is entering on her manhood of 
strength, liberty, and progress. America has prom- 
ised to lead her to a high goal. Wisdom and pa- 
tience are needed, for in" the Philippines the East 
and the West meet. Their ways in the past have 
not been alike. Each, Filipino and American, should 
try to understand and help the other. Filipinos 
should take for their motto the words of Governor 
Wright : " There is room in these beautiful and 
fertile Islands for all. The door of equal opportu- 
nity should be thrown wide open for all alike — 
European, American, and Filipino." 



QUESTIONS AND TOPICS. 

1. How many governors have the Philippines had? 

2. How many of them can you remember? 

3. When did Governor Taft rule? 

4. Who shaped the policy of America in the Philippines? 

5. What was the great difference between the laws made 

under Taft and those of Spanish times ? 

6. What was the motto of Governor Taft ? 

7. What are the four principles of American rule in the 

Philippines ? 



314 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

8. What is the object of sending FiHpino students to 

America ? 

9. Describe the new Port Works of Manila. 

10. What governor succeeded Taft? 

1 1 . What do you know of his rule ? 



IMPORTANT DATES IN PHILIPPINE 
HISTORY. 



A.D. 

1280. First mention of the Philippines in a book (Chi- 
nese). 

1493. Pope Alexander VI. establishes first demar- 
cation line. 

1498. Vasco da Gama reaches India via Cape of Good 
Hope. 

1 51 1. Albuquerque conquers Malacca. Two boats from 
Luzon seen there. 

1 5 18. Magellan signs contract with Charles I., of Spain. 

15 19. August 10. Magellan's fleet sails from Spain. 
15200 November i. Discovery of '' Strait of Magellan." 

152 1. March 16. Magellan discovers the Phil- 
ippines (coast of Samar). March 17 lands on 
Homonhon. Celebrates first mass March 3 1 , island 
of Limasaua. Is slain at Mactan April 26. 

1522. September 6. ^'Victoria" arrives at San 
Lucar, Spain (first voyage around the world). 

1525. Loaisa's expedition sails from Spain for the Phil- 
ippines. 

1527. Saavedra's expedition sails from Mexico for the 
Philippines and in 1529 rescues 120 survivors of 
former expeditions. 
22 315 



3i6 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

1529. Charles I. sells to Portugal his claim to the Moluccas 
for 350,000 ducats. Demarcation line established 
297 leagues east of the Moluccas. 

1538. The Portuguese governor of the Moluccas sends a 
friar to Mindanao. Many natives baptized. 

1542. November i. Expedition of Villalobos sails from 
Navidad, Mexico. 

1543. July or August. Villalobos gives the name '^Felipi- 
nas" to Leyte and some smaller islands. 

1556-1598. Philip II., King of Spain. 

1564. November 21. Legazpi's expedition sails from Na- 
vidad, Mexico. 

1565. February 13. Legazpi arrives at Cebu. 
He settles here April 27, and governs the Philippines 
till his death in 1572. 

1568. October to December. A Portuguese fleet block- 
ades Cebu, and demands the departure of the Span- 
iards. 

1569. Legazpi made ^^Adelantado." 

1570. May 8. De Goiti and Salcedo sail from the River 
of Panay for Manila. 

1570. June 6. De Goiti and Salcedo capture Manila and 
take formal possession of Luzon. They immediately 
return to Panay. 

157 1. June 24. Legazpi organizes city council of 
Manila. 

1571-1572. Juan de Salcedo explores and subdues La La- 
guna, Camarines, and the coast of northern Luzon. 

1572. August 20. Legazpi dies at Manila. 



IMPORTANT DATES IN PHILIPPINE HISTORY. 317 

1572-1575. Guido de Lavezaris, Governor. 

1574. Limahong attacks Manila. 

1 5 75-1 580. Francisco de Sande, Governor. 

1577. Franciscan friars arrive. 

1578. Figueroa attacks Mindanao and J0I6. Expedition 
to Borneo. 

1580-1583. Ronquillo de Penalosa, Governor. 

1580. Philip II. conquers Portugal. Union of 
Spain and Portugal till 1640. 

1 58 1. Domingo Salazar, first bishop of Manila, arrives; 
also two Jesuit friars. 

1584-1590. Santiago de Vera, Governor. 

1584. Supreme Court established in the Philippines. 

1587. Dominican friars arrive. 

1588. Insurrection in Leyte. 

1589. Reform decree enacted for Philippines by Philip II. 

1 590-1 593. Gomez Perez Das Marifias, Gov- 
ernor. Walls of Manila and Cavite, and Fort 
Santiago built. 

1593-1596. Luis Perez Das Marinas, Governor. 
1 595-1 596. Antonio de Morga, Judge and Lieu- 
tenant-Governor. 

1599. Large numbers of Moro pirates attack Cebu, Ne- 
gros, and Panay. 

1600. Morga defeats Dutch fleet in Manila Bay, Decem- 
ber 14. 

1 602-1 606. Bravo de Acuna, Governor. 



3i8 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

1603. Revolt of the Chinese in Manila. 

1606. Acuna's expedition against the Moluccas. Tidor 

and Ternate captured. 
1606. Recollect friars arrive. 
1609-1616. Juan de Silva, Governor. 

1610. Dutch, under Wittert, defeated in naval battle off 
Corregidor. 

1616. Great expedition of Silva to Malacca. Death of 
Silva. 

161 7. Naval battle of Playa Honda. Ronquillo defeats 
Spielberg. 

1618-1624. Alonso Fajardo, Governor. 

1 61 9. Fernando Moraga persuades Philip HI. to keep the 

Philippines. 
1621-1622. Revolts in Bohol and Leyte. Death of Bancao. 
1624. Geronimo de Silva defeats seven Dutch ships off 

Corregidor. 

1626-1632. Juan Nifio de Tabora, Governor. 
He brought 600 soldiers and the ^^ Virgin of Anti- 
polo." 

1627. Alcalde of Cebu captures town of J0I6 and many 
Moro boatSo 

1628. Large force of Spaniards and Filipinos attack Jolo 
and are repulsed. Treaty with King of Mindanao. 

1 63 1. Stone bridge built across the River Pasig. 

1634. Force of 15,000 Moro pirates ravages the Visayas 
and sacks capital of Tayabas. 

1635-1644. Sebastian Hurtado de Corcuera, 
Governor. 



IMPORTANT DATES IN PHILIPPINE HISTORY. 3^9 

^^35- Juan de Chaves with large force establishes fort at 
Zamboanga. 

1638. Corcuera subdues Jolo, establishing a mission and a 
garrison. 

1639. Revolt of the Chinese breaks out in Calamba, last- 
ing five months. 

1 64 1. Three volcanic outbursts in Aringay (Union prov.), 
Mindanao (Sanguil) and Jolo. 

1644-1653. Diego Fajardo, Governor. 
1645. Earthquake destroys hundreds of houses and persons 
in Manila. 

1647. Dutch attack Cavite, then Abucay, but are driven off. 
1649. Insurrection under Sumoroy in Samar. 

1653-1663. Sabiniano Manrique de Lara, Gov- 
ernor. 
1660. Insurrection in Pampanga. 

1662. Koxinga, Chinese pirate, threatens to invade Philip- 
pines from Formosa. Garrison withdra-wn from 
Zamboanga. 

1663--1668. Diego Salcedo, Governor. Deposed by 
conspirators in 1668. 

1678-1684. Juan de Vargas, Governor. Felipe 
Pardo, archbishop (i 676-1 683). 

1690-1701. Fausto Cruzat y Gongora, Gov- 
ernor. 

1696. ^' Ordinances of Good Government. '' 

1717-1719. Fernando Manuel de Bustamente, 
Governor. 



320 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

1718. Bustamente reestablishes garrison at Zamboanga. 

1 7 19. Assassination of Bustamente. 
1726. Treaty with SuUan of J0I6. 

1734. Concentration of villages and building of coast forts 
as protection against the Moros. 

1 745-1 750. Juan de Arrechederra, Acting-Gov- 
ernor. 

1746. At request of PhiUp V. ambassadors sent to Ali- 
Mudin. 

1750. Revolt under Dagohoy in Bohol. 

1754. Worst year of Moro piracy. Scores of towns at- 
tacked. 

1 754-1 759. Pedro Manuel de Arandia, Governor. 
Inaugurates many reforms. 

1754. Terrible eruption of Taal Volcano. 

1 759-1 761. Miguel Lino de Ezpeleta, Acting- 
Governor (first Philippine-born governor). 

1 761-1762. Archbishop Manuel Rojo, Acting- 
Governor. 

1762. Capture of Manila by the British. 

1 762-1 764. Simon de Anda y Salazar, Acting- 
Governor (in the provinces). 

1 762-1 763. Insurrections in Pangasinan, Ilocos, 
and Cagayan. 

1764. March 31. Anda receives Manila from the British. 

1 765-1 770. Jose de Raon, Governor. 

1766. The ^^Buen Consejo" arrives at Manila. Opening 
of direct commerce with Spain. 



IMPORTANT DATES IN PHILIPPINE HISTORY. 321 

1768. Jesuits expelled from the Philippines by 
order of Charles III. 

1 770-1 776. Simon de Anda y Salazar, Governor. 

1 778-1 787. Jose de Vasco y Vargas, Governor. 

Silk culture introduced. 
1781. ^^Sociedad Economica de Amigos del Pals'' created. 
1 78 1. Government Tobacco Monopoly begun. 

1785. Royal Philippine Company established by Charles 
III. 

1 793-1806. Rafael Maria de Aguilar, Governor. 

1800. Foreigners forbidden to settle in the Philippines. 

1810-1813. Manuel Gonzalez de Aguilar, Gov- 
ernor. 

18 10. Spanish Cortes authorizes deputies from 
the Philippines. 

1 8 10. Ventura de los Reyes elected first Philippine deputy 
to Cortes. 

181 1. First newspaper published in Manila. 

18 13. Constitution of 181 2 proclaimed and sworn in the 
PhiHppines. 

18 14. Grpat eruption of Mayon Volcano. 

1814. Constitution revoked. Revolt in Ilocos Norte. 

18 15. Royal decree suppressing galleons. 

181 5. Many Moro raids; 1,000 Filipinos sold as slaves 
in Jolo. 

1816-1822. Mariano Fernandez de Folgueras, 
Acting- Governor (second term). 



322 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

1 8 1 9 . Province of Ilocos Norte established (decree of 1 8 1 8) . 

1820. Cholera epidemic in Manila. Massacre of foreign- 
ers (French, English, and American). 

1823. Rebellion of No vales. Moro raids threaten ex- 
tinction of Visayans. 

1 8 25-1 830. Mariano Ricafort, Governor. 

1827. Expedition suppresses rebellion in Bohol begun by 
Dagohoy in 1750. 

1829. Expedition against the Igorrotes. Battle at Trini- 
dad, Benguet. 

1830-1835. Pascual Enrile, Governor. New maps 
and charts of the Philippines made, and the great 
north and south highways of Luzon built. 

1837. End of Philippine representation in the 

Cortes. 
1838-1841. Luis Lardizabal, Governor. 
1 84 1. Insurrection under Apolinario de la Cruz. 
1 844-1 849. Narciso Claveria, Governor. 

1845. January i. Reformation of the calendar. 

1846. Province of Abra created. First daily paper, '*La 
Esperanza." 

1848. First steamers in Philippines, ''Elcano," 
^^Magallanes," and ^^Reina Cristina.'' 

1850-1853. Antonio de Urbistondo, Governor. 
Province of La Union created in 1850. Conquest 
of J0I6. Treaty with the sultan, 185 1. 
1852. Opening of the ^^ Banco Espafiol-Filipino." 
1858. Expedition to Cochin-China in alliance with the 
French. 1,500 Tagalogs participate. 



IMPORTANT DATES IN PHILIPPINE HISTORY. 323 

1859. Return of the Jesuits to the Phihppines. 

1863. Decree allowing foreigners to travel and trade in the 
provinces. June 3. Most destructive earthquake 
in history of Manila. December 20. Royal decree 
on education. 

1864. Bilibid Prison completed; its architect was impris- 
oned in it. 

1867. September 26-27. Great flood in Abra River; 1,800 
persons drowned. 

1869-187 1. Carlos de la Torre, Governor. 

1869. New Constitution sworn in Manila. ^* Red-ribbon 
reception." 

1871-1872. Rafael de Izquierdo, Governor. 

1872. Insurrection of Cavite. Execution of Go- 
mez, Burgos, and Zamora. 

1873. First telegraph lines built in Philippines. 

1 880-1 883 . Fernando Primo de Rivera, Governor. 

1 88 1. Government Tobacco Monopoly abolished. 

1882. Cholera epidemic. 30,000 deaths in Province of 
Manila. 

1883. Forced labor tax reduced from forty days to fif- 
teen. Cedulas- personates established to take place 
of tribute. 

1886. Appointment of eighteen civil governors of provinces 
in place of alcaldes -mayor. 

1 888-1 89 1. Valeriano Weyler, Governor. 

1891. Opening of railroad, Manila to Calumpit. 

1892-1896. Jose Rizal exiled at Dapitan. 



324 A SHORT HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 

1893. Reforms in municipal councils. 
1893-1896. Ramon Blanco, Governor. 
1896. Tagalog insurrection breaks out. 
1 896-1 89 7. Marquis de Polavieja, Governor. 

1896. December 30. Execution of Jose Rizal. 

1 89 7-1 898. Primo de Rivera, Governor (second 
term). 

1897. September 19. Agreement of Biac-na-bato. 

1898. May I. Destruction of Spanish fleet off 
Cavite by Dewey. 

1898. August 13. Capture of Manila by the 
Americans. 

1899. February 4. Insurrection against Ameri- 
cans begins. 

1899. February 22. Uprising in Manila. Tondo 
burned. 

1899. November 12. Capture of Tarlac. Flight 

of Aguinaldo. 
1901. March 23. Capture of Aguinaldo. 

1901. July 4. William H. Taft inaugurated Civil 
Governor. 

1902. April 20. Surrender of General Zamora; 
end of the insurrection. 

1902. July 4. Amnesty proclamation. 

1902. Cholera epidemic ; 100,000 deaths. 



IMPORTANT DATES IN PHILIPPINE HISTORY. 325 

1903. Congress grants Philippines $3,000,000 
relief fund. 

1903. July 23. Introduction of new Philippine 
currency on a gold basis. 

1904. February i. Luke E. Wright inaugurated 
Civil Governor. 

1904. Philippines share in the World's Exposition 
at St. Louis. 



INDEX. 



Abra, 8, 199. 
Abucay, 134. 
Acapulco, 122. 
Acufia, Pedro de, 131. 
Agriculture, 203, 205, 209, 

308. 
Aguilar, Manuel de, 160. 
Aguilar, Rafael de, 210. 
Aguinaldo, 5, 262, 265, 267, 

293, 294. 
Alcayceria, 142. 
Ali-Mudin, 156. 
Alphabets, Filipino, 40. 
Amusements, 42. 
Anda, Simon de, 195, 202. 
Anitos, 48. 
Arrechederra, 157. 
Augustin, Basilio de, 273. 
Augustinians, 69, 73, S^, 87. 

Bancao, 164. 

Banco-Espanol Filipino, 236. 

Barangay, 32. 

Bataan, 9, 134, 

Batangas, 10, 152, 156. 

Biac-na-bato, 266. 

Bicols, II. 

Blanco, Governor, 261. 

Bohol, 12, 224. 

Borneo, 96, 99, 103, 150. 

Bridge of Spain, 165. 



222, 



283, 



British Invasion, 190. 
Burgos, 246, 251. 
Burials, 52. 
Bustamente, 177. 
Butuan, 36. 

Cagayan, 5, 78, 83, 100, 145, 

168. 
Cainta, 77. 
Calamba, 261. 
Calendar, reform of, 232. 
Camarines, 78. 
Camiguin, 3. 
Cathedral, 118, 173. 
Cavendish, 126. 
Cavite, 129, 134, 249, 268. 
Cebu, 12, 51, 62, 71. 
Charles I., 65, 68, 105. 
Charles III., 208. 
China, 95. 
Chinese immigration, 103, 137 

144, 145- 

trade with, 121. 

invasion, 138. 

conversion, 142. 

revolts, 144, 145. 
Chirino, ;^^. 
Cibabao, 37. 
Civilization, 42, 44, 89, 117, 129, 

188, 225. 
Claveria, Narcisso de, 230. 



327 



^28 



IXDEX. 



Coast-guard towers, 156. 
Cock-fighting, 42. 
Commerce, 39, 231, 254, 309. 
Commission, Philippine, 288, 

302. 
Congress, 271. 
Conquest, cost of, 104. 
Constitution of 1812, 215. 
.Conversion of the Filipinos, 91. 
Corcuera, Sebastian Hurtado de 

172. 
Cortes, 214, 218. 
Cotton culture, 116. 
Council of Manila, 85, to8. 
Councils, municipal, 255. 
Courts, 109, 171, 306. 
Crimes, 36. 
Crocodiles, 48. 
Cruz, Apolinario de la, 227. 
Cruzat, Fausto, 183. 
Cuba, 270, 277, 280. 
Cuesta, Archbishop, 180. 

Dagohoy, 223. 

Dato, 34. 

Das Marinas, iii. 

Decree of 1589, 108. 

Demarcation lines, 56, 65, 69, 

Dewey, 272, 274, 283. 

Discovery of Phihppines, 59. 

Dominicans, 88, 143. 

Dress, 37. 

Dutch, 128, 130. 

Earthquakes, 166, 241. 
Education, 239, 256, 306, 308. 
Elcano, Juan de, 64. 
Encomiendas, 80, 84. 
Enrile, Pascual, 226. 



Fajardo, Alonso, 163. 
Fajardo, Diego, 166. 
Fernando VII., 214. 
Formosa, 3. 
Franciscans, 88. 
Freedom, 247. 
Freemen, 34. 
Friars, monasteries, 85. 

arrival of, 87. 

character of, SS. 

as merchants, 113. 

disputes \Wth Governors, 170, 
231. 

friar lands, 176, 261, 304. 

as teachers, 239. 

Galleons, 113, 122, 145, 218. 
Goiti, Martin de, 73, 87, 138. 
Gold, 39, 71, 77, 82. 
Gomez, Capt., 160. 
Gomez, Maximo, 251. 
Government, 31, 183, 188, 230, 

255, 275. 
Governors, 233, 2^S. 
Guam, 124. 

Head-hunting, 24. 

Headmen, ;^2. 
Histor}', study of, 21. 
Homonhon, 59. 
Horses, 95. 
Humabon, 60. 

Igorrotes, 23. 
Ilocanos, 9. 

Ilocos, 82, 138, 198, 216. 
Iloilo, 14, 100, 151, 296. 
Inquisition, 173. 
Inigo, 219. 



INDEX. 



329 



Isabella II., 244. 
Isla, Juan de la, 73. 
Izquierdo, Governor, 248. 

Japan, 39, 100, 144. 
Java, 205. 
Jesuits, 88, 239. 
J0I6, 16, 96, 159, 234. 
Jubilee of 1654, 173. 

Katipunan, 258, 261, 265. 

Labor tax, 162. 
Lacondola, 75, 76. 
Ladrone Islands, 59. 
Lavezaris, Guido de, 74, 84, 94, 

137- 
Laws of the Indies, 186. 
Legazpi, 69, 73, 76. 
Leyte, 66. 
Limahong, 137. 
Limasaua, 60. 
Llanera, 263. 
Loaisa, 65. 
Luna, General, 290. 
Luzon, 4. 

Mactan, 62. 

Magellan, 55, 56, 60, 62. 
Mahometanism, 26. 
Malays, i, 23, 25, 130. 
Malolos, 285, 288, 292. 
Mandarins, 143. 
Manila, capture of, 75. 

incorporation of, 76. 

in time of Das Marinas, 119. 

compared with provinces, 186. 

American occupation, 275. 

fired by insurgents, 291. 



Manrique de Lara, 167, 173. 
Mariveles, 131. 
Marriage customs, 43. 
Martial law, 299. 
Massacre of Spanish, 63. 

of Visayans, 268. 
McKinley, 271, 286, 302. 
Mexico, 94, III, 221. 
Mindanao, 15, 65, 96. 
Mindoro, 14, 148, 152. 
Moluccas, 55, 65, 99, 118, 128, 

131- 
Monet, General, 265. 
Moraga, Father, 107. 
Morga, Antonio de, 128. 
Moros, II, 17, 28, 40, 148, 159, 

160. 

Napoleon I., 214. 

Nava, 172. 

Negritos, 5, 10, 11, 21, 117. 

Negros, 13, 296. 

New Guinea, 70. 

Novales, 221. 

Nozaleda, 273. 

Nueva Segovia, 100. 

Obando, 157. 

Ordinances of good government, 

183. 

Ornaments, 37. 
Otis, General, 287. 

Pampanga, 103, 133. 

Panay, 14. 

Paragua, 14. 

Pardo, Archbishop, 175. 

Parian, 142. 



330 



INDEX. 



Philip II., 66, 68, 80. 84, 107, 

114. 
Pigafetta, 72. 
Pilar, Gregorio del, 293. 
Pirates, 100, 151, 159. 
Playa Honda, 133. 
Poblete, Archbishop, 173. 
Polavieja, 263. 

Portuguese, 54, 65, 66, 68, 73, 98. 
Port works, 310. 
Priests, Filipino, 51, 239, 251. 
Prince Henry, 54. 
Prisons, 184. 
Punta de Flechas, 152. 

Rada, Father, 83. 
Railroads, 254, 312. 
Recollects, 88, 239. 
Religion, 47. 
Republic, Filipino, 280. 

of Negros, 296. 
Residehcia, 98, 175. 
Restitution, 113. 
Revolts, Bohol, 163. 

Sumoroy, 166. 

Pampanga, 167. 

Ilocos, 167, 197, 216. 

Pangasinan, 197. 

Silan, 197. 

Ilocos Norte, 216. 

Novaks, 216. 

Dagohoy, 223. 

Cofradia, 227. 

Cavite, 249. 

Tagalog, 1896, 262. 

Tagalog, 1898, 273. 

Filipino- American war, 297. 

Remarks on revolts, 200, 227, 
258, 264. 



Revolutionary Government, 275, 

285. 
Ricafort, Governor, 222. 
Rivera, Governor, 208, 264. 
Rizal, Jose, 128, 259. 
Roads, 226. 
Rojo, Governor, 190. 
Ronquillo de Penalosa, 97. 
Ronquillo, Juan de, 133. 
"Royal Company- of the Phihp- 

pines,'* 208. 

Saavedra, 65. 

Salazar, Bishop, 102, in, 142. 

Salcedo, Diego, 174. 

Salcedo, Juan de 74, 77, 141. 

Samar, 12, 59. 

Samal Islands, 234. 

Sanchez, Alonso, 108. 

Sancta Ana, 126. 

Sande, Francisco de, 84, 94. 

Santiago, Fort, 116, 194. 

Santo Nino de Cebu, 72. 

Schools, 90. (See Education.) 

Silan, Diego de, 197. 

Silk culture, 205. 

Silva, Juan de, 131. 

Slavery, 34, 52, 87, 117. 

Smith, General, Jas. H., 296. 

'* Sociedad Economica de Amigos 

del Pais," 209. 
SoHman, 75. 

Spanish, teaching of, 204, 240. 
Spices, 55, 65, 81, 209, 210. 
Steamers, 233. 
Subic, Bay, 132. 
Subsidy, Royal, 126. 
''Sucesos de las Filipinas," 128. 
Surnames, 232. 



INDEX. 



33^ 



Tabora, Juan Nino de, 164. 

Taft, Governor, 301. 

Tagalogs, 10, 228, 264. 

Tattooing, s^. 

Taxes, 115, 183. 

Tayabas, 228. 

Taytay, 33, 77. 

Tello de Guzman, 151. 

Ternate, 64, 100. 

Tidor, 131. 

Tila Pass, 294. 

Timauas, 34. 

Tinguians, 198. 

Tobacco, 6, 206. 

Torralba, 178. 

Torre, Carlos de, 245. 

Treaty of Paris, 276, 286. 

Tribes, 25, 185, 280. 

Tribute, 81, 92. 

Urbistondo, Antonio de, 234. 
Urdaneta, Father, 69. 



Valenzuela, 261. 
Van Noort, 128. 
Vargas, Juan de 175. 
Vasco da Gama, 55. 
Vera, Santiago de, 102. 
"Victoria," 65. 
Vigan, 8, 78, 167. 
Village Government, 31, 
Villalobos, 65. 
Visayas, 297. 
Visayans, 11. 
Volcanoes, 3, 49. 

Walls of Manila, 115. 

Weapons, 38. 

Weyler, Valeriano, 270, 311. 

Wittert, 131. 

Wright, Governor Luke E., 312. 

Zambales, 9, 117. 
Zamboanga, 178. 
Zapote Bridge, 292, 



(2) 



28 



APR 24 1908 



/ 



